i

LIBRARY OF THE

UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS

AT URBANA-CHAMPAIGN

580.(5

LP
1 848/55

CENTRAL CIRCULATION AND BOOKSTACKS

The person borrowing this material is
responsible for its renewal or return
before the Latest Date stamped below. You
may be charged a minimum fee of $75.00
for each non-returned or lost item.
Theft, mutilation, or defacement of library materials can
be causes for student disciplinary action. All materials
owned by the University of Illinois Library are the
property of the State of Illinois and are protected by
Article 1 6B of Illinois Criminal Law and Procedure.
TO RENEW, CALL (217) 333-8400.
University of Illinois Library at Urbana-Champaign

Sie 1 9 2008

When renewing by phone, write new due date
below previous due date. LI 62

'Zk^jsS

PROCEEDINGS

^

V

LINNEAN SOCIETY

or LONDON.

VOL. II.

nifn

I.

From November 1848 to June 11855. <^ / 1 1 1^ ''^

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,

BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

1855.

LIST OF PAPERS.

page
Adam, Walter, Esq., M.D.

On the Osteological relations observable among a few species of

the Bovine Family 332

Alexander, Richard Chandler, M.D., F.L.S.

Notes on the Leaf of Giiarea grandifolia, Dec 129

Allemao, Dr. Francisco Freire.

Extract from a Memoir on the Origin and Development of Vessels

in Monocotyledonous and Dicotyledonous Plants 361

Babington, Charles Card.ale, Esq., F.R.S., F.L S.

Notes on Potamogeton fiabellatus, Bab., a new British species ... 259
Battka, M. J. B.

Notice of the Characters and Synonyms of the genus Senna 281

Bell, Thomas, Esq., President.

Anniversary Address, 1854 296

■ — , 1855 385

Hor(B Carcinologicce, or Notices of Crustacea : — I. A Monograph
of Leucosiadce, with Observations on the relations, structure,
h;i1)its and distribution of the family, a revision of the generic

characters and descriptions of new genera and species 428

Berkeley, Rev. Michael John, F.L.S.

Note on Edible species of Nostoc, from the Arctic Regions and

Mountains of Centi-al Asia 166

On two new genera of Fungi 197

Blackwall, John, Esq., F.L.S.

Ex))eriments and Observations on the Poison of Animals of the
Order Araneidea 13

BoLLAERT, William, Esq.

Observations on the Botany of Texas 95, 9/

Bromfield, William Arnold, M.D., F.L.S.

Observations on a new form of Luzula, from the Isle of Wight... 53
Brown, Robert, Esq., D.C.L., President.

On the Origin and Mode of Propagation of the Gulf-weed 77

BucKTON, George Bowdler, Esq., F.L.S.

Notice of several species of Bats, captiu-ed in England during the
present Autumn 259

BuisT, Dr. George.

On the Construction of the Nest of a species of Mason- Wasp in
the neighbom'hood of Bombay 333*

B'jNBURY, Charles James Fox, Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S.

Notes on the Vegetation of Buenos Ayres and the neighbouring
Districts 214, 220

IV

page
Champion, Capt.

On the Temstroemiaceous Plants of Hong Kong 98

Clarke, Benjamin, Esq., F.L.S.

Memoir on the position of Carpels when two and when single,
including Outlines of a new Method of Arrangement of the
Orders of Exogens and Observations on the Structure of Ovaries

consisting of a single Carpel 101, 105

Supplementary Note to ditto 117

On the position of the Raphe in Anatropal Ovules 147

On the Embryo of Nelumbium 340

Notes on Cephalotecs and Belvisiacece 342

Clarke, Joshua, Esq., F.L.S.

Observations on the Parasitic Habits of Rhinanthus Crista
Gain, L., and its injurious effects on the growth of Barley ... 265

CoLEBRooKE, Henry Thomas, Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S.

Remarks on Dr. Roxburgh's Memoir on the Aloe-wood Tree ... 124

Curtis, John, Esq., F.L.S.

On the Economy of a new species of Saw-fly 66

Notice regarding a Weevil of the Vine and its Parasite 265

On the genus Myrmica and other Ants — 288

Remarks relative to the Affinities and Analogies of Natural Ob-
jects, more particularly of Hypocephalus, a genus of Coleoptera 291

Daniell, George, Esq.

Notes on the Habits oi Myrmica domestica, Shuck., together with
some account of a means of turning the industry of this minute
Ant to account in the preparation of skeletons of small
Animals 1/2

Notes on the Habits of the Common Garden Ant, Formica

nigra, L 290

FoRSTER, Thomas, M.B., F.L.S.

On the present Season in relation to Birds and other Natural
Phsenomena 146

GcEPPERT, Heinrich, Prof., F.M.L.S.

Remarks on Fossil Palms 352

Graham, Frederick J., Esq., F.L.S.

On the Injuries sustained by certain Plants from the attacks of
parasitic Fungi, with particular reference to the Cause of the

Potato Disease 1

Griffith, William, Esq., F.L.S.

Papers transmitted by John McClelland, Esq., F.L.S 252

Hamilton, Buchanan, M.D., F.R.S., F.L.S.

Commentary on the Ninth Pai-t of Van Rheede's " Hortus Mala-
baricus" 127, 1/8

Hance, H. F., Esq., Ph.D.

On the Structure of the Fruit in Punica 96

Henfrey, Arthur, Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S.

On the Development of the Embrj-o in Orchis Morio, L o. 26

On the Development of the Spores and Elaters of Marchantia

polymorpha, L 61

On the Development of Ferns from their Spores 203

Remarks on the so-called Eye-spot of the Infusoria and Micro-
scopic Algm 2^6

Notes on the Elaters of Trichia 279

V

page
IIiNCKs, Rev. William, F.L.S.

Note on the Nature of Fasciated Stems 215

Hogg, John, Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S.

On a double variety oi Matricaria Chamomilla, L 2

On a large and remarkable Wasps' Nest 33

On the Artificial Introduction of a breed of Salmon into the River

Swale, &c 178

On the Artificial Breeding of Salmon and Trout, with Remarks

on the Modes of Fecundating their Ova 246

Notice of the appearance of Myriads of a species of Aphis in the

North of England, during the present Autumn 261

On the external Membrane of the unimpreguated and impregnated

Ova of the Common Salmon 330

On the occurrence of a large specimen of Tunny {Thynnus vul-
garis, Cuv.), in the River Tees 348, 360

IIoLDswoRTH, A. H., Esq.

Notes on the Dry-rot, as observed in the Church of Kuig's Wear,

Devonshire 80

Hooker, Joseph Dalton, Esq., M.D., F.R.S., F.L.S.

Note on the OccvuTence of an Edible Nostoc in the Arctic Regions

and in the Mountains of Central Asia 166

On some remarkable Spherical Exostoses developed on the Roots

of various species of Coniferce 335*

On the Structure and Affinities of the Natural Order of Balano-

phorecB 369, 436

, and Thomson, Thomas, Esq., M.D., F.R.S., F.L.S.

, On Hodgsonia, Hook. fil. et Thoms., a new and remarkable genus

of Cucurbitacece 257

On Decaisnea, a remarkable new genus of the tribe of Lardiza-

balem 349

Huxley, William, Esq., F.R.S.

Ou the Anatomy and Physiology of Physalia, and on its place in

the System of Animals 3, 4

On the Anatomy of Diphyes, and on the Unity of Composition

of the Diphyidce and Physophoridce 15, 60, 65, 67

Kennedy, Benjamin, Esq., F.L.S.

Description of a supposed Fossil from South Africa 127

KiPPisT, Richard, Esq., Libr.L.S.

Note on Mr. Woods's Paper on the various forms of Salicornin . 112

On Acradenia, a new genus of Diosmece 200

Knox, Robert, M.D.

On the food of certain Gregarious Fishes 354

Lankester, Edwin, M.D., F.R.S., F.L.S.

Notice of a peculiar Structure of the Cells on the surface of Cul-

litriche verna, L 94

LiNNE, Charles von.

Almanac Notes for the year 1735, translated from the Swedish by

Nathaniel Wallich, M.D., F.R.S., V.P.L.S. &c 5

Letter to the Rev. John White, communicated by John Gould,

Esq., F.L.S 31

Extract from a Manuscript Account of his Journey in Dalecarlia

in 1734, in the possession of the Society 114

LoAVE, Edward Joseph, Esq.

Catalogue of Land and Freshwater Mollusca found in the neigh-
bourhood of Nottingham 117

VI

page
MiERS, John, Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S.

On the Family of Trmriacete 71j .72

Ou two Genera of Plants from the Cordillera of Chili 154

On the correctness of the jiosition assigned to Oxycladvs in the

family of Bignoniacece 270

On the Structure of the Seed and pecuhai- Form of the Embryo

in ClusiacecB 333, 343

Notes on Dr. AUemao's Memoir on the Origin and Development

of Vessels in Monocotyledonous and Dicotyledonous Plants . . . 364

Moore, David, Esq., A.L.S.

On the Introduction oi Anacharis Alsinastrum, Bab., into Ireland 269

Moore, Thomas, Esq., F.L.S.

Descriptions of two new Swan River PapilionacecB 202

On Venation as a generic character in Ferns ; with Observations

on the genera Hewardia, J. Smith, and Cionidium, Moore ... 210
Notes on some Fei-ns in the Wallichian Herbarium 285

Nem^port, George, Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S.

On the Anatomy and Development of certain Chalcididce and
Ichneumonidce, compared with their special (Economy and In-
stincts ; with Descriptions of a new genus and s])ecies of Bee-
Parasite, Part I 23

, Part II 34

On Ichneumon Atropos, Curt 54

I'm'ther Observations on the habits of Monodontomerus, with
some account of a new Acarus, Heteropus ventricosua, a. Para-
site in the nests of Antlwphora retusa 70

Further Observations on the genus Anthophorahia, Newp 169 '

Additional Note to his Memoir on Ichneumon Airo[jos, Curt 213

On the Ocelli in the genus Anthophorahia, Newp 219

Notes on the Dipterous Parasites which attack the Common

Earwig and the Emperor Moth 247

On the Reproduction of lost parts in Earthworm s 256

Nicholson, B. A. R., M.D.

Notes ou Bdellium 125

Peach, Charles W., Esq

Notes on the Habits oi Medusa and of small Fishes 280

Ralph, Thomas Shearman, Esq., A.L.S.

Sketch of the Vegetation around Wellington, New Zealand 250

Roxburgh, William, M.D., F.L.S.

On the Aquilaria Agallocha, Roxb., the Agallochum or Aloe-
wood Tree of Commerce , 123

SCHLAGINTWEIT, Dr. AdOLPH.

Summary of the principal Results of the Investigations of him-
self and his brother into the Vegetation of the Alps 1 02

ScHOMBURGK, Sir Robert Henry, Ph.D.

On the Forest-trees of British Guiana and their Uses in Civil and
Naval Architecture , 158

Seemann, Berthold, Ph.D., F.L.S.

Remarks on Sarsaparillas 262

Notes on the Natural Order Crescentiaceee 268

On the identity of Finns hirtella and Pinus religiosa of Humboldt,

Bonpland and Kunth 351

On the " Oro Vegetal," or Vegetable Gold of Mexico 436

VI 1

page
Smith, Frederick, Esq.

Notice of a species of Monodontomerus, parasitic in the cells of
Anthophora retusa 29

Thomson, Thomas, Esq., M.D., F.R.S., F.L.S.
See Hooker, J. D., Esq., M.D.

Thwaites, G. H. K., Esq., F.L.S.

Note on the genus Ancistrocladus of Wallich 284

VoGEL, Dr. Edward.

Extracts from a Letter, giving some Account of the Botanical
features of the region between Tripoli and Momzouk 274

Wakefield, Robert, Esq., F.L.S.

On some of the Habits of Ants 293

Wallich, Nathaniel, Esq., M.D., F.R.S., V.P.L.S.

Translation fi'om the Swedish, of Almanac Notes for the year 173o,

bv Charles von Linne 5

Translation from the Swedish, of a Notice concerning Linnaus's

Iter Dalecarlicum, extracted from a Letter of Mr. Charles

Hartman, M.A 114

Notes on the Germination of sixteen hundred and forty -three

species of Plants 12/

Welwitsch, Dr. Frederick.

Extracts from a Letter to Richard Kippist, Esq., Libr.L.S., on
the Botany of Western Africa 327

Westwood, John Obadiah, Esq., F.L.S.

Description of Melitiobia Audouinii, a Bee-Parasite 3/

Descriptions of seventeen new species of the Coleopterous Famil}-

Patissides 55

Description of two new species of Paussldce from Australasia ... 100
Notice of the Discovery in England of a new genus and species of

Amphipodous Crustacea {Niphargus stygiiis, Schiodte) 218

Notice of a species of Carabideous Insect, Helluo {Acunthogenys)

myrinecophilus, Westw., found, together with its larva, in Ants'

Nests in Ceylon 435

On the Lan'fe of Coleopterous Insects 436

White, Adam, Esq., F.L.S.

Note on the Natural History of Shetland 157

On the Baladeva Walkeri, Waterh., aud on the Affinities of Hy-

pocephalus 294

On a new species of Anomourous Crustacea, belonging to the
family Homolides, found by Mr. Wm. Lobb, at jVIouterey in
California 329

Wilson, A., Esq.

Extracts of Letters on textile plants growing in the Island of
Jamaica 340

Woods, Joseph, Esq., F.L.S.

Remarks on the genus Atriplex, L 30

On the various Forms of Salicornia 1 09

Yarrell, William, Esq., V.P.L.S.

On the Habits and Structvu-e of the Great Bustard (0?is tarda, L.) 20/

Yates, James, Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S.

Obsenations on various species of the Natiu*al Order Cycadea... 15
Observations on the Inflorescence of Cycas revoluta aud Macrn-
zamin spiralis 253

SHORT COMMUNICATIONS.

page
Adams, Arthur, Esq., F.L.S.

Notice of a species of Spider from Madagascar, collected by
Capt. Sir E. Belcher .'. 2

Adamson, Dr.

Notice of several Vegetable Fossils from S. Africa 145

Alexander, Richard Chandler, Esq., M.D., F.L.S.

Notice of various specimens from the Island of Jamaica 340

Bates, H. W., Esq.

On the sexes of Termites 333*

Bell, Thomas, Esq., President.

Notice of some specimens of the Megalopoid form of the genus
Planes ......333*

Bentley, Robert, Esq., F.L.S.

Exhibition of fibres used in the manufacture of Paper 436

BoRRER, William, Esq., Jun., F.L.S.

Notice oi Motacilla alba, L., killed at Lancing in Sussex 245

Brocas, Frederick, Esq.

Notice of an Exhibition of leaf-skeletons, &c 343

Brow^n, Robert, Esq., D.C.L., President.

Notice of the Victoria Water-Lily 17

Notice of trunks of Winter's Bark Trees ( Wintera Magellanica),

cut down in 1826 by Capt. P. P. King, R.N 95

Notice of the Structure of the stems of Kingia australis, R. Br.,

audi Xanthorrhma arborea, R. Br 113

Notice of the Dioecious character of the three known species of

Rafflesia 128

Notice of a new species of fossil Cycadea {Cyeadites Saxbyanus,

R. Br.), from the Isle of Wight 130

BuNBURY, Charles James Fox, Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S.

Notice of the occurrence of a specimen of the Hoopoe in the

English Channel 327

Clarke, Joshua, Esq., F.L.S.

Notice ofFilago Jussicei and Melilotus arvensis, found near Saffron

Walden, Essex 2

Couch, Jonathan, Esq., F.L.S.

Notice of the discovery of a species of Onchidium on the Coast of

Cornwall 152

Gould, John, Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S.

Notice of a new species oi Menura {M. Alberti) 67

Notice oi Balmniceps Rex 10.9

Hance, H. F., Esq., Ph.D.

Notice of his Paper on the Island and Flora of Hong Kong 213

IX

page
Hawker, Rev. William Henry.

Extract of a Letter to the President 359

Hogg, John, Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S.

Notice of a variety of Hordeiim hexastickon, L 61

Notice of a double variety of Scabiosa arvensis, L 64

Notice of Grapes ripened out of doors in the County of Durham,

m lat. 54° 35' N .' 153

Notice of the Capture of two species of Pipe-fish, Syngnathus

Typhle, L., and S. eequoreus, L 157

Notice of an Umbellate variety of the Common Primrose 246

Iliff, William Tiffin, Esq., M.D., F.L.S.

Notice of some pharmaceutical simples from Peru 343

Layard, E L., Esq

Notice of the Timber-trees of Ceylon 287

LlEBMANN, M.

Notice of h s Paper on the Impregnation of Cycadece 69

LoFTUs, W. K., Esq.

Notice of Plants producing foetid Gums, in a Letter from Kir-
rind in Persia 152

Matchwick, Mr.

Notice of the Tussack Grass of the Falkland Islands 127

Meisner, Dr. C. F.

Notice of his Memoir entitled " New ProteacecB of Australia "... 361

MiLLiGAN, Jo.^EPH, Esq., F.L.S.

Notice of present of Natural Productions of Van Diemeu's Land,
from the Exhibition of the Industry of all Nations 153

Motley, James, Esq.

Notice of his Letters on the Camphor Tree of Bonico 177

Muller, Dr. Ferdinand.

Notice of his Paper on the Flora of South Australia displayed ... 206
Notice of his Paper on the Vegetation of the District surrounding
Lake Torrens, &c 207

Newman, Edward, Esq., F.L.S.

Notice of two species of Ferns found in Scotland 245

Notice of the discovery of Ophioglossura Lusitanicum, L., in
Guernsey 279

Newport, George, Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S. &c.

Notice of his Obser^'ations on the Impregnation of the Ovum in
Amphibia 145

Pereira, Jonathan, M.D., F.L.S.

Notice of a specimen of Myrospermum, &c 101

Halph, Thomas Shearman, Esq., A.L.S.

Notice of an Earthquake at Sea between New Zealand and Port
Phillip 250

Salmon, John Drew, Esq., F.L.S.

Notice of two specimens of Kestrels, prepared in a new manner. 326

Saunders, William Wilson, Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S.

Notice of a species of Cyclamen (probably C. hedercefolium, Dec.)
found by him near Hastings 98

X

page
Scott, A. W., Esq., M.A.

Notice of an intended AVork on Australian Lepidoptera and their
Transformations, and of the Drawings prepared for it 17-

Seemann, Berthold, Esq., Ph.D., F.L.S.

Notes written dui-ing the Voyage of H. M.S. Herald 7^

Smith, Sir James Edward (the late), Pres.L.S.

Extracts from two Letters to the late Jonas Dr)'ander, Esq.,
V.P.L.S 69

Spruce, Richard, Esq.

Extracts fi'om a Letter addressed to Sii- W. J. Hooker, F.R.S.,
F.L.S 354

Stevens, Samuel, Esq., F.L.S.

Notice of a Collection of Insects lately received from Mr. R.

Fortune, from Northern China 287

Notice of a Cone oi Araucaria Cookii, and oi Stangeria paradoxa

from Natal 340

Notice of a new Butterfly [Ornithoptera Brookeana, Wallace)

from Borneo 428

Treviranus, Prof., L. C, F.M.L.S.

Letter accomijanying a present of a Collection of Original Letters
from John Christian Daniel von Schreber, r.nd Xavier Wulfen
to Albert William Ivoth 145

Varley, Cornelius, Esq.

Notice of Drawings illustrative of the Structure and Circulation
in diiferent species of Chara 64

Wallich, Nathaniel, M.D., F.R.S., V.P.L.S.

Notices and Anecdotes of John Christian Daniel von Schreber,
chiefly derived from Dr. E. W. Martius's ' Erinnerungen ' 69

Ward, Nathaniel Bagshaw, Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S.

Notice of some new and remarkable species oi AlgcB found in

Ceylon by Dr. W. H. Harvey 287

Notice of the discovery in Ireland of Desmarestia pinnatinervia,

Montague, and of two American species of Trichomanes 287

Notice of the growth of Gymnogramma leptophylla, Desv., in

a closed case 288

Notice of Gentiana verna, L., and Andromeda tefragona, L 291

Notice of the difi'erences between two sets of specimens of Asple-

nium lanceolatum, from Jersey 347

Notice of Alpine Plants flowering on peaty banks in his gai'den at

Clapham 428

Westwood, John Obadiah, Esq., F.L.S.

Notice of a new species of the genus Achias, Fabr 3

Notice of five new species of Paussidce, from Mozambique, and of

five Australian species o( Adelotopus 13

Notice of the occurrence for the first time in England of Chelura

terebrans 13

Notice of Protuberances on the branches of a Pear-tree caused by

the punctures of a species of Aphis 65

Notice of a large Wingless Bii-d, observed by Capt. Poole in

Lord Howe's Island, S. Pacific 105

Supplementary Notice of ditto 1 45

XI

page

Notice of his Exhibition of a Volume of Autograph Letters
addressed to Philip Miller by Linnaeus and others 245

Notice of a Collection of Insects made by Capt. Slater at Darjeel-
ing and in other parts of India 288

White, Adam, Esq., F.L.S.

Notice of three species of Hemiptera belonging to the genera
Scaptocoris and Petalochirus, with remarks on fossorial In-
sects, &c 13

Notice of a Paper on the Animals known to the Ancients, with
especial reference to those sculptured on the Monuments of
Nineveh 15, 23

Notice of Mr. Gosse's Drawings of Rotifer a, &c 96

Notice of the perforation by Anobium striatum, of a Wooden
Cistern lined with lead 153

Notice of the flowering of Alpine and Arctic Plants immediately
on the disappearance of the Snow ... 177

Notice on the Structure and AiRnities of Hypocephalus artnatus,
Desm 288

Notice of a Collection of Thibetan Coleopterous Insects made by
Dr. Thomas Thomson, F.L.S 295

Woods, Joseph, Esq., F.L.S.

Notice of his Botanical Notes made during a Tom* in France 169, 171

Yarrell, William, Esq., V.P.L.S.

Notice of the growth of a Cedar at Bishop's Stortford, Herts ... 166
Notice of a specimen of the Sooty Tern {Sterna fuliginosa. Lath.)

killed at Burtoii-on-Tient 213

Notice of a specimen of the Dusky Petrel {Puffinus obscurus)

taken off the South Coast of Ireland 245

Yates, James, Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S.

Notice of Ceanothus thyrsiflorus, Eschsch 54

OBITUARY NOTICES.

page

AiKiN, Arthur 305

Aiton, William Tovvnsend 82

Allan, James, M.D 180

Audubon, John James 130

Barrow, Sir John, Bart 38

Beaufoy, Hemy 180

Bennett, George, 39

Bicheno, James Ebenezer ... 180

Bird, Golding, M.D 404

Blainville, Henri M. Ducrotay

de 91

Bromfield, William Arnold,

M.D 182

Bromhead, Sir Edward Thomas

Ffrench, Bart 405

Brown, John, M.D 132

Brownlow, The Right Hon.

John Cust, Earl 306

Buch, Baron Leopold von ... 241

Cameron, David 50

Cartwright, Richard 406

Charlton, Edwin Charles 39

Children, John George 183

Cox, Joseph Cox, M.D 185

Cripps, John Marten 231

Davy, David Elisha 185

De la Beche, Sir Henry

Thomas, Knt., C.B 406

Derbishire, Philip, M.D 232

Derby, The Right Hon. the

Earl of 186

Dickson, Sir David James

Hamilton, Knt., M.D 84

Doubleday, Edward 84

Downes, Henry, Comm. R.N. . 187
Ducane, Charles, Capt. R.N... 132
Duke, Rev. Edward, M.A. ... 232
Endlicher, Stephen Ladislaus . 49

Fielding, Henry B 188

Fischer, Friedrich Ernst Lud-

wig von 419

Fisher, Gotthelf Friedrich 318

Forbes, Sir Charles Fergusson,

M.D 188

page

Forbes, Edward 408

Forster, Edward 39

Foster, Thomas Henry 306

Francis, Rev. Robert Bransby,

M.A 132

Gardiner, William 244

Gardner, George 40

Gaudichaud, Charles 320

Gibbes, Sir George Smith, M.D. 188

Gordon, William, M.D 44

Greeuough, George Bellas ... 412

Hailstone, Samuel 189

Harwood, John, M.D 413

Hasted, Rev. Henry, M.A. ... 233

Heron, Sir Robert, Bart 414

Home, Edward, B.C.L 132

Ingpen, Abel 425

Jacob,Rev. Stephen Long, M.A. 133

Jameson, Robert 306

Jussieu, Adrien de 321

Kidd, John, M.D 189

Kirby, Rev. William, M.A. ... 133

Kunth, Karl Sigismund 92

Landsborongh, Rev. David,

D.D 426

Ledebour, Karl Friedrich von. 193
Lemann,CharlesMorgan,M.D. 234

Link, Heinrich Friedrich 139

Lloyd, William Horton 45

Luxford, George 426

Lyell, Charles 87

M'^Ajthur, Duncan, M.D 414

Macfadyen, James, M.D 135

Mackinnon, Donald 88

MacLeay, Alexander 45

M-^Nab, William 52

Mantell, Gideon Algernon,

LL.D 235

Meyer, Carl Anton 422

Milne, Joshua 136

Mirbel, Charles Fran9ois Bris-

seau de 423

Munro, Donald 237

Murray, John 191

Xlll

page

Neill, Patrick, LL.D 191

Newport, George 309

Northampton, Spencer Joshua

AlwyneCompton, Marquis of 137
Norwich, Edward, Lord Bishop

of 88

Pereira, Jonathan, M.D 237

Petit, Louis Hayes 90

Pilkington, William 47

Raphael, Alexander 137

Rashleigh, William 414

Reich, Gottfried Christian ... 143
Reinwardt, Kaspar Georg Karl 322

Richard, Achille 243

Ridout, John 415

Saint-Hilaire, Auguste de 323

Savigny, Jules Cesar de 194

Schouw, Joachim Frederic ... 195
Schwaegrichen, Christian Fried-
rich 325

Sowerby, George Brettingham 415

page

Stephens, James Francis 239

Stocks, John EUerton 416

Stokes, Charles 312

Streeten, Robert James NichoU,

M.D 48

Symons, Rev. Jelinger, M.A. . 192

Thackeray, George, D.D 138

Thomson, Anthony Todd, M.D. 91

Thomson, James 138

Thomson, Thomas, M.D 240

Wahlenberg, George 143

Wall, Charles Baring 313

WalHch, Nathaniel, M.D 314

Walter, John Frederick, M.D. 48
Wilson, James Hewetson, B.A. 139

Wing, William Edward 417

Winterbottom, James Edward 418
Wintle, Frederick Thomas,

M.D 241

Wray, Robert 139

PROCEEDINGS

LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON.

November 7, 1848.
Edward Forster, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.

A paper was read by F. J. Graham, Esq., F.L.S., " On the In-
juries sustained by certain Plants from the attacks of parasitic Fungi,
with particular reference to the Cause of the Potato Disease."

In order to demonstrate the subject more clearly, Mr. Graham
exhibited drawings, with magnified figures of several species of para-
sites ; and a great many specimens of diflferent plants, both native
and exotic, presenting a healthy appearance on those parts which
were still free from the attacks of the different species of mildew to
which they were subject, but at the same time showing the most in-
disputable signs of disease on those parts which were infested by
tufts of mildew. The manner in which one plant in particular.
Shepherd's Purse {Thlaspi Bursa Pastoris, L.), was affected, was very
remarkable. Portions of the stems of this were covered, to the ex-
tent of two or three inches, with Botrytis parasitica, which caused
them to become gouty or swollen to three times their natural size ;
and eventually these parts assumed a brown colour and a moist pu-
trescent character, which could be traced down the stalks, and in
many cases killed the plants. Transverse sections of these blotches,
compared with similar sections of a blotch on the potato stalli, ex-
hibited the same efTects, the dark fluid having penetrated the tissues
of both to a considerable extent. Of all the species of parasitic mil-
dews which he has noticed, Mr. Graham considers those belonging
to the genus Botrytis to produce the severest injuries ; and it is an
undisputed fact that the potato crops have been universally attacked,
during the last three seasons, by Botrytis infestans.

As to the manner in which these parasites acquire their destruc-
No. XXXVIII. — Prockedings of the Linnean Society.

2 Linnean Society. [Nov. 21,

tive power, Mr. Graham considers that it arises from the natural de-
cay of their mycelium or internal filaments, which he has found tra-
versing the tissues of plants, beneath the external tufts of mildew.
That the tissues of plants are extensively permeated by this myce-
lium, has been frequently shown by the Rev. M. J. Berkeley and other
mycologists ; but the important fact that these roots (as they may
be termed) die within the tissues of plants, along with their super-
structure, assuming a dark colour in decay and ultimately dissolving
into a viscous mass, has hitherto, Mr. Graham states, escaped the
notice of authors. Decaying matter being thus secretly introduced,
corrupts the adjacent tissues, and in many cases spreads over the
entire plant and kills it. Mr. Graham states that he has arrived at
this conclusion after repeated examinations under powerful micro-
scopes, but that the effects are visible in some cases to the naked
eye. Experiments made by enclosing tufts of mildew in the sap of
those plants on which it grew, also exhibited the results above stated.

November 21.'
Edward Forster, Esq., V.P,, in the Chair.

Mr. A. Adams, F.L.S., presented specimens of the habitations of
a species of Spider, collected by Captain Sir E. Belcher on the north-
west side of Majambo Bay, in the Island of Madagascar, and com-
municated by him to Mr. Adams, with the particulars of their history.
It appears that on this coast the north-east wind blows so constantly
and to such a degree, that it would effectually destroy the more usual
forms of web ; to remedy which, the spiders of the locality collect
together a number of small even-sized grains of quartz-sand, of which
they fabricate a tolerably firm horn-shaped habitaculum, uniting them
together by means of a fine loose web, which they hang from the low
shrubs that grow upon the sand, and thus suspended defy the breeze
and ride out the gale in safety.

Mr. J. Clarke exhibited specimens of Filago Jussicei and Melilotus
arvensis, found near SaflFron Walden, Essex.

Mr. J. Hogg, F.R.S., F.L.S., exhibited dried specimens of a plant
■which he regarded as a double variety of Matricaria Chamomilla, L.,
found by himself on the saridy road- side near Whitburn, Durham, to-
gether with a coloured drawing of the natural size. He stated, in a

1848.] Linnean Society, 3

communication accompanying the exhibition, that he had never before
observed any similar variety of the species above named, nor could
he find any account of its having been known to vary with a double
flower. Sir J. E. Smith, however, in his ' English Flora,' states of
Anthemis nobilis, that " varieties with double flowers are common
in gardens ;" and in Smith's own herbarium, in the Museum of the
Society, are two specimens of Pyrethrum inodorum, var. flore pleno,
the flowers of which very strongly resemble those exhibited. These
were found in Norfolk by Mr. Crow^e in 1799, and are mentioned in
the ' English Flora ' as " a double variety, having a multiplied ra-
dius and an obliterated contracted disk." In the present example
Mr. Hogg states that " the external white petals, or rather the florets
of the radius, are altogether larger and stronger ; they are much
elongated, strap-shaped, less narrow, with their margins somewhat
folded inwards, and are rather more numerous than those in the ordi-
nary single flower, from which they also differ by being sometimes
bilabiate ; whilst the disk itself is greatly contracted and reduced,
and its tubular florets appear to have become very small and abor-
tive ; thus apparently indicating that the florets of the radius have
become lengthened and enlarged at the expense of those of the disk."
Mr. Hogg adds, that in general appearance these large double flowers
of Matr. Chamomilla resemble the common white double flowers of
the genus Chrysanthemum.

Read the commencement of a memoir " On the Anatomy and
Physiology of Physalia, and on its place in the System of Animals."
By William Huxley, Esq., Assistant-Surgeon of H.M.S. Rattle-
snake. Communicated by the President.

December 5.

E. Forster, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.

Thomas Robert N. Morson, Esq., was elected a Fellow.

Mr. J. O. "Wlestwood, F.L.S., exhibited a new species, of large
size, of the genus Achias, Fabr., of which two species only were
hitherto known.

Read the conclusion of Mr. Huxley's memoir on Physalia, com-
menced at the last Meeting.

4 Linnean Society. [Dec. 5,

The specimens of Physalia on which Mr. Huxley's observations
were made, were collected on board the Rattlesnake, between the
25th of February and the 3rd of March, between lat. 25° and 37° S.
and long. 5° and 7° W. They varied in size from \ in. to 2 in. in the
long diameter of the float. The author first describes the general
appearance of the specimens, of which he doubts whether the largest
were adult, and then proceeds to a minute examination of their de-
tails, dividing them for this purpose into the float or air-bladder, and
the appendages of greater or less length which depend from it when
the animal is in its natural position at the surface of the water. The
smaller specimens he states to be the best adapted for examination.

The float is described as consisting of an outer coat, an inner coat
and an air-sac contained within them, attached only to one spot of
their parietes, and there communicating with the exterior by a small
constricted aperture, which was always found on the upper surface.
The disposition of the appendages is very irregular, but the larger ten-
tacles are generally placed more externally, the smaller and nascent
organs more towards the centre. These appendages are of three
kinds, and consist of stomachal sacs, tentacles and cyathiform bodies.
Of each of these the author gives a detailed description in their more
perfect form, as well as in their undeveloped state as nascent organs ;
and then proceeds to inquire, first, what is the physiological import-
ance of the organs described, and secondly, what zoological place
should be occupied by an animal provided with such organs so dis-
posed.

Each of these questions the author treats at considerable length.
Of the function of the stomachal sacs in receiving the prey there can
be little question ; but it may be doubted whether the digested nu-
tritive matter circulates in the ciliated water-carrying canals or is
absorbed into totally difi^erent channels. In the latter case the pur-
pose of the stomachal villi would plainly seem to be to absorb nutri-
tive matter and convey it through their central canal to the wide in-
terspace existing between the outer and inner membrane ; but the
author states that he has never seen in this interspace any corpuscles
analogous to those described by Will as blood- corpuscles. He sug-
gests that the villosities noticed by Dr. Milne-Edwards in the sto-
machal sacs of Apolemia are the same organs, and not ovaries as Dr.
Milne-Edwards considers them ; and observes that similar organs
exist in a Diphya (Eudoxia), hereafter to be more fully described.
The function of the tentacles, both as prehensile and defensive
organs, admits of little doubt ; and on this subject the author notices
an erroneous view of M. Lesson, who describes them merely as

1848.] Linnean Society. 5

ducts for conveying an (hypothetical) acrid fluid from an (hypotheti-
cal) poison-gland. He also controverts M. Lesson's opinion that cer-
tain of the colourless tentacles are to be regarded as branchiae ; being
quite convinced that there is no diff'erence between these and the
ordinary tentacles except in the absence of colour. As regards the
function of the cyathiform bodies, he has no other than analogical
evidence to offer. The only organs in the Acalephce with which he
conceives them to have any resemblance are the natatorial organs of
the Physophorce. But their little adaptation to a similar purpose, and
the entire absence even of their rudiments in young Physalife, dis-
courage this comparison ; while on the other hand they bear a sin-
gular resemblance to the female generative organs of a Diphja, and
this resemblance extends even to the younger stages of both.

Mr. Huxley concludes by referring Physalia to the position as-
signed to it by Eschscholtz among Physophorce, and near Discolabe or
Angela. In fact, he regards Physalia as in all its essential elements
nothing but a Physopliora, whose terminal dilatation has increased
at the expense of the rest of the stem, and hence carries all its
organs at the base of this dilatation.

The paper was illustrated by pencil drawings of the structures de-
scribed.

Read also a translation* from the Swedish, of "Almanac notes
for the year 1735, by Charles von Linne."

* Note by Dr. Wallich. — The Council of the Society did me the honour
at the end of last session to entrust the duty of translation to my care. It
has been made in the first instance from a communication by Joh. Aug.
Holmstrom, in "Botanical Notices" edited by Al. Ed. Lindblom, No. 12 for
December 1845, pp. 210-218, with the following motto and preface. Mr.
Bentham having pointed out to me that there existed a German translation
by Dr. Bcilschmid in the Flora for P'ebruary 1847, pp. 97-104, I have gladly
availed myself of this additional aid. Nor have I altogether neglected to
consult the precious little relic itself, how in the Society's possession, although
of course without any other result than that of verifying the fidelity of Mr.
Holmstrom's edition. All the notes are his with very few exceptions, which
have been duly marked. I have taken the liberty of frequently leaving Lin-
nasus's abbreviations in statu quo, and very rarely indeed altered his ortho-
graphy.

" Parva h«c quippe, et quanquam paucis percontantibus adorata, tamen
ignorantibus transcursa." — Apuleius, l^lorida.

Every, even the smallest memorial of a truly and through all ages
great man, possesses its value, and deserves to be secured from de-
cay and oblivion. It is on that account that I have thought it my
duty to publish these notes of the ' Princeps Botanicorum,' which
have accidentally come into my hands. Although containing nothing

6 Linnean Society. [Dec. 5,

new, or of great importance, they furnish several valuable data con-
nected with, perhaps, the most remarkable year in the life of Linn^ ;
they exhibit, in various points, traces of the peculiar naivete of his
style, and are therefore, in respect to character alone, not without
their value.

The annotations are written on ten pages, interleaved in an alma-
nac having the following title : "Almanaeh paAhret efter JesuChristi
naderika Fodelse 1735- Til Skara Horizont, etc. Utreknad och steld
af Birger Vassenio, samt vidare fortsattjande af underrettelsen til
Retta Tanckar am thenna SynligaWerldennes Systemate, allar Sam-
manhang. — Skara, Herm. Arnold MoUer." 16mo. (Almanac for the
year 1735 from the gracious birth of .1. C. For the horizon of Skara,
&c. Calculated and regulated by Birger Vassenius, together with
further instructions concerning right ideas of the system or structure
of this visible world.)

The volume is quite complete and well-preserved. It appears,
even during Linnseus's lifetime, to have come into the possession of
strangers, and to have been taken into the country and used there,
through a succession of years, in lieu of a new almanac ; for we
find, in three several places, remarks made by peasants' wives on
sundry matters. One of its latest male or female owners has even
altered with ink the year printed on the title-page for that of 1765.
Thus the little brochure has passed into the possession of several
individuals, without any of them being aware, or caring, by whom
the many notes were added. These notes are numerous, and
constitute almost an entire diary, during the first months of the
year ; after which they become less and less frequent, ceasing alto-
gether in the months of October and November. The complaint
of A. Afzelius (in Linne's Eg. Ant * pi. loc.,), that it is difficult to
decipher the handwriting of Linnseus, is often verified here. Yet I
think I have hit on the right meaning in most instances. With
respect to some of the most difficult places. Professor J. H. Schroder
has afforded me explanation with his accustomed sagacity.

The notes are now published with as much accuracy as was pos-
sible, even as to spelling and grammar. The words which have
been added by way of explanation are included within brackets.
Italics indicate that abbreviations have been filled up f. A few notes
have been subjoined.

* Linnaeus's Personal Notes, edited by A. Afzelius. — N. W.
t Except on the first mention of a name, I have thought it best to leave
the abbreviations unsupphed. — N.W,

1848.] Li/mean Society. 7

(JANUARY.)
O ! Ens entium miserere mei !

1. Christmas dinner with alderman Dan. Moraeus.

2. called on Sara l^isa ', in a Lapland dress.

3. the same, absentibus parentibus.

4. prepared a new edition of Systema Mineral. ^

5. Assessors Benzelstierna and Kolmeter^ called on me.

6. Christmas party at alderman Anders Jers.

7. dined with assessor Kolmeter.

8. commenced writing Sponsalia plantar.*

9. continued.

10. called on S. L. M. and had a little fun.

11. tried Anders Jers's well.

12. dined at Morbygden with B. Forsling.

13. called on S. L. M., and at Kongsg§,rden \ and on me assessor

Morseus.

14. Christmas party at Troilli's, surveyor of mines.

15. the provost's at Fahlun with S. L. M.

16. dinner at secretary Neuman's.

N.B. a day of immortal commemoration, of final settling
with S. L. M.

17. wrote to baron Koskul, dean Sandel, raagister Linder,

18. dined with the lieutenant of the province (Landshofdingen).

19. Lars Fetter ^ dined at a party at engineer (Konstmaster)

Trygg's. Betted two tankards of. rhenish wane, that there
will be a christening (barnsol) in 4 years.

20. wrote to J. Morseus, S. S.^ about S. L. M. Exphcitly solicited

(her hand).

21. wrote to S. L. M.

22. called on , gave annulum.

23. reciprocation by mother-in-law.

24. wrote to the Society ^ cum lachesi Lapponica.

25. remained quiet.

' Daughter of John MoicBus, town-physician {Stadsphysicus), brother of
the above mentioned. She was afterwards married to Linnaeus on the 26th
June, 17SS,

^ Probably a revision, in manuscript.

3 The future brother-in-law of Linnseus, married to Anne Christina, the
younger daughter of John Moreeus.

* Published as a disputation at Upsala," in 1746, 4to.

* North- or Fahhi-Kongsgard. ^ Quis? ^ Socero Suo ?

^ The Society of Sciences at Upsala, wliich had defrayed Linnjeus's re-
cent journey into Lapland (in 1732. — B.).

8 Linnean Society. [Dec. 5,

26. noon ' (at) alderman Lundstrom's (with) Nasman, controller,

and Anders and Ions Williamsons.

27. received from J. Mor. responsio concerning 3 O - secundum

abitum. seven temptations !

28. called on Troilli, surveyor of mines; Stromberg, controller;

Trygg.

29. called on S. L. M. concluded Floram Dalekarlicam*.

30. dined with the lieutenant of the province.

31. wrote to Doctor Celsius, Spelin and Neander about employment.

(FEBRUARY.)

1. attended a woman in childbirth.

2. dined with the provost of Fahlu; in the evening (at) Schultze's,

accountant.

3. at the Kongsg&rd and (with) S. L. M. Gave obligatio scripta

fidei.

4. was with a sick person at Morbygden.

6. received letters from Celsius, Spelin, Neander, Liungwal (and)

Sophia Littorin.

7. wrote to Spelin, Liungwal, Tegnelin.
8. in the evening (with) S. L. M.

9. in the afternoon at a frolic at Morbygden.
10. evening (with) S. L. M.

11. with S. L. M. until X o'clock in the evening.

12. paid visits with Browallius *.

13. paid a visit to F. Ehrenholm absente S. L. M. received letters

from Spelin, Ossengius, Ahlgren.

14. wrote to dean Sandel (and) Anna Maria Linnaea*.

16. dined with surveyor of mines Troill and parents-in-law.

17. Surv. of min. Borgenstrom (and) Svaben called on me^.

18. took leave of father-in-law.

19. took leave of S. L. M., who wrote the oath 7.

J Probably dined.— N. W.

2 Years. This stipulation is notorious. Miss Hedin, Minne (Souvenir) of
Linne, i. p. 47.
^ Not published.

* "At that time domestic chaplain and tutor in the family of Reuterholm,
lieut. of the province, afterwards professor and bishop at Abo." — Linnaeus's
Personal Notes, p. 22.

* Linnreus's sister, married to G. Hok, afterwards dean at Wiresta.

* Surv. of mines Anton Svab. After this follow two illegible words.

' See 3rd of this month. This reciprocal obligation by a written oath
was not known before.

23
24

1848.] Linnean Society. 9

20. at 10 oclock. left Fahlun with Clas Sohlberg.

21. dined with Swedenstierna (at) Hogfors, arrived at Nya Elfsborg.

22. dined with Lybecker, surveyor of mines, arrived at Nora.

S remained at Knutsby with surv. of mines Christiernin.

25. was at the sulphur mine at Dylta, arrived at Crebro.

26. left Orebro.

27. went through Askersund; at noon with pastor Tiselius.

28. through schenninge, arrived at Wislena.

(MARCH.)
1. went to schenninge, called (on) Menlos, pastor loci.
2. -, at church, dined at Wislena.

3. called on Mag. Knop. Dinner at Bishop Benzeh'«s'5.

4. went to Wislena, called on professor Hermens.

5. remained.

6. went through Schenninge and Wastena, visited the church.

7. through Omberg to the end of Ostergiotland.

8. in Smaland through grenna, Skiersadd to Jonkioping.

9. at church in Jonkioping.

10. dined at dean junbeck's.

11. left; remained at Wrekstad.

12. came to Wexio.

13. dined at assessor Rothman's.

14. general Koskul's.

15. Hoken's'.

16. treasurer Bergman's.

17. assessor Rothman's.

18. dined with treasurer Bergman.

19. went to stenbrohult.

23. BrowaU's letter dated the 7^ March arrived.

24. wrote to inspector Sohlberg, Brovall and S. L. M.
26. we were at mockelsnas.

30. BrowaU's letter of 21 March arrived.

31. Doctor Rothman called on me at stenbrohult.

(APRIL.)
3. Rothman left ; was at Did.

6. feasted at Mocklanas with Ekelund (and) Hok.

7. feasted at stenbrohult with brother-in law (and) Tornquist.

' Linnaeus's brother-in-law.

10 Linnean Society. [Dec. 6,

8. feasted at Dio with brother-in-law.

9. — Dito — and Uuner.

13. Mag. Hok left us at stenbrohult.

15. took leave of stenbrohult and its inhabitants, arrived at the Ry

iron mine at Unner's.

16. at noon at grotteryd ; arrived at the inn at Markary.

17. arrived at Helsingborg.

18. Day of prayers ; went across the sound after evening prayer.
22. embarked at Helsingor.

24. sailed past Zealand (and) Copenhagen.

25. got sight of german ground.

26. S. L. M's birth-day. 1716'.

26. arrived at Lybeck.

27. at church at Lybeck.

28. went to Hamburgh.

29. inspected the town of Hamburgh.

30. called on prof. Koul.

(MAY.)

1. Prof. Koul called on me. visited Sprekelsons Hort.

2. inspected Nators cabinet and Hydram.

3. at the Resident's^, and Sprekelson's.

4. dined at Schiining's and entertained Kolal (and) Jenes'.

5. (walked) with Sprekelson in hort. 1 ducat.

12. at a dinner party at Sprekelsons.

13. Carl hinncei birth-day*.

13. wedding at Schonnings.

14. 35 doler 7 ore silvercoin due to me^.

15. visited Anderson's cabinet, drank 75 years old Rhenish wine.

16. took leave'of Hamburgh for Altona.

17. at 9 oclock J ^ embarked.

18. arrived at storen, remained at wefwelsflyt.

19. at church at wafvelsflyt, detained by contrary A 7.

26. the environs of groeningen in sight.

27. saw groningen.

' By a singular conceit of Linnaeus (" qvam sunt lusus pueriles amoris " !),
the name and year of birth of his betrothed are written with reversed letters
and cyphers. — The pedigree in Personal Notes gives another day, namely
the 28th April.

* Should this be the President's, as Dr. Beilschmid translates it? — N. W.

* More correctly Janitsch, Gottfr. Jac, physician. Compare Personal
Notes, pp. 23 and 83 ; Hedin, i. p. 50.

* This entry, too, is made with larger, reversed letters.

* Quis ? • i daytime. ' A wind.

1848.] Linnean Society. 11

28. got sight of Wastfriesland. refreshment at Stiernkoog'.

29. remained right opposite Stiernkoog.

30. went across the sea, saw omerland, an island^ of 3 miles, very

near being wrecked.

31. at 5 oclock in the morning passed by Harlem ^ a small sea-

town ; at noon (passed) Yorge. in the evening (at) Enkhysen,
situated on our left. At noon a terrible hurricane with rain,
wind, thunder, lightning. Haddervik to the eastward, we could
not see. Enkhysen was the first (pretty place*) of Holland.

(JUNE.)

1 . obliged to continue off Enkhysen untill noon, on account of the

storm and contrary wind, afterwards on our right saw Horn, a
town.

2. arrived early in the morning at Amsterdam ; in the afternoon I

saw Hortum Medicum there.

3. called on prof, botanices BuYman, and at his library.

4. inspected Seba's incomparable dispensary.

5. dined at Burman's, (in) the evening went to Hadderwik.

6. at 3 oclock in the morning arrived at Hadderwik. inspected the

academy. Heard prof. Lom's introduction.

7. post Examen creatus fui Candidat. medic.

8. Recepi a Promotore Diss.^ meam censuratam et typographo tra-

didi imprimendam.
9 1

* > audivi Lectiones privatas Prof, de Gorter.
10. J ^

12. Linnaeus Doctor Creatus fuit Harderovici^.

13. left Hadderwik in the evening.

14. arrived at Amsterdam.

15. was at the plantations and saw crowds of people.

16. took 7 ducats, total 8 ducats 7.

18. went to Leyden.

19. saw Hortum academicum.

20. called on prof. v. Roy en.

21. saw the library.

27. Artedi arrived at Leiden, saw the Arboretum of Boerhaave.
30. sent Systema Naturae to the press 8.

^ Schiermonigkoog. ^ Ameland. ^ Harlingen.

* These very indistinct words are given conjecturally,

* Nova hypothesis de febrium intermittentium natura. Diss, grad. Har-
derovici, 1735, 4to.

' The 13th, according to Pers. Notes, p. 24. ^ Compare 5th May^

® The printing commenced; see fmther on, the 15th July and 2nd (13th)
December.

12 Linnean Society. [Dec. 5,

(JULY.)

14. (3. old style^) botanized on the sea-shore.
6. went to Amsterdam.

8. went to Leiden.

15. completed the Systeraa nat. * ...

16. wrote to Rothman and my father.

17. went to Ytrecht. inspected Hort. Acad.

18. went to Leiden with Gronov. and Mouschenbr.
22. went to Amsterdam, stayed with prof. Burm.

28. literae ad uxorem^.

29. sent to press Bibliotheca Botanica*.

(AUGUST.)

12. (1 . old style) received a bill of exchange for 200 Dollar silvercoin

from Sohlberg.
1.3. (2. o. s.) went to Cliffort.
14. (3. o. s.) returned home.
17. (6. o. s.) went to Leiden.

19. (8. G. s.) arrived at Amsterdam.

(18.) Appointed Praefectus Horti ClifFortiani.

19. wrote to Inspector Sohlberg, Browall (and) S. L. M.

(SEPTEMBER.)

13. took charge of preefecturam horti ClifFort.

27.1 (16-17. o. s.) hora 1 noctis Artedius was drowned at Am-
28. J sterdam.

(DECEMBER.)
13. (2. 0. s.) Promotio cum Kappa Lugduni*. Concluded the
printing of Systema Nat.^

' This and some of the subsequent dates are according to the 7iew style,
quoted in a separate column in Vassenius' Almanac. In these cases I have
added the old style dates within brackets.

' Finished the manuscript.

^ Jocose ita dixit. Cic.

* Left the press only in 1736 at Amsterdam, small 8vo.

* Cappa (medieval Latin), doctor's gown. See Du Fresne, Gloss. Lat. i.
p. 856, et Gloss. Gr^c. p. 584. Sperling ad Testam. Absolonis, p. 105.

® The printing finished. This editio princeps, which is very rare in
Sweden, has the following title : Caroli LinnEei Systema Naturse, sive Regna
tria Naturae, systematice proposita per Classes, Ordines, Genera, et Species.
Lugd. Bat. ap. Haak, 1735. Fol. maj. — 14 page?. The original manuscript
is preserved at the CaroUnska Institut, at Stockholm. Comp. Beckman's
Minnen (Recollections), p. 112.

1848.] Linnean Society. 13

December 19.
The Lord Bishop of Norwich, President, in the Chair.

Mr. J. O. Westwood, F.L.S., exhibited five new species of Paus-
sidcE from Mozambique, belonging to the collection of A. Melly, Esq.;
also five Australian species of Adelotopus, a genus closely allied to
Pseudomorpha, Kirby in Linn. Trans.

Mr. Westwood also exhibited a piece of Memel timber used in
submarine erections at Southampton, destroyed by Chehra terebrans,
a crustaceous animal not hitherto observed in England, although pre-
viously found in Ireland and Scotland.

Mr. Adam White, F.L.S., exhibited three curious species oi He-
miptera belonging to the genera Scaptocoris and Petalochirus. He
made some remarks on fossorial insects in general, illustrating them
with specimens of a New Zealand Mole- Cricket and of a new genus
of Carahidce, allied to Scarites. He particularly described a new spe-
cies of Scaptocoris {S. Amyoti) from Northern India, remarkable in-
asmuch as it forms a second distinct species of a very striking genus
hitherto known to occur only in Brazil (S. castaneus, Perty).

Read a paper, entitled " Experiments and Observations on the
Poison of Animals of the Order Araneidea." By John Blackwall, Esq.,
F.L.S.&c.

After referring to the fabulous accounts of the singular effects said
to be produced in the human species by the bite of the Tarantula, and of
the serious and sometimes fatal consequences attributed to that of the
Malmignatte, Mr. Blackwall proceeds to consider the validity of an
opinion prevalent among arachnologists of the present day, that in-
sects pierced by the fangs of spiders die almost instantaneously. He
states that in the summer of 1846 he commenced an experimental
investigation of the subject, the particulars of which he commu-
nicates, arranging his experiments under four distinct heads, corre-
sponding to the objects upon which they were made, namely the
human species, spiders, insects, and inanimate substances. The ex-
periments are detailed at length, and the following are the principal
results.

First, as regards the effect of the bite of spiders upon the human
species. The species selected was Epe'ira Diadema, and Mr. Black-
wall states the legitimate conclusion deducible from various expe-
riments to be, that there is nothing to apprehend from the bite of the

14 Linnean Society. [Dec. 19, 1S4S.

most powerful British spiders, even -u-hea inflicted at a moment of
extreme irritation and in hot sultry weather, the pain occasioned by-
it beino- little if any more than is due to the laceration and com-
pression which the injured part has sustained.

Under the second head, the observations were made on a male
and female of Tegenaria chilis ; on two females of Segestria senocu-
lata; twice on females of Cinifio atrox and females oi Lycosa agretica ;
on a female Epe'ira Diadema and a female Ccelotes saxatilis ; on two
females oi Epe'ira Diadema ; and lastly on a female of Epe'ira Diadema,
which in a state of high exasperation bit itself. Extensive mechani-
cal injuries, Mr. Blackwall states, commonly prove fatal to spiders,
whether received in conflicts with their congeners or otherwise ; but
no e^•idence supplied by his experiments indicates that the fluid
emitted from the orifice in the fangs of the Araneidea possesses a
property destructive to the existence of animals of that order when
transmitted into a recent wound.

Thirdly, as the result of numerous experiments on insects, made
with jEjaeira Diadema, Segestria senoculata, Epei'ra quadrata, Tegenaria
civilis, and Agelena labyrinthica, the author comes to the conclusion
that they do not present any facts which appear to sanction the
opinion that insects are deprived of life with much greater celerity
when pierced by the fangs of spiders than when lacerated mechani-
callv to an equal extent by other means. It is true however that
the catastrophe is greatly accelerated if the spiders maintain a pro-
tracted hold of their victims, but this is obviously attributable to the
extraction of their fluids, which are transfen-ed by often-repeated
acts of deglutition into the stomachs of their adversaries.

Fourthly, in his experiments on inanimate substances, Mr. Black-
wall found that litmus- paper presented to spiders belonging to several
genera when in a state of extreme irritation, and moistened by the
transparent fluid which issues under such circumstances from the
fissure near the extremity of their fangs, invariably became red as
far as the fluid spread, clearly proving that this secretion, although
tasteless, is an acid. On the other hand, the fluid which flows from
the mouth, as also that contained in the stomach and that which is
discharged from wounds inflicted on the body or limbs, were found
by the same chemical test to be alkaline. Turmeric paper, on the
contran-, was rendered brown by the application of the fluids from
the mouth and stomach, and restored to its original colour by the
agency of the fluid secreted by the so-called poison-gland, thus
aflfording complete confirmation of the respectively alkaline and acid
natures of these several secretions.

Feb. 6, 1849.] Linnean Society. 15

Mr. Blackwall concludes his paper by proposing the name of
falces for the instruments by which spiders seize and destroy their
prey ; the term mandibles being obviously improper for organs which
do not, as Mr. W. S. MacLeay has plainly shown, constitute any
part of the oral apparatus ; and that of chelicera, proposed by M. La-
treille, implj^ing an hypothetical analogy to the antennae of hexapod
insects, from which they differ so widely both in structure and in
function. He adds, that he has observed the labrum in a low state
of development in species belonging to numerous genera, and that
it is attached by its base to the superior surface of the palate, but
that the extremity, which is free and usually round or somewhat
pointed, can be shghtly elevated, depressed, extended, retracted and
moved laterally at -nill ; and mentions that Professor Owen has de-
tected a rudimental labrum in spiders of the genus Mygale. To
apply the term mandibles to organs originating above the labrum,
and therefore not situated within the mouth, is evidently erroneous ;
and the author ventures to anticipate, upon anatomical consider-
ations, that future investigations will lead to the conclusion that the
mandibles of the Araneidea are confluent with the palate.

January IG, 1S49.

E. Forster, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.

James Hepburn, Esq., and Frederick Salmon, Esq., were elected
Fellows.

Read the commencement of a memoir " On the Anatomy of
Diphyes, and on the unity of Composition of the Diphyid<E and
PhysophoridcE." By William Huxley, Esq., Assistant- Surgeon of
H.M.S. Rattlesnake. Communicated by the President.

February 6.

E. Forster, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.

Adam White, Esq., F.L.S., exhibited a numerous series of draw-
ings, chiefly from the monuments lately brought from Nineveh by
Dr. Layard, and read the first portion of a memoir on the animals
sculptured thereon.

A series of specimens of the natural order Cy cades was exhibited,
and a portion of them presented to the Society, by James Yates, Esq.,
F.R.S.. F.L.S. &c.

16 Linnean Society. [Feb. 6,

In his catalogue of these specimens Mr. Yates followed the ar-
rangement and adopted the names of Miquel in his ' Monographia
Cycadearum,' 1842, and of Brongniart in the ' Ann. des Sc. Natu-
relles,' s^r. 3. tome 5, 1846.

In the course of his communication the author offered the follow-
ing remarks : —

Genus Cycas.

Cycas revoluta. — Since the year 1799, when a female plant of this
species flowered at Farnham, as described by Sir James Edward
Smith in the 6th volume of the Linnean Transactions, a considerable
number of the same sex have flowered in this country. Five indivi-
duals might be mentioned, which are now in a flowering state. On
the other hand, only one male plant is known to have flowered in
our island. This was formerly at York, and is now in the Botanic
Garden at Sheffield. Its cone, or rather spike, nearly a metre in
length, is preserved in the museum of the Yorkshire Philosophical
Society, and exhibits in a very -striking manner the affinity of this
genus to the rest of the Cycadece, whilst the female cone of Cycas
diflfers greatly from that of all the other genera.

Genus Macrozamia.

Macrozamia spiralis. — The genus Macrozamia, the scales of whose
cone, whether male or female, are distinguished by terminating in a
single spine, directed upwards, appears to be very closely allied to
the Dioon of Professor Lindley. It is difficult to distinguish the young
seedlings of these two genera. The only perceptible difference is,
that in Macrozamia the leaflets are contracted at the base, and are
more remote from one another than in Dioon. Also in both of these
genera the leaves of the young plants differ most remarkably from
those of the same plants in the adult state. Macrozamia, as well as
Dioon, approaches Cycas in the circumstance, that the leaflets are
decurrent, whereas in the remaining genera, Enceplialartus , Zamia
and Ceratozamia, they are not at all decurrent, but are contracted at
the base and join the midrib of the leaf by a distinct articulation.
The decurrent leaflets of Macrozamia spiralis are especially apparent
in the young plants.

Genus Encephalartus.

Encephalartus brachyphyllus. — A male plant flowered last year at
Chatsworth. The cone appeared early in May, and was full-grown
in two months.

1849.] Linnean Society. 17

Encephalartus Altensteinii. — There are at Chatsworth two splen-
did specimens of this species, which are labeled as such. Some of
their leaves are two metres long. One of these two specimens has
thrown out bulbs, producing offsets of considerable size. On com-
paring the leaves of the offsets with those of the parent plant, the
former are observed to be much more spinous and smaller than the
latter, the number of the leaflets also being much less. This indi-
vidual therefore affords a decisive proof that such diversities in the
leaves may depend upon the age of the plant, or upon other circum-
stances. Hence it may be inferred, that many individuals, which in
our conservatories are distinguished by other names, and especially
many of those called " Zamia pungens," or " Encephalartus pungens,"
belong to the Encephalartus Altensteinii of Lehmann and Miquel.
Lehmann assigned this name and made his description of the species
from the study of specimens directly imported from South Africa.
But if the view here taken be correct, the species was already com-
mon in Europe under other names. A plant called " Zamia pun-
gens," in the Botanic Garden at Birmingham, agrees exactly in ap-
pearance with Lehmann's plate of E. Altensteinii, in his ' Pugillus
Sextus ' (Hamburg, 1834). The history of two of these plants
called "Zamia pungens" is remarkable. They are a male and a
female, of about equal size and similar appearance, and formerly
belonged to Lord Tankerville's collection at Walton-on-Thames.
When they were sold, the male plant went to Kew, the female to
Chatsworth, Both have flowered, and the flower of each has been
represented. An engraving of the female with its cone, produced
in 1832, was published by A. B. Lambert, Esq. (see Buckland's
'Bridgewater Treatise,' i. 494; ii. plate 59), and Mr. R. Hors-
man Solly obtained a fine drawing of the flower of the male in
1839 (Proceedings of Linn. Soc. p. 52 ; Annals of Nat. Hist. v. 46).
This male cone is preserved in the collection of the Linnean So-
ciety, and a cone afterwards produced by the same plant is in the
museum at Kew. This plant is now putting up a new crown of
leaves. Its fellow, the female at Chatsworth, has been in fruit many
months*.

* Of the cones of this plant and of the female hereafter mentioned of
Enc. horridus, Mr. Robert Scott of Chatsworth has furnished the following
measurements and observations taken at two different periods of their
growth. The cone of Enc. piuigeiis appeared on the 14th of June, and that
oi Enc. horridus on the 13th of July 1848. The measurements of October
were coincident with the perfect disengagement of the (;ones ; and although
Mr. Scott has made repeated measurements since those taken in December,
he does not find, up to the 9th of March (the date of his communication),

No. XXXIX. — Proceedings of thk Linnean Society.

18 Linnean Society. [Feb. 6,

Miquel observes, that this species was formerly cultivated in
European conservatories under the name of " Zamia spinulosa," or
" Z . spinosissima." Both he and Lehmann assign the name of "En,'
cephalai'tus pungens" to an entirely diiFerent species.

Encephalartus Caffer. — This species, which in Miquel's arrange-
ment immediately follows E. Altensteinii, differs from it distinctly
in the form of the leaves. Also in both species the form of the
leaves, and more especially the obliquity with which the leaflets are
set upon the midrib, and which increases regularly from the base
of the leaf to its apex, may be traced to the imbricate vernation. In
all Cycadeae the vernation affords important aids for distinguishing
both genera and species, and these characters are the more deserving
of attention on account of the rare occurrence of the flowers.

The next species to Encephalartus Caffer, in Miquel's arrange-
ment, is E, longifolius. He however represents these two species
as scarcely differing except in habit. The plant in the great con-
servatory at Kew, named "Zamia longifolia," seems to me undistin-
guishable from E. Caffer. Specimens of the same may be seen at
Chelsea and at Chiswick, which in those gardens are called "Zamia

any further increase of size. They were tlien full-grown, and the scales
appeared likely to drop from the axis in a few weeks.

Encephalartus pungens.

Oct. 9, 1848. Dec. 25, 1848.

Length of cone, outside measure 18^ inches 2]iinches

Circumference, 9 in. from top 33 — 36 —

Circumference, 3 in. from base 33 — 37^ —

Number of spires 15

Number of fertile scales in one spire ... 14 or 15
Number of barren scales in one spire ... 8 or 9

Perpend, diameter of a fertile scale l-j% i"ch I^'^ —

Transverse diameter of a fertile scale ... 2 — 2^^ —

Perpend, diameter of a barren scale ... 0^-^ — 0^'^ —

Transverse diameter of a barren scale... 1-rtr — 1t% —

Each spire performs one revolution.

Encephalartus horridus.

Oct. 9, 1848. Dec. 25, 1848.

Length, outside measure 10 inches 14inches

Circumference at base 14 — \7^ —

Circumference, 3 inches from top 14 — 16 —

Number of spires 8

Number of scales in one spire , 14

Perpend, diameter of one scale \^^ — l-j^^ —

Transverse diameter of one scale ly'^ — 2 —

Each spire performs one revolution.

There are no apparently barren scales.

1849.] Linnean Society. 19

clegans." At Sion House there is a remarkably fine plant of this
species, called there " Encephalartus Caffrorum."

Probably no finer specimens of E. Caffer have ever been known
than two, which are at Chatsworth. They were sent to the Duke
of Devonshire's collection by the late Baron Ludwig, from his own
garden at the Cape of Good Hope, together with all the Chatsworth
specimens of this genus, excepting that already mentioned, which
was brought from Walton-on-Thames. These two plants cannot be
less than 100 years old.

On a close examination of the cicatrices, which are arranged in
spirals on their trunks, appearances present themselves which make
it probable, that not the leaflets only, but the leaves also are articu-
lated. Many of these cicatrices are concave, smooth within, but
showing the marks of bundles of vessels, which have closed after
the separation of the petioles. Although, therefore, the longevity of
these leaves is certainly very great, as it is in all Cycadete, yet they
appear to have their natural term of life, perhaps ten years or more ;
after which they are thrown oflf by an effort of the plant resembling
that which in common cases takes place every year.

One of these two specimens is a female, and having recently borne
fruit, requires a more detailed description.

The cone made its first appearance in the spring of 1847. In the
following September it had attained so great a size, that it was
thought desirable to take a cast of it in plaster, and models, made
from this cast, are now in the museum at Kew, in the collections of
the British Museum and of the Linnean Society, and in other col-
lections both public and private. At the time when the cast was
taken, the prevailing colour of the cone was a dark shining green,
the pyramidal extremities of the rhomboids being of a lemon-yellow,
streaked with brown. These colours were afterwards blended or
changed, so that the surface of the cone assumed a pretty uniform
bronze colour.

For a long time the cone was as compact as possible ; but at the
end of the year a fissure might be discerned round the base of some
of the pyramids, especially of those near the top of the cone. The
cone had then become twice as large as it was in September. But
the rhomboids which terminated the scales, rising in the form of
truncated and tuberculated pyramids, had increased much less in the
upper part of the cone than in the lower. Accordingly the scales
in the upper part, extending a fourth of the way down the axis, were
afterwards found to be barren. Moreover, as the rhomboids in the

20 , Linnean Society. [Feb. 6,

middle and lower part increased, they extended themselves laterally
much more than vertically, and there arose thus a remarkable swell-
ing or protuberance in the part of the cone below that, which con-
sisted of the barren scales. In this respect the cone assumed the
appearance of that of an Encephalartus , which is figured in Jacquin's
'Fragmenta,' plate 27.

Although the barren scales at the upper part of the cone became
gradually less close and compact, they continued firmly attached to
the axis until the following midsummer. Had a male plant been pre-
sent, it appears probable that under these circumstances fertilization
would have taken place. Although the Cycadea are classed as gym-
nospermous, their o\Tiles, with the exception of the genus Cycas, are
so covered and guarded in the earlier stages of their development,
that it is difficult to imagine how the pollen can possibly obtain
access to them. But, after the barren scales at the top of the cone
have begun to separate, a shower of pollen, falling on it, would easily
make its way through the fissures between these barren scales, and,
going in the direction of the axis, would come into immediate con-
tact with the summits of the ovules, which are all directed towards
the axis and placed at a very short distance from it. In considering
the mode of impregnation, it is also important to observe, that,
whereas the male cone quickly comes to maturity, sheds its abun-
dant pollen, and decays, the female cone, being of much slower
growth, remains for many weeks in that state, in which the provi-
sion here described is made for the admission of the pollen.

About July 1848, all the scales separated from the axis, begin-
ning at the top of the cone. A coloured wax model having been
made of a scale with the fruit upon it in the mature state, copies of
it accompany the before-mentioned models of the cone.

The scales were arranged in eight spireds, each spiral consisting of
forty scales, and making two revolutions round the axis. The num-
ber of drupes, containing nuts, was probably about 400, two upon
each perfect scale. The scales were weighed as they fell from the
cone, and their entire amount was 46 lbs.

After all the scales had fallen, the axis was found to be supported
by a very short thick peduncle, not exceeding fifteen millemetres in
length, and covered with down. A section having been made across
the axis in its thickest part, the centre was observed to be pith, with-
out cells, vessels, or woody fibre. This central portion was sur-
rounded by pith, abounding in cells and bundles of woody fibre.
The cells were filled with gum, and very diflferent from the bundles

1849.] Linnean Society. 21

of woody fibre. These latter, being destined to supply the scales,
first pursued a course parallel to the axis, and then turned outwards
to the bases of the scales.

The following are the dimensions of this magnificent plant, ex-
pressed in metres and centimetres, one metre being equal to 39"371
English inches : —

Dimensions of the trunk. m. c.

Length 2 30

Girth at the narrowest part 1 2

Girth just below the leaves 1 8

Girth at the thickest parts, viz. at the ground and a little \ i ig
above the middle J

Dimensions of a large leaf.

Length of leaf, including foot-stalk 1 10

Length of foot-stalk 25

Length of largest leaflets 14

Greatest breadth of ditto 3^

Dimensions of the cone.

Length, including peduncle 58

From the apex to the base, measured outside 65

From the apex to the termination of the smaller rhomboids 17

Girth in the middle 92

Girth at the base 50

Greatest girth of the axis 26

Transverse diameter of a rhomboid 5

Vertical diameter of ditto 3^

In relating the history of this plant, it is to be observed, lastly,
that some time before the scales began to fall from the axis, a setrof
young leaves made their appearance on one side of its base. They
were invested with a thick, silky, olive-coloured pubescence. They
at first took a horizontal direction, but on the removal of the cone
their tendency was upwards.

Encephalartus horridtts. — A male plant flowered in 1889 at Kin-
mel Park, the seat of Lord Dinorben, who presented the cone to the
Linnean Society. (Proceedings, p. 9 ; Annals of Nat. Hist. vol. iii.
p. 58.)

A female bore fruit at Chatsworth in 1846, and is now in fruit
again. Another female, formerly in the garden of the Horticultural
Society at Chiswick and now in Mr. Yates's possession, has twice pro-
duced a cone supported by a short peduncle. Among the distinctions,
to which allusion has been made already, between the genus Cycas and

22 Linnean Society. [Feb. 6,

the other genera of the same Natural Order, it is remarkable that the
female cone of Cycas is sessile, and that after it has arrived at ma-
turity its scales diverge and assume a tendency to a horizontal di-
rection, corresponding with that of the leaves ; after which the next
set of leaves rises from the centre of the cone. In other Cycadese,
the cone, whether male or female, is pedunculated, and the new tuft
of leaves appears by the side of the peduncle.

Genus Zamia.

Zamia furfuracea. — There are two fine old plants in the Botanic
Gardens at Cambridge and Chelsea, which are males, and bear cones
almost every year. Their stems are short and branched. In the
Botanic Garden at Liverpool is a female, which produced a cone in
1848. These three plants agree quite as well with Miquel's de-
scription of " Zamia muricata, var. angustifolia," as with his descrip-
tion of Zamia furfuracea.

Zamia integrifolia. — A fine female plant in the Botanic Garden at
Cambridge produces a cone every year, and one is now appearing.
Five or six bulbs grow from the stem, some of them bearing leaves*.

Genus Ceratozamia.

Ceratozamia Mexicana. — A male plant flowered at Chatsworth in
1847, and another of the same sex at Kew. The cone of the last is
preserved in the museum. Two fine plants of this species are now
flowering at Kew, and there are two in the garden at Chiswick,
also in a flowering state. At Kew and Chiswick these plants
are called " Dipsacozamia." In these gardens the plants differ
so much in the size and form of their leaves, that they may be pre-
sumed to belong to some of the four new species preserved at Am-
sterdam, which Miquel describes in the ' Tijdschrift voor de Wetten-
schappen,' 1847, p. 38-43. The same observation applies to the
Ceratozamias in the conservatory of Mr. Loddiges at Hackney.

* Four Zamia? of other species are now flowering at Kew.

1849.] Linnean Society. 23

February 20.

George Newport, Esq., in the Chair.

W. S. Dallas, Esq., and Davyd Williams Nash, Esq., were elected
Fellows.

Read the second part of Mr. Adam White's memoir " On the
Animals known to the Ancients, with especial reference to those
sculptured on the Monuments of Nineveh."

March 6.

R. Brown, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.

The necessary business of the Meeting having been disposed of,
the Vice-President in the Chair proposed, that, in consequence of
the recent death of Edward Forster, Esq., Treasurer and Vice-Pre-
sident of the Society, and in consideration of his long connexion
with, and eminent services to, the Society and to Natural History,
the Meeting should adjourn ; which was unanimously agreed to.

March 20.

The Lord Bishop of Norwich, President, in the Chair.

James Gadesden, Esq., and H. F. Richardson, Esq., were elected
Fellows, and Mr. Philip Henry Gosse an Associate.

Read a paper " On the Anatomy and Development of certain Chal-
cididae and Ichneumonida, compared with their special economy and
instincts ; with descriptions of a new genus and species of Bee Para-
site." Part I. By George Newport, Esq., F.R.S. & L.S.

Mr. Newport remarked that the parasitic Hymenoptera in their
larva state are among the most imperfectly organized forms of
Articulata, and yet, having passed through this stage of their exist-

24 Linnean Society. [March 20,

ence, they become some of the more active and perfect of insects.
They are nourished by suction, and either are attached singly to the
external surface of the bodies of their victims, or reside in the same
cells vpith them gregariously, or infest them internally, according to
their species. In the vs'hole of them, however, the general form of
body and of the digestive organs, at the earlier periods of growth, is
very similar, and the special development of each species is regulated
by the same laws. They cast their tegument at different periods of
growth like other larvae, a fact which Mr. Newport has observed in
Paniscus, although in the apodal larvae of Hymenoptera it has
heretofore escaped the observation of naturalists. Their digestive
apparatus at first is extremely simple, and has the form of a capa-
cious bag or sac, without any anal outlet. Consequently no faeces
are passed until the larvae have acquired their full growth and ceased
to feed. After this period of assimilation the digestive cavity begins
to assume a new condition. It becomes perforated at its base, and
an intestine and anal outlet are formed, and faeces are then passed.
One reason for this late completion of the alimentary canal seems to
be the necessity that the fluids of the insect preyed upon should be
preserved in a healthy state for the support of the parasite ; and
another, that the food of the victim should not be contaminated. But
when the parasites are full-grown the necessity for these conditions
ceases, and the intestinal portion of the digestive apparatus is deve-
loped.

The following description of a new genus of Chalcididce found in
the cells of Anthophora was then given : —

Genus Anthophorabia, Newp.
Fern. Caput thorace latius ; antenncB 6-articulatae, pilosae, articulis 2^°
3tio 4to 5toque subsequalibus, 6*° clavam elongato-ovalem efformante.
Thorax ahdomenque longitudine aequales. jilce vena mediana bifida.
Tarsi .5-articulati. Mas : AntenncB 4-articulatae, articulo basali ar-
cuato, magnopere dilatato, inferne excavato, 2"^° cylindrico, 3*'° magno
globoso, 4'° elongato-ovali. Oculi stemmatosi. Alee abbreviatae.

Anthophorabia retusa {Fem.). ^neo-viridis, capite magno, oculis
compositis nigris, abdomine nitido ovali, alis magnis rotundatis, pedibus
flavescentibus. {Mas) flavus vel saturate ferrugineus, capite magno ro-
tundato ocello iitrinque uhIco tribusque in vertice instructo nigrescente,
pedibus robustis. — Long. lin. 1.
Mr. Newport found this species in abundance in the nests of An-
thophora at Richborough in Kent, while searching for the larvae of
Meloe in August 1831, 1832 and 1834. The larva is apodal, sub-

1849.] Linnean Society. 25

cylindrical and slightly attenuated at each extremity, and formed of
fourteen segments, with a small head and short acute mandibles, and
there were usually from thirty to fifty specimens in each bee- cell. In
some instances they changed to nymjihs and imagos at the end of
summer, but in others the change did not take place until the
spring, at which time the perfect insect comes forth.

The author states that he was unable to find any description of
this curious parasite in the works of entomologists ; the only writer
who makes reference to an insect which, possibly, may have some
aflSnity with this, being Mr. Westwood, who refers to a species,
found by M. Audouin in France, under the name of Melittohia Au-
douinii, but without describing it ; so that if the two insects should
prove to be identical, which Mr, Newport considers doubtful, this
name cannot be adopted. Reaumur and Degeer both found parasites
in the cells of Mason-bees, but their species have not been clearly
made out.

The author deduced conclusions with regard to the habits of
AntJiophorabia from peculiarities in the anatomy of the sexes, and
expressed an opinion, from the absence of an ovipositor in the female,
from both sexes being found in activity in the closed bee-ceU, and
more especially from the male possessing only stemmata, instead of
the usual compound eyes of winged insects, that impregnation is
effected before the female first quits the cell, and that she deposits
her eggs in new cells while these remain open and are being pro-
visioned. The difference of structure and function between compound
eyes and ocelli was explained in support of these opinions, and the sexes
of Anthophorabia were contrasted with those of Stylops, as described
by the author in his " Memoir on Meloe," read to the Society on the
19th of January 1847. These differences of structure in similar or-
gans were regarded as always indicatory of peculiarities in economy.

A second species of Chalcididce had also been found by the author,
in the larva state, in the nests oi Anthophora, on the 12th of Sep-
tember 1847, at Gravesend, and which he at first mistook for the
larvae of the species now named Anthophorabia. These larvse after-
wards proved to be of a species which he named provisionally Mono-
dontomerus nitidus. The general form of the larva and the armature
of its body were then described, and the question discussed as to
whether it was a carnivorous feeder, subsisting on the body of the
bee larva, or a pollinivorous, subsisting on its food. The armature
of hairs on the surface of its body showed that it was not an internal-
feeding larva, as the author has never yet found the internal-feeding
parasites of insects clothed with hairs. From the presence of hairs

26 Linnean Society. [Aprils,

on its body, and from an examination of the faeces, the author was
induced to regard it as poUinivorous.

The larvae remained unchanged until the middle of May 1848, and
some time before passing into the state of nymphs, faeces were passed
for the first time, similar to those of the larva of Anthophora, which,
like its parasite, Mr. Newport has constantly found passes nothing
until it is full-grown and ready to undergo its transformation. The
digestive apparatus of the larva of Monodontomerus was then de-
scribed as occupying nearly the whole interior of the body in the
shape of an oval sac, or Florence-flask, with exceedingly thick pa-
rietes formed of masses or packets of cells, enclosed between a deli-
cate muscular envelope on the external and a granulated raucous
layer on the internal surface. This capacious digestive stomach is
connected anteriorly with a short and narrow oesophagus, and pos-
teriorly with an imperforated column of masses of cells, which are
continuous with those that form the chief portion of the walls of this
organ. After the larva has ceased to feed, the cells separate, and
the column becomes a tube, the separation proceeding from the
centre of the base of the sac along the axis of the column to the
anal outlet in the terminal segment, after which this intestinal por-
tion of the canal is further developed and the larva undergoes its
transformation.

The nymph state was assumed at the end of May, and the first
perfect insects appeared on the 27th of June, or about four weeks
afterwards. The author concludes that the female deposits her eggs
in the cell of the bee, after it has been closed, by perforating it with
her ovipositor.

Drawings of the sexes of Anthophorabia and its larva, and of the
larva and nymph of Monodontomerus, with details of anatomy, were
exhibited.

April 3.
Robert Brown, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.
Robert Bentley, Esq., was elected a Fellow.

Read a paper " On the Development of the Ovule in Orchis Mario,
L." By Arthur Henfrey, Esq., F.L.S. &c.

The paper contains the results of a series of observations made in
May 1848, which Mr. Henfrey presents to the Society, partly be-

1849.] Linnean Society. 27

cause he believes that in the present state of the question all evidence
derived from careful observation is of some value, and partly because
he has succeeded in obtaining a more complete series of figures
illustrating the successive conditions of the ovule than has yet been
published ; Mohl, who gives the most complete account of the deve-
lopment in Orchis Morio, having given no drawings. In the first
stage, examined on the 3rd of May, the ovules of flowers which were
just opened and were without signs of pollen on the stigmatic sur-
face, were just curving over towards the anatropous position ; the
nucleus projected beyond the cells forming the single coat of the
ovule, and consisted of a large central cell (the embryo- sac) enclosed
by a layer of very dehcate cells of small size, constituting a proper
coat of the nucleus. On the 9th, the ovules of fully- expanded
flowers were not much altered except in the much clearer definition
of the walls of the cells. The embryo-sac was filled with a clear
colourless fluid, in which floated minute black atoms. In some
flowers the stigma was smeared with pollen, which sent down nume-
rous tubes, about ^^-gth of an inch in diameter and at most one-
fourth of the size of the smallest surrounding cells. On the 13th,
when the flowers were withered and the stigmas were covered with
pollen, a dense bundle of tubes lay in the midst of the lax tissue of
the canal leading to the cavity of the ovary. Some of the ovules
were completely anatropous, while others were about three-fourths
curved, the former being about y^th of an inch in length. The
two coats of the ovule were now distinctly evident, and the nucleus
was still covered by its own cellular coat, and still contained only
the clear colourless fluid with black points. On the 16th, the pistil-
lary cords extended nearly to the base of the ovary, presenting all
the characters of pollen-tubes, and apparently continuous with those
derived from the pollen on the stigma. Both coats of the ovules
had become considerably developed, and the inner had grown up far
beyond the nucleus ; the embryo-sac had lost its proper cellular coat,
had acquired the aspect of a large ovoid sac attached by a pedicle to
the chalazal region, and contained opalescent mucilaginous matter
(protoplasm), in most cases accumulated at the ends, chiefly at that
next the micropyle. On the 20th, the last-mentioned appearance
continued ; and at the micropyle end, one, two or (usually) three
minute vesicles had been formed, always seeming to originate as
cavities in the mucilage, and not as if derived from the formation of
a membrane on the outer surfafce of a nucleus or cytoblast. These
vesicles soon took the appearance of distinct cells with exceedingly
delicate walls, and undoubtedly existed before the pollen-tubes en-

28 Linnean Society. [Aprils,

tered the foramina of the ovules. In those ovules which had been
penetrated by the pollen-tubes, these were traced by Mr. Henfrey
through the wide mouth of the outer coat and the narrow canal of
the inner, as far as the apex of the embryo-sac, which however they
never entered, but generally appeared to be directed a little to one
side and to lie in contact with its outer surface, just over the place
where the minute vesicles lie within. On the 31st, the previous
observations were repeated and confirmed on specimens in various
stages of growth. At this period, in some of the embryo-sacs one
of the vesicles had become divided into two cells by a horizontal
septum, the upper cell dividing again and growing out through the
endostome in a conical form to produce the confervoid filament de-
scribed by Mr. Brown, and which Mr. Henfrey believes Prof. Schleiden
to have mistaken for the pollen-tube. On the 3rd of June, the
author again satisfied himself that the vesicle within the embryo-sac
(the germinal vesicle) is the first cell of the embryonic body ; it
generally exhibits a slight collection of protoplasm at its base, and
soon after the pollen-tube reaches the surface of the embryo- sac
divides into two cells, the upper dividing again and growing out into
the articulated filament, the cells of which are formed by the pro-
duction of septa in the same way as in confervas, hairs of phanero-
gamous plants, &c. ; the mucilaginous layer (or primordial utricle of
Mohl) being rendered very evident by the application of iodine. At
the same time the lower part of the embryonic body enlarges and
soon perfectly fills the embryo-sac, the process of cell-formation by
which the embryo is produced varying apparently in diflrerent cases.
Generally the lowest cell enlarges very much and becomes filled
with dark mucilaginous matter, and then this is soon divided into a
number of cells by the fornjation of septa. In some cases two of the
germinal vesicles undergo development and two confervoid filaments
are produced.

From these observations Mr. Henfrey concludes that the embryo
is really produced by the ovule itself; that the germinal vesicle exists
within the embryo-sac before the pollen exerts its influence ; that
the pollen-tube penetrates the coats of the ovule to reach the em-
bryo-sac ; and that the passage of the poUinic fluid through the in-
tervening membranes impregnates the germinal vesicle and deter-
mines its development into an embryo. The investigations having
been made with every precaution, and the results being in perfect
accordance with those of Amici, Mohl, Miiller and others, he be-
lieves them to be a sufficient refutation of Schleiden's views so far
as the plant in question is concerned. He regards, however, as

1849.] Linnean Society. 29

points requiring further investigation, the question whether the whole
of the pistillary cords are composed of filaments directly produced
by the pollen granules ; whether there is any relation between the
application of the pollen on the stigma and the development of the
germinal vesicles ; and whether the production of the confervoid
filaments is a normal process, which is open to doubt when only ob-
served in ovaries containing such an abundance of ovules as those
of Orchis Morio.

Read also a notice of a species of Monodontomerus , parasitic in
the cells of Anthophora retusa, contained in a letter addressed to, and
communicated by, Adam "White, Esq., F.L.S. &c.

Referring to the Monodontomerus described by Mr. Newport at
the last Meeting, of which an account will be found at page 25,
Mr. Smith remarks that it is identical with a species which he some
months ago showed to Mr. Adam White and Mr. Francis "Walker,
the latter of whom then informed him that it was a new species of
Monodontomerus. He adds, that Mr. "Walker, in whose hands he
placed specimens of both sexes for description, on learning a few
days afterwards that Mr. Newport had reared the same insect from
the nest of Anthophora, readily waived his right of description in
deference to Mr. Newport's wish to describe the insect himself.

In the ' Zoologist' for March of the present year, Mr. Smith inci-
dentally mentioned that he had bred two distinct species of Mono-
dontomei-us from the cells of Osmia bicornis and those of Anthophora
retusa. Anxious, in the summer of 1848, to discover the lar^'se of
Melecta punctata, he procured from a colony of Anthophora at Charl-
ton in Kent a number of larvae and pupae ; but all the larvae, though
differing much in colour, produced Anthophorce only. While sepa-
rating the larvag from the pupae, he observed in a cell partially broken
open, containing a pupa of the bee, a small larva by its side slightly
moving ; and on removing the pupa, he found twelve more minute
larvae feeding upon it, which they continued to do for ten or twelve
days, by which time they were fully grown. When first observed,
the pupa of the bee was about one-third consumed, and at last not
a vestige of it remained ; all t'tiat the cell contained besides the larvae
being a small portion of yellow dust or small granules. They re-
mained in the larva state for several weeks, and then changed to
pupae, in which state they continued for about a fortnight, when
they became perfect and active insects. The species of Monodonto-
merus bred from the cells of Osmia also fed upon the pupa, and un-
derwent the same process of development.

30 Linnean Society. [April l7j

Mr. Smith concludes by referring to a statement of Mr. Westwood
in his ' Introduction to the Modern Classification of Insects,' that he
had frequently observed Monodontomerus flying about and entering
the holes made in walls by Osmice, in which they were doubtlessly
about to deposit their eggs; and to his mention of a species com-
municated to him by M. Audouin, in which the males have rudi-
mentary wings ; and suggests that it would be exceedingly inter-
esting to determine whether the species of Monodontomerus, and the
Anthophorabia also, might be identical with the insects observed by
Audouin and Fonscolombe.

April 17.

N. WaUich, M.D„ in the Chair.

The Rev. David Landsborough, D.D., was elected an Associate.

Pvead a paper entitled " Remarks on the genus Atriplex" By
Joseph Woods, Esq., F.L.S. &c.

After observing, that, as far as the British species are concerned,
the genus Atriplex had remained till lately as it appeared in the
•English Flora' of Sir J. E. Smith in 1828, Mr. Woods proceeds to
notice the additions made to it by Mr. Babington. The first of these
is A. nitens {A. Hermanni of Moquin-Tandon), belonging to a divi-
sion of the genus in which some of the flowers are perfect and pro-
duce horizontal seeds. The author thinks the division a sound one,
though on one occasion he has found a few horizontal seeds, the
produce probably of perfect flowers, in A. littoralis. The second is
A. marina, introduced by Linnaeus as a plant found in England, and
distinguished from A. littoralis by its serrated leaves. Hudson ad-
mitted it under the name of A. serrata, but most of our later bota-
nists have considered it as a variety of A . littoralis, and it must be
placed among the doubtful species.

The next group, which has no perfect flowers, and a tendency to
produce hastate or triangular leaves, is the one which presents the
greatest difficulties. We find here, in the last edition of Mr, Babing-
ton's ' Manual,' three new species, besides A. erecta of Hudson,
which, though adopted by Smith as a very rare plant, is, if Babing-
ton's view be correct, one of the most common. The surface of the
seeds and the shape and tubercles of the perigonium or enlarged calyx

1849.] Linnean Society. 31

covering the fruit seem to be a good deal relied upon in distinguishing
these species ; but Mr. Woods states that several species, or at least
several forms, have two sorts of seeds. Those of the smaller calyces
are slightly depressed, smooth, black and shining; while those
formed in the larger calyces are much larger, so much so as to have
occasionally three times the diameter of the upper seeds ; they are
considerably more depressed, of a dark chestnut colour, and wrinkled
or shagreened. The sepals are all at first smooth, and those in the
lower part of the plant frequently never become tubercled. This he
notes as particularly the case in A. angusti/oUa, of which otherwise
the perigonium is as distinctly tubercled asm A. erect a. Mr. Woods
is willing to admit as three common species — A. angnstifolia, with
rhomboid leaves and all the seeds black and smooth ; A.patula, with
triangular leaves, and all or nearly all of the seeds depressed and
shagreened; and A. deltoidea, with triangular leaves, and all or
nearly all the seeds thick, black and smooth. A. erecta he thinks
to be different from A. angustifoUa, though he is unable to point out
any satisfactory character. With A. prostrata and A. microsperma
he is not sufficiently acquainted to form any judgment. A. rosea of
Babington is perhaps a good species, though nearly allied to some
of the maritime varieties of A. patula, and perfectly distinct from
the A. rosea of continental botanists. The latter is a self-supporting
plant, and not prostrate like the A. rosea of Babington. Koch sepa-
rates A. laciniata and A. rosea from the other species by the lobes
of the perigonium, united to the middle ; but this is often the case in
A.patula, and not always so in A. laciniata. They are however
hardened and of a pale colour. The author is disposed to rely more
on the uniform buff colour of the stem, which in A. patula and its
allies is green with resinous stripes. The A. laciniata of the south
of Europe is not our English plant. The former has its clusters dis-
posed in long naked spikes, the latter in short leafy ones. Ours is
probably the Linnean plant. The perigone in Atriplex varies from
ovate to rhombic, or to a square attached at the angle, and from that
to campanulate ; the latter form is so decided in all the specimens
of the continental plant with fully formed seeds within reach of Mr.
Woods, that he suggests the tri^'ial name of A. campanulata.

Read also the following Letter from Linnaeus to the Rev. John
White, formerly Chaplain at Gibraltar, and brother of Gilbert White
of Selborne and of Benjamin White, then the principal English pub-
lisher of works on natural history. Communicated by John Gould,
Esq., F.L.S. &c.

32 Linnean Society. [April 17,

Viro Reverendissimo et Venerando D"° I. White.
s. pi. d.
Car. Linne.
Accepi literas Tuas, ad calend. januarii datas, suo tempore et ad
eas regessi : accepi et datas d. 1 Martii, et 22 Aprilis. Accepi et
ante duos dies merces Tuas et dona vere aurea ; pro quibus om-
nibus ac singulis grates imortales reddo, reddamq dum vixero.
Sturnus collaris Scop. ann. 1. p. 131. Fringilla Sordone Manett. orn.
t. 338. y. 1. Avis kyburgensis, Gesn. orn. app. 725. Muscicapa
gula fusco undulata, tectricibus alarum nigricantibus apiculo albo,
(collaris) mihi dicenda. Rostrum admodum parum est emargi-
natum, diversa a Turdo arundinaceo.
Turdum pygargiim non antea vidi ; erit equidem Turdus ; apex rostri

modice incurvus.
Pratincolam antea non vidi ; ad Grallas spectat et proprii generis est.
D"° Lever ne desinas grates meis verbis agere pro egregie et pul-

cherrime conservatis aviculis, quibus me beare voluit.
Phytolithi Filicurn erant certe optimi

isti lapides qui referunt tsenias non vidi ; an radicum plantarum ^

aquaticarum rudimenta ?
ista impressio in schisto, ita refert Sertulariam quandam Ellisii,

ut nisi magnitudo vetaret, dicerem eam Sertulariam.
alia foliis atris linearibus est Zoster a.
quadrati politi, Quartzmn coloratum y. Syst. nat. Z. p. 65.
Fuci rubri et pilosi impressiones rariores :
Lepadogaster Gonum in lagenula est certe Cyclopterus nudus mens

Syst. nat. 414. p. 2.
Attelabus calpensis : hunc etiam ab aliis accepi.
Tenebrio femoribus uncinatis (bispinosis) Tenebrio calpensis mihi di-

cendus.
Motacilla cauda albo nigroq maculata. a me non antea visa.
Myrmeleon formicarium nostrum habet in alis stigma album, habeo

jam insectum coram.
Formicalyn. lege Formicalynx.
Artedi opera non prostant apud nos, sed Leidse.
Gryllus umbraculatus ubi habitat ; quid agit cum umbraculo ?
Te Datore optimo multa animalia habeo.

Tetrao tridactylus pedibus nudis tridactylis.
Hirundo rupestris nigricans, rectricibus subsequalibus : 2, 3 ma-
cula alba.
Piscis thoracicus capite excoriato ; nondum nomen imposui.

1849.] Linnean Society. .33

Attelabus calpensis caerulescens thorace piloso, elytris rubris :

punctis 3 nigris.
Sphex mutabilis atra pedibus hirtis, abdomine maculis luteis ple-

rumque quatuor.
Sphex erosa nigra, capite thorace alis pedibusque ferrugineis.
Apis calpensis labio superiore acuminato inflexo, abdominis seg-

mentis punctis geminis nigris.
Cancer diaresis brachyurus, thorace laevi linea transversa insculpto
marginibus serratis, chelis Isevibus.

Cancer brachyurus subhirsutus, manibus totis ciliatis.

Cancer ex squillarum prosapia 4 distinctae ; nondum posui differ-
entias et numero plura, prseter ultima, Te inventore, alleganda.
Literae excrescerent in infinitum, si simul et semel omnia response
exponerem, nunc aliis negotiis implicitus reser^'o reliqua proximae
epistolag.
Scripsi multa addenda vol. 1. Syst. nat. idq quotidie ; absolvi dimi-
dium tomiun. Si Tuus frater edat, certus sum quod hoc prodeat
optimis typis, qui Anglis communis. Tarn multa quae quotidie
prodiere, post priorem editionem operis, et quae allegavi multum
laboris expostularunt. Si vixero absolvam opus in autumnum.
Quid mihi offerat in sostrum ? An poterit habere optimum cor-
rectorem typi?
Upsaliae, 1774. d. 3 julii.

Viro Reverendo Domino Job. "White,

London.

Blackburn.

May 1.
The Lord Bishop of Norwich, President, in the Chair.

James Ramsay Atkins, Esq., and Charles Prentice, Esq., were
elected Fellows.

John Hogg, Esq., F.L.S., exhibited a portion of a large and re-
markable Wasp's Nest, taken by himself last autumn. The portion
exhibited formed about one-third of the entire nest, which was built
in the inside of the roof of one of the wings of Mr. Hogg's house at
Norton in the county of Durham, a part being fixed under the roof.

No. XL. — Proceedings of the Linnean Society.

34 Linnean Society. [May 1,

and the remainder to the side wall immediately below it. The hole
under the slates by which the wasps went in and out was originally
made by sparrows ; and at this part, and among another portion of
the wasp's nest, appeared the remains of the old bird's nest, con-
sisting chiefly of straw with a few feathers. The entire wasp's nest
bore the appearance of having been the fabric of several years, some
of it being apparently older and in inferior preservation to the rest,
as well as somewhat blackened. Externally the nest is beautifully
parti-coloured, the layers of the various substances used in the con-
struction presenting circular or curved lines or rings, which are
brown, bufF, yellow, grey, dark grey, nearly black, &c. ; altogether
exhibiting a very elegant shell-like structure, w^hich Mr. Hogg has
not observed in any other British wasp's nest. These layers he re-
gards as indicative of the mode in which the wasps carried on their
labours ; one wasp, or set of wasps, having made use of the same
substance (such as wood, lichen, the bark of a tree, &c.), collected
from the same place, and of the same colour, to form one circular
layer or ring ; and then having been succeeded by another wasp, or
set of wasps, using other substances taken from another spot, and of
a different colour ; and so on.

Mr, Hogg states that he has recently seen in the British Museum
a very similar nest sent from China by Mr. Say ; but the species of
the Chinese wasp, or even its genus, is not stated. He had at first
hoped that his nest might have proved the work of the new wasp
taken by him in his garden at Norton some years ago, and described
by Mr. Frederick Smith, in his Memoir on British Wasps, under
the name of Vespa borealis ; but on submitting to that gentleman
specimens taken alive from the nest, they were determined by him
to be neuters of the common wasp, Vespa vulgaris.

The author concludes by stating his intention to present the por-
tion of the nest exhibited to the British Museum, where, if deemed
worthy of preservation, it may be placed next to the Chinese nest,
which it so closely resembles.

Read in continuation a paper " On the Anatomy and Development
of certain Chalcididce and Ichneumonida," &c. Part II, By George
Newport, Esq., F.R.S. & L.S.

The author first read a " Postscript" to the preceding part of this
paper, abstracted at p. 23, one object of which was to confirm his
statement, which had been questioned by Mr. Westwood, that he
discovered the insect, Anthophorabia, in 1831, at which time he had
made known the fact to D. W. Nash, Esq., now a Fellow of the

1849.] Linnean Society. io

Society, who permitted him to make known the circumstance. The
author also corrected his view with regard to the nature of the food
of the larva of the second species he had discovered in the nest of
Anthophora, which he had named provisionally Monodontomerus
nitidus, but which is now believed to be Monodontomerus obsoletus,
which species had been suspected of infesting the genus Osmia,
although the larva had hitherto been unknown. Having carefully
examined the form of its mandibles since the first part of the paper
was read, he now finds that they are acute, slender, and fitted only
for piercing and not for comminuting food, and consequently he agrees
with Mr. Smith that the species is carnivorous, and not pollinivorous
as he had supposed. Further examination of this larva, therefore,
has tended to confirm the general views which he had maintained,
that structure when carefully and accurately investigated is an in-
fallible index to function and habits.

The second part of the paper on the Ichneumonidee was then read.
This comprised a detailed account of the natural history of Paniscus
virgatus from the bursting of the ovum to the assumption of the
imago state. The egg, as noticed by Uegeer in Ophion luteum, and
by Hartig in other species, is affixed by a pedicle to the skin of the
caterpillar on which the larva is destined to feed, and the larva con-
tinues attached to it during the whole period of growth. Mr. New-
port found the eggs of Paniscus virgatus on the full-grown larva of
the broom-moth, Mamestra pisi, on the 26th of September 1847.
They were black, shining, and of a pear- shaped form, and each was
attached by a pedicle inserted into the skin of the caterpillar. At
the moment of being hatched they were burst in front, by a vertical
fissure, like the eggs of the lulidce, and the head only of the larva
was gradually protruded, so that at first these ova more resembled
the growing seeds of leguminous plants than animal organisms.
'Hie anterior portion only of the body was afterwards slowly pro-
truded, but the larvae gave no evidence of sensation during the whole
of their growth, and scarcely even of vitality. Yet affixed by one
extremity to the shell, and by the mouth to the skin of the cater-
pillar, they grew rapidly until at from the 12th to the 15th day they
had acquired their full size, and measured half an inch in length, and
then for the first time became detached from the shell. The author
then described the form and motions of the stomach as seen through
the tegument on the second day of growth, and also the structure
of the head, the distribution of the tracheae, and the mode in which
the larva changes its skin while still attached to the egg-shell. This
change was now seen for the first time in the apodal larvae of Hyme-

36 Linnean Societij. [May 1,

noptera, as noticed in the first part of this paper, in these larvae of
Paniscus. It occurred at least three times in each larva before
quitting its shell. The skin is burst as in other insects along the
dorsal surface of the thorax, and is gradually carried backwards
chiefly by the effect of growth of the larva, but it continues to in-
close the caudal segments, which are also included between the two
halves of the shell. The fourth change occurs when the insect is
transformed to a nymph. It assumes this state inclosed in a leather-
like cocoon spun by itself after it has destroyed the caterpillar on
which it has fed, and while lying in the earthen chamber which the
caterpillar had formed for its own change under ground. The change
to a nymph took place in April, and to the perfect Ichneumon fly,
Paniscus virgatus, in May 1848.

The author then describes the mode in which the alimentary canal
is originally developed in the embryo of insects. The first developed
portions of the embryo are, first, the ventral, and then the lateral
parietes of the segments. The lateral grow from below upwards,
until their free margins ultimately approach along the future dor-
sal surface, meeting first of all in the cephalic, and then in the cau-
dal segments. The termination of the future alimentary canal in
the anal segment is the result of a fold on itself of a layer of the
first portion of the yolk included by the completion of the two cau-
dal segments, and is the commencement of the column of cells,
which afterwards becoming perforated when the larva is full grown,
form the colon and intestine, and which retains the celliform struc-
ture to so late a period in the larva of Monodontomerus . The re-
mains of the yolk are included within the body by the union of the
segments along the dorsal surface, and form the digestive cavity,
the last portion included being in the prothorax, at which point the
yolk enters the body in Crustacea, as pointed out by Rathke. The
mode in which the great digestive cavity, or stomach, and the dif-
ferent structures of the canal are formed is then described, and the
general configuration of the organ is shown to be very similar, during
the earlier stages of growth, in all embryos of insects. This pri-
mary form is longer retained in the imperfect apodal larvse, espe-
cially in the parasites, than in other species, and hence the incom-
pleteness noticed in Monodontomerus. The structure is completed
earlier in Microgaster and Ichneumon ; but although in these a true
colon and intestine are formed these continue closed, and no faeces
are passed until the larva is matured. The appendages of the canal
follow the same laws of development. The glands which produce
the silk required by the insect for the formation of its cocoon, are

1849.] Linnean Society. 37

formed the earliest. The Malpighian vessels are completed at a later
period in these parasites than in the herbivorous larvae, in which
they are well formed almost from the moment of leaving the e^^.
In conclusion the author states, " that in proportion to the more or
less early development of any structure or organ, the function or in-
stinct associated with that organ is more or less early evolved ; and
that in proportion to the completeness of a tissue, such is the degree
of perfection of each special function or instinct in the animal."
Drawings illustrating the anatomy were exhibited.

Read also a paper by J. O. Westwood, Esq., F.L.S. &c., entitled
" Description of Melittobia Audouinii, a Bee Parasite." The follow-
ing are the essential characters of this genus, which belongs to the
family Chalcididts and subfamily Eulophides.

Melittobia.
Antennae maris 9-articulatfe ; articulo 1™° maximo subtus ad apicem ex-
cavate, articulis 4'° 5*° et 6to minimis ; fceminae simplices, 8-articu-
latae ; articulis tribus apicalibus in utroque sexu clavain ovalem for-
mantibus. Mas caecus. Fcemina oculis ocelhsque instructa. j11(P.
maris abbreviatae, fceminae maguitudinis ordinariae ; alae vena ordinaria
Eulophorum typicorum instructs. Tarsi 4-articulati. — Hahitatio pa-
rasitica in nidis apum caemenlariarum.

Notices of this insect (first observed by the late M. Victor Au-
douin) had been published by Mr. Westwood in his ' Introduction to
the Modern Classification of Insects' and in the Journal of Proceedings
of the Entomological Society, and it was also considered by Mr. West-
wood as identical with the insect described by Mr. Newport in the
preceding paper under the name of Anthophorabia retusa, although
difi^erent from the description published of that insect by Mr. New-
port in the ' Gardener's Chronicle ' in the major part of its characters,
some of which, as the possession of a furcate median vein and
5 -jointed tarsi, are foreign to the family and subfamily to which it
belongs ; whilst the asserted possession of stemmatous eyes by the
male was regarded as erroneous, there being no instance of such a
structure throughout the whole range of winged insects, whilst it is
essentially a character of some of the wingless tribes.

Mr. Westwood also exhibited specimens of the larvae of Eulophtts
Nemati, which are parasites on the outside of the body of the larvae
of Nematus interciis, but which are nevertheless destitute of hairs on
the surface of the body, although the external parasitism of the larvae
of Monodontomerus was considered by Mr. Newport as indicated by
the hairs on the surface of their bodies.

38 Linnean Society. [May 24,

May 24.
The Lord Bishop of Norwich, President, in the Chair.

This day, the anniversary of the birth of Linnaeus, and that ap-
pointed by the Charter for the Election of Council and Officers, the
President opened the business of the day, and the Secretary read
the following notices of those Members of the Society with whose
decease he had become acquainted during the year.

Sir John Barrow, Bart., was the son of a small farmer, and born at
Dragley Beck, in the neighbourhood of Ulverstone, Lancashire, on
the 19th of June 1764. After an ordinary school education, and
a short initiation into trade in an iron-foundry at Liverpool, he made
a voyage in a Greenland whale ship, the captain of which was his
friend. Subsequently his mathematical knowledge, which he had
sedulously cultivated, qualified him to act as tutor in that depart-
ment in a large academy at Greenwich ; and by means of his pupils
in this establishment he was introduced to a large circle of acquaint-
ance, and among others to the late Sir George Staunton, by whom
he was engaged to give instruction in mathematics to his son, the
present baronet of that name. This introduction proved a most
fortunate event to Mr. Barrow, for Sir George having been named
Secretary to Lord Macartney's Embassy to China, obtained for him
the appointment of Comptroller of the Household, in which capa-
city he accompanied the Embassy. To the ' Authentic Account '
of the Mission published by Sir George Staunton he contributed
much valuable information, which he some years afterwards com-
pleted by the publication of his own volume of ' Travels in China.'
Soon after his return to England, Lord Macartney was appointed
Governor of the Cape of Good Hope, then newly captured from the
Dutch, and thither also Mr. Barrow accompanied him as one of his
private secretaries. The two volumes of ' Travels into the Interior
of Southern Africa,' which Mr. Barrow subsequently published, made
the public fully acquainted with the extent, capabilities and re-
sources of that important acquisition. They evince also, together
with his ' Travels in China,' but in a higher degree, that among the
varied stores of information with which his active mind was fraught,
natural history had not been neglected, and contain much inter-
esting information in a popular form on the plants and animals of a
region at that time little known to English travellers. After Lord
Macartney's retirement, Mr, Barrow remained at the Cape, where

Fortunate senex, senex beate,
Quo te carmine praedicare possim ?
Est domus tibi parva, sed siipellex

Miinda et satis libronim

Magna copia, qui bene ac beate

Docent vivere : mensa pui-a, victus

Simplicissimus.

Haec ad commoda tarn beata magnum

Adjungit cumulum hortulus venustus.

Adde quod viridis tibi senectus,

Quod mens Candida, caudidique mores.

Abest ambitio, timorque letlii,

Et quicquid miseram facit senectam :

Nam Deo pietas amica vitae

Et morti bona cuncta poUicetur.

TALIS ERAT,
DUM INTER VIVOS MANEBAT,

EDVARDUS FORSTER,

SOCIETATIS LINNJSAN.E VICEPRJISES,

Quem licet in sera rapuenmt fata senecta,

Et vitae satm'um sopiit alta quies^
Nos tamen hunc, velut immatm'o funere raptum,

Elemus, et efFusis diffluimus lacrymis.

Obiit IX. Cal. Mar. A.D. mdcccxlix. ^Etatis lxxxiv.

Vixisti bene ac beate !

valente

Semper corpore, niente sana, amicis
Jucundus, pietate singulari.

1849.] Linnean Society. 39

he rendered important services to the new governor. General Dundas,
by whom on his return to England he was strongly recommended to
his uncle. Lord Melville ; and when that nobleman became First
Lord of the Admiralty in 1804, Mr. Barrow was appointed to be
the Second Secretary of the Board, an office which he continued to
fill, with the exception of a few months in 1806, for a period of forty
years. In this capacity he was mainly instrumental n the pro-
motion of the various Polar Expeditions, in which he felt the deepest
interest ; and took an active share, under the direction of Sir James
Graham, in the carrying out of those important changes which have
so much improved and simplified the civil administration of the
Navy. His connexion with the ' Quarterly Review,' to which he
contributed no fewer than 195 articles, commenced with the fourth
number and was continued to the close of his life ; and many other
literary labours, which it is unnecessary to enumerate here, attest
both his extensive information and his laborious habits. He became
a Fellow of the Royal Society in 1805, and of the Linnean Society
in 1810. In 1835, during the short administration of Sir Robert
Peel, he was created a Baronet with the special approbation of the
King ; in 1 845 he retired from public life ; and he died on the 23rd
November 1848, suddenly, after walking out and transacting busi-
ness as usual, in the 85th year of his age.

George Bennett, Esq., formerly a Surgeon at Staines in Middlesex,
was elected into the Society on the 20th of June 1826, and died on
the 30th of July 1848.

Edwin Charles Charlton, Esq., was elected a Fellow of the Society
in 1845.

Edward Forster, Esq., the late lamented Treasurer of the Society,
was the third son of Edward Fotster, Esq., for fifty-two years
Governor of the Russia Company of London, and was bom at
Walthamstow in the county of Essex on the 12th of October 1765.
He passed the greater part of his childhood in the neighbourhood
of Epping Forest, and from the age of fifteen became particularly
attached to the study of English botany, which he ardently culti-
vated through a long and active life. He was a partner in the
eminent banking-house of Lubbock, Forster and Company, and to
within a few hours of his death took a leading part in the business
of the bank. In 1800 he was elected a Fellow of the Linnean
Society, of which he became Treasurer in 1816, and one of the
Vice-Presidents in 1828; and his kindliness of disposition, unre-
mitting attention to his duties, and zeal for the interests of the
Society, will long endear his memory to all its members. He was a

40 Linnean Society. [May 24,

man of very active habits ; rising daily at 6 o'clock, usually spending
an hour before breakfast in his garden, in which he cultivated many
of the rarer and more obscure British species, and taking a great
deal of bodily exercise, which, together with his extreme temperance,
probably contributed greatly to the prolongation of his life. His
death, which took place in the 84th year of his age, at his residence.
Ivy House, Woodford, on Wednesday the 21st of February in the
present year, was occasioned by an attack of cholera, contracted, as
was supposed, a few days pre\dously at the Refuge for the Destitute,
of which valuable charity he had long been a most zealous and
liberal supporter. He was buried on the 1st of March in the family-
vault at Walthamstow, in the immediate neighbourhood of which his
whole life had been spent.

Mr. Forster possessed a very complete and well-arranged herba-
rium of British plants, and particularly devoted himself to those of his
native county of Essex ; and he had long entertained the intention
of publishing its " Flora," the manuscript of which he has left in au
imperfect state. His contributions to our ' Transactions ' are limited
to two papers ; the one " On Vicia angustifolia. Smith," in vol. xvi. ;
and the other " On Esula major Germanica of Lobel," in vol. xvii. ;
but he also published several papers on subjects connected with
Enghsh botany in the 'Phytologist,' the titles of which are as follows :

1. Note on Centranthus Calcitrapa, vol. i. p. 648.

2. Note on Aspidium spinulosum, vol. i. p. 814.

3. Notes on Botanical Classification, vol. i. p. 913.

4. Note on Primula elatior, vol. i. p. 974.

5. On Arenaria uliginosa, Leersia oryzoides, and Galium Vaillantii,
vol. ii. p. 1 .

6. On (Enanthe pimpinelloides and CEn. Lachenalii, vol. ii. p. 403.

7. Corrections of erroneous habitats given to British Plants, vol. ii.
p. 609.

S. On the occurrence of Juncus diffusus in Epping Forest, vol. ii.
p. 941.

9. Note on the Viola flavicornis of Smith, vol. ii. p. 963.

10. Further Remarks on Viola flavicornis, vol. iii. p. 31.

Mr. Forster married early in life, but has left no children ; his
property being bequeathed to the descendants of his elder brother
Thomas Furly Forster, also formerly a Fellow of the Linnean Society,
and a distinguished cultivator of English botany.

George Gardner, Esq., was born in Glasgow in May 1812, and was
educated for the medical profession in the University of that city.
He displayed at an early period a taste for the study of natural

1849.] Liunean Society. 41

history, but botany in particular was his favourite pursuit. At that
time Sir William Hooker filled the Chair of Botany in that Univer-
sity, and Mr. Gardner so far attracted his notice as to lead him to
open to him the range of his fine herbarium, and allow him the free
use of his extensive botanical library. The ardent zeal of the young
student urged him to make the best use of these rare advantages,
and his progress was great and rapid. His numerous attainments
and many excellent qualities soon obtained him the steady friendship
of his generous teacher, and he continued the pursuit of his studies
till the end of 1835, when having expressed his eager desire to
explore the botanical treasures of tropical climates, Sir William
Hooker obtained the cooperation of twenty-four subscribers who
contributed towards the expenses of his journey and agreed to
purchase sets of the dried plants he proposed to collect, while a
number of others engaged to receive from him such living plants as
he might select on account of their beauty or rarity. Among the
latter was the late Duke of Bedford, who was one of the young
botanist's most liberal patrons, and Brazil was selected as the most
appropriate field for his exertions.

Previous to his departure, he published a pocket herbarium en-
titled ' Musci Britannici,' on the plan of Funke's ' Deutschlands
Moose,' where dried specimens illustrative of each species were neatly
fixed according to the arrangement in Hooker's ' British Flora.' Mr.
Gardner embarked at Liverpool on his projected expedition in May
1836, and arrived in July foUowdng at Rio de Janeiro. The receipt
of his first set of 400 species, collected on the Corcovado and moun-
tain ranges immediately surrounding that cit}% showed how faithfully
and successfully he discharged the duties of his mission, and proved
the harbingers of the extremely fine collection he subsequently made
in the interior of Brazil. The next field of his exertions was the
lofty range of the Organ Mountains covered with primaeval forests,
which he explored with great success, being the first to scale the
loftiest peak of that range, where he obtained much to reward his
exertions. His activity was unceasing, and his time entirely devoted
\\'ith the greatest ardour to a pursuit which presented him with so
many novelties and opened to him so attractive a career. During
his researches among the riches of this fertile region he acquired
such a knowledge of the Portuguese language, and studied so to
adapt himself to the habits of the people, as to enable him to carr}'
into effect his original design of traversing the interior provinces
of Northern Brazil, in quest of their botanical productions, which
until that period had only been imestigated by Pohl, Von .Martins,

42 Linnean Society. [May 24,

A. St. Hilaire, and our countryman Dr. Burchell, and were compa-
ratively little known to botanists in general. With this view he
embarked at Rio de Janeiro, and reached Pernambuco in July 1837 :
he spent three months in exploring that province, visiting the Rio
San Francisco, which he ascended as high as the falls of Pedro
AfFon^o ; hence he returned to Pernambuco, and proceeded by sea
to Aracaty, from which point he penetrated inland, making very
large collections in the provinces of Ceara and Piauhy. His inten-
tion was to cross to the westward and explore the banks of the To-
cantins, and ascending along the course of that river to penetrate by
this route as far as the city of Goyaz, and if possible to reach the
cities of Cuyaba and Matto Grosso ; but the political disturbances
then raging in Piauhy obliged him to alter his course in a more
southerly direction : this had the advantage of offering a long tract
yet untrodden by any botanist, and he accordingly traversed the
westernmost portion of the province of Pernambuco and crossed the
more eastern parts of that of Goyaz, examining in his way the high
table-lands in these districts, which afforded him a rich harvest.
Crossing then the Serra Geral, near Arrayas, he entered the pro-
vince of Minas Geraes, where he added greatly to his collections,
especially among the rarities of the Diamond district, and after tra-
versing this entire province he again reached Rio de Janeiro at the
end of 1840. Hence he paid a second visit to the Organ Mountains
and the rich mountain country in the neighbourhood of the Parahyba
River, and finally embarked with his collections for Liverpool, w^here
he arrived in July 1841, having been absent five years and two
months, during which period his collections amounted to upwards
of 6000 species of Phanerogamous plants, consisting of fine and well
selected specimens, in excellent preservation.

His many interesting letters to Sir William Hooker, written at
various stages during his travels, were published from time to time
in the ' Companion to the Botanical Magazine,' the ' Annals of Na-
tural History,' and the 'Journal of Botany ;' but in 1846 he prepared
a more popular Account of his Journey, which was published in an
8vo volume under the title of ' Travels in the Interior of Brazil.' He
likewise contributed, after his return to England, several botanical
memoirs to the ' London Journal of Botany ' on Chresta, Pycnocephala,
Trochopteris, Bowmannia, Hockinia, and several other new genera ; and
in 1 842 he commenced an Enumeration and description of the plants
he had collected during his travels, which he continued to publish
from time to time in the same journal. In 1843, in conjunction
with Mr. Fielding, he published a ' Sertum Plantarum,' containing

1849.] Linnean Society. 43

figures and descriptions of many of the novelties of that gentleman's
collection, and he also contributed several other descriptions of his
plants for Hooker's ' Icones Plantarum.' He became a Fellow^ of
the Linnean Society in 1842 ; and published in the 19th volume of
our 'Transactions' a paper "on Peltophyllum, a genus allied to
Triuris."

In September 1843, at the recommendation of his friend Sir Wm.
Hooker, he received from Government the appointment of Super-
intendent of the Botanic Garden of Ceylon. The first ol^ject of his
ambition in entering upon the duties of this appointment was the
formation of a complete Flora of Ceylon, to which he constantly
devoted his time and energies. In order to compare the relations
of the botany of Ceylon with that of the Southern Peninsula of
India, he made an excursion to Madras in the beginning of 1845,
where he had the opportunity of consulting 'the rich herbarium of
Dr. Wight, in company with whom he herborized extensively in the
Neilgherry Mountains, where he formed a very interesting collection.
After his return to Ceylon he made several journeys into the interior,
and to many distant parts of the island, adding thus constantly and
extensively to his collections. During five years he made great
progress in the accumulation of materials towards his projected Flora,
which he expected to complete for publication in 1851. In allusion
to this great object of his ambition he wrote in 1844 : " I trust to be
able to publish, in the course of a few years, a Flora of the island
worthy of the richness and beauty of its vegetation and of the en-
couragement afforded me by the home and local Governments. This,
however, as you are well able to judge, will be a work of no little
labour, as it must contain descriptions of from 4000 to 5000 species,
being considerably more than half of the plants defined bj' Linnaeus
in the last edition of his ' Species Plantarum.' "

He returned about the middle of last year from one of his long
excursions made in company with Sir Emerson Tennent to Jaffna,
Trincomalee, and the eastern districts of the island : subsequently he
was constantly occupied in examining and registering the characters
of the plants of the large collection made during that journey, and
frequently complained of pain in the head, which he attributed to
too close application to these sedentary pursuits. He therefore
gladly availed himself of an invitation from Lord Torrington,
Governor of the island, to join him at Newera EUia, the famed
Sanitarium of Ceylon, to which place he repaired on the 10th of
March last. He arrived there in excellent spirits, at three in the
afternoon, and after lunching with the Governor and his family re-

44 Linnean Society. [May 24,

tired to rest after his long ride, when he was suddenly attacked by
a fit of apoplexy, which rendered him quite insensible, and of which
he died in a few hours. In communicating this sad news by the
last overland mail. Lord Torrington, Sir Emerson Tennent, and many
other persons of consideration in the island, spoke of it not only as
an irreparable public loss, but expressed extreme regret upon being
thus suddenly deprived of an invaluable friend, for whom they felt the
most sincere affection ; for Mr. Gardner possessed in a rare degree
the faculty of making friends in every direction. The cheerfulness of
his disposition, his never-tiring energy, the variety and extent of his
acquirements, his desire to impart information wherever required, his
vivacity and pleasing conversational powers, secured hiin wherever
he went the esteem and friendship of all well-informed persons.

Thus has been suddenly cut off in the prime of his life one of the
most active of the practical botanists of the day. It is much to
be desired that the work which he has advanced so far towards
completion may not be lost to science, and that a successor may be
found fully competent to arrange the large mass of materials already
accumulated ; and in carrying out this object, it is to be hoped, the
merit which belongs to this deserving botanist will be recorded to
the full extent of his due. Independently of the labours already
noticed, Mr. Gardner had just completed for publication a ' Ma-
nual of Indian Botany ;' an elementary work of that nature having
been long a great desideratum to the numerous students of botanical
science in India. In addition to his contributions before mentioned,
he published in the ' Calcutta Journal of Natural History,' several
interesting memoirs, viz. on the Cyrtandracece of Ceylon, on Anstru-
theria, Sarcandra, &c., Carria, Dysodidendron, Leucocodon, and on
Christisonia, &c., together with a valuable paper on the Podoste-
macece of the island and of Southern India, to which he added
descriptions of the plants of this order met with during his travels in
Brazil.

William Gordon, Esq., M.D., was born on the 2nd of August 1800,
at Fountain's Hall near Ripon in the county of York. He received
the rudiments of his education at the Grammar School of that city,
and subsequently pursued his medical studies in London and at the
University of Edinburgh. He resided for twelve years as a general
practitioner atWelton in the neighbourhood of Hull, and there married
a sister of Sir William Lowthrop. In 1 841 he took his degree of M.D.
and settled as a physician at Hull, where, in addition to the duties
of his profession, he devoted himself to the placing the means of ac-
quirement and improvement within the reach of the working classes.

1849.] Linnean Society. 45

and greatly exerted himself, by lectures and otherwise, in promoting
the objects of the Mechanics' Institute and of the Literary and Phi-
losophical Society. In 1828 he published 'Academical Examina-
tions on the Practice of Surgery,' and in 1832 ' A critical Enquiry
concerning a new Membrane of the Eye.' He also contributed va-
rious papers to the medical journals. His election into the Lin-
nean Society dates from 1832 ; and he died in the beginning of
February of the present year. His funeral, which took place on the
1 0th of that month, proved the high respect in which he was held,
and the deep impression which his unwearied efforts for the im-
provement of his species had made on the minds of all classes of his
fellow-townsmen ; a vast concourse following him to the grave, and
the humbler classes having set on foot a collection among themselves
to raise a monument to record at once his merit and their gratitude
for his exertions in their behalf.

William Horton Lloyd, Esq., well known to us all as one of the
most constant attendants on our Meetings, and for his liberal feel-
ings and kindliness of disposition, was bom at Chapel- Allerton in the
neighbourhood of Leeds in the year 1784. His family, although not
boasting any great descent, were very respectable manufacturers in
Manchester. He was himself destined for the bar, and studied the
law for a considerable time ; but conscientious scruples with regard
to the oath induced him to relinquish his idea of adopting the legal
profession, and he devoted himself to the cultivation of his taste for
natural science and antiquities, for which he had a stiong pre-
dilection. He became a Fellow of the Linnean Society in 1807, and
was also a Fellow of the Society of Antiquaries, and one of the earliest
Members of the Zoological Society, of the Horticultural Societjs of
the British Association, and of several other scientific and literary
institutions. For the Linnean Society in particular he always en-
tertained the warmest regard ; and although he never published any-
thing, he constantly took a deep interest in the progress of science.
He died at his house in Park Square on the 1 8th of February in the
present year, having suffered for a year or two previously several
slight paralytic attacks, but retaining his faculties little impaired
almost to the last.

Alexander MacLeny, Esq., for more than a quaiter of a century
Secretary to this Society, was born in the county of Ross on the
24th of June 1767. His father, who was Provost of the town of
Wick, was also a Deputy-Lieutenant of the county of Caithness,
and the representative of one of the most ancient families in the
north of Scotland. Mr. MacLeay was educated for commercial

46 Linnean Society. [May 24,

pursuits, which he relinquished early in life, and became in 1795
Chief Clerk in the Prisoners of War Office, in 1797 head of the de-
partment of Correspondence of the Transport Board, and in 1806
Secretary of that Board, which office he filled until the aboUtion of
the Board in 1818, when he retired upon a pension. In the year
1 825 he was solicited by the late Earl Bathurst to undertake the im-
portant office of Colonial Secretary to the government of New South
Wales, which he held until the close of 1836. Having fixed his re-
sidence in the colony, with which he had now become completely
identified, he was chosen in 1843 to be the first Speaker of the Le-
gislative Council then established ; and in that capacity conducted
himself with so much ability, judgment and impartiality, as to
receive on his retirement from its duties in May 1846 the marked
approbation of both sides of the House.

In 1794 Mr. MacLeay became a Fellow of the Linnean Society,
and in 1798 he succeeded Mr. Marsham in the office of Secretary,
which he held until his Colonial employment compelled him to re-
linquish it in 1825. The following Minute of Council on that occa-
sion, which was subsequently adopted by a General Meeting of the
Society, expresses the high sense universally entertained by the
Members of his long and useful services : —

" The Linnean Society of London take the earliest opportunity
after the retirement of Alexander MacLeay, Esq. from the Secre-
taryship of the Society, to record upon their Minutes the high esti-
mation in which he is held by them on account of twenty-seven years
of unremitted and unrequited labour devoted to the interests of sci-
ence ; and that in quitting for a time this sphere of usefulness to fill
an honourable station in a distant country, he carries with him the
cordial esteem and sincere regret of this Society."

As a naturalist, Mr. MacLeay devoted himself almost exclusively
to the study of insects, of which he had formed, previous to his
quitting England, the finest and most extensive collection then ex-
isting in the possession of a private individual. Of this great class
of animals he possessed an intimate knowledge, without, however,
having published anything on the subject, although he had made
preparations for a monograph of the singular genus Paussus, in which
his cabinet was peculiarly rich. He became a Fellow of the Royal
Society in 1809, and was also a Foreign Member of the Academy of
Sciences of Stockholm, and a Corresponding Member of the Academy
of Turin.

Mr. MacLeay married early in life a relation of the house of Bar-
clay of Urie, by whom he had a numerous family. He died at Syd-

1849.] Linnean Society. 47

ney, New South Wales, on the 18th of July 1848, in the 82nd year
of his age.

William Pilkington, Esq., was born at Hatfield in the West Riding
of the county of York on the 7th September 1758. He died at the
same place in the 90th year of his age, on the 13th of August 1848,
leaving two sons, of whom the eldest was formerly one of the Assist-
ant Poor Law Commissioners, and subsequently an Assistant Com-
missioner of Tithes. He was lineally descended from one of the
oldest Saxon families in the kingdom ; a full account of which is
given in Burke's ' History of the Landed Gentry,' under the name
of Pilkington of Hatfield ; and he possessed a considerable estate in
the parish in which he was born and died.

He was educated at the Charter-House School on Sutton's foun-
dation, and was at first intended for the church ; but having from
his earliest years evinced considerable talent for drawing, he was
persuaded to change his intended profession for one for which nature
seemed more particularly to have fitted him, viz. that of an architect ;
and he was accordingly placed as a pupil under the most eminent
architect of the day, the celebrated Sir Robert Taylor. Under his
tuition he advanced rapidly in his profession, was appointed by the
Government Surveyor to the Customs and Transport Boards, and
during his professional career designed and superintended the erec-
tion of many public and private buildings, which evince his taste
and skill in architecture to have been not inconsiderable. He was
indefatigable in business, and although his professional studies ab-
sorbed the greatest part of the day, yet he generally found some
leisure time in each to devote to his favourite pursuits, botany, con-
chology and mineralogy, the branches of natural history in which he
took the most interest. He possessed a well-preserved Hortus Siccus
of his own collection ; and a fine collection of shells and minerals, with
many very rare and valuable works on all these subjects. During his
professional life he resided in Whitehall Yard, Westminster; and
there, many men, eminent for their love and knowledge of and services
to natural history, frequently found themselves congregated under his
hospitable roof. Among his most intimate friends were Dr. Shaw,
Dr. Maton, Sir James Smith, Sir Alexander Crichton, Mr. Aylmer
Bourke Lambert, The Rev. Thomas Rackett, Mr. Charles Hatchett,
and Mr. William Swainson, all well-known Fellows of the Linnean
Society.

He was elected a Fellow of the Linnean Society on the 17th of
March 1795, and was also a Fellow of the Society of Antiquaries,
into which he was elected on the 16th June 1800.

48 Linnean Society. [May 24,

Mr. Pilkington contributed to the 7th volume of the Society's
Transactions a " Description of some Fossil Shells found in Hants,"
and has left behind him numerous MSS. on subjects of natural
history. Towards the latter part of his life he left his profession
and London altogether, and resided on his estate at Hatfield, passing
his time in doing good to his poorer neighbours, and in the enjoy-
ment of his favourite pursuits and studies.

Robert James Nicholl Streeten, M.D., was born in London on the
28th of June 1800, matriculated at the University of Edinburgh in
1820, studied in Paris during the year 1823, and took his degree at
Edinburgh in 1824, his thesis " De Delirio tremente " being dated
on the 2nd of August in that year. Here, under the instructions of
the late Prof. Graham, whom he accompanied on one of his High-
land excursions, he acquired a taste for botany and other branches
of natural history, which he never ceased to cultivate. A few months
after taking his degree he settled in Worcester, and became one of
the Physicians of the Dispensary, which office he continued to fill up
to the time of his death . He took an active part in the formation
of the Provincial Medical and Surgical Association, and contributed
numerous papers to the ' Midland Medical and Surgical Reporter,'
and to its successor the ' Provincial Medical and Surgical Journal,'
published under the auspices of the Association, of which in 1843 he
became Secretary, and soon after took upon himself the duties of
responsible editor of the Journal. He was author also of some papers
in the ' Transactions ' of the Association, and in the ' British and
Foreign Medical Review.' On the establishment of the Worcester-
shire Natural History Society he became an active Member, contri-
buted greatly to the success of its Museum, and was the author of
" The Address of the Council," delivered at its first Anniversary
Meeting in 1834, and of a "Note on the second British species of
Monotropa (^Hypopitys hypophegea, G. Don)," published in the 1st
volume of the ' Phytologist.' He became a Fellow of the Linnean
Society in 1846, and died at Worcester on the 10th of May in the
present year.

John Frederick Walter, Esq., M.D., became a Fellow of this So-
ciety on the 1st of March 1836. He left England between three
and four years since for the Mauritius, where, on his arrival, he was
elected a Resident Member of the Royal Society of Arts and Sci-
ences of the island, and his death is announced in the Report of that
Society, read at the Annual Meeting held on the 24th of August
1847.

1849.] Linnean Society. 49

Among our Foreign Members, the Society and the scientific world
have sustained a severe loss by the death of

Stephan Ladislaus Endlicher, Professor of Botany in the Univer-
sity of Vienna, and Director of the Botanic Garden of that city. He
was born at Presburg on the 24th of June 1804, and there acquired
his school education. His higher studies M'ere pursued partly at
Pesth and partly at Vienna, where in 1823 he became a pupil of the
Archiepiscopal Seminary, being then destined for the church. But
after the completion of his theological education, and when he had
already taken the minor orders, family circumstances determined
him to re-enter the secular state in 1826. Two years afterwards he
was attached to the Imperial Library at Vienna, and the circum-
stances of his parents placed him in a state of easy independence.
From the time of his quitting the ecclesiastical profession he devoted
himself enthusiastically to the study of natural history, and more
especially of botany, and to that of the languages of Eastern Asia,
particularly Chinese. In botany he soon acquired so distinguished
a reputation as to mark him out for the Keepership of the Herbarium
in the Imperial Cabinet of Natural History; and in 1840, on the
death of Baron Jacquin, he became Professor of Botany and Director
of the Botanic Garden, which establishment he exerted himself
greatly to reorganize and improve. The following is a Catalogue of
his botanical writings : —

Flora Posoniensis, Pesth, 1830.

Ceratotheca, eine Neue Pflanzengattung (from the Linnsea), Berl.
1832.

Meletemata Botanica, Vienna, 1832, published in conjunction with
Schott, and limited to sixty copies.

Atakta Botanica, Pars I., Vienna, 1833.

Prodromus Florae Norfolkicse, Vienna, 1833.

Sertum Cabulicum, Vienna, 1836, in conjunction with Fenzl.

Grundzijge einer neuen Theorie der Pflanzenzeugung, Vienna,
1838.

Genera Plantarum secundum Ordines Naturales disposita, Vienna,
1836-40 ; with two Mantissse, 1842, 1843, and a Supplement, 1847.

Iconographia Generum Plantarum, Vienna, 1838.

Stirpium Novarum Decades 1-10, Vienna, 1839, in conjunction
with A. Gray, Putterlick and Reisseck.

Caroli Linnsei Epistolse ad Nic. Jos. Jacquin, Vienna, 1841, pub.
lished in connexion with Schreibers.

Enchiridion Botanicum, Leipz. 1841.

Catalogus Horti Academici Vindobonensis, Vienna, 1842.
No. XLI. — Proceedings of the Linnean Society.

50 Linnean Society. [May 24,

Medicinalpflanzen des Ostreischen Pharmacopoe, Vienna, 1842.

Grundziige der Botanik, Vienna, 1843, in conjunction with Unger.

He also continued, after Spenner's death, in conjunction with
Putterlick, T. F. Nees von Esenbeck's ' Genera Plantarum Florae
Germanicse ;' and contributed largely to C. G. Nees von Esenbeck's
edition of Mr. Brown's • Vermischte Schriften;' to Poppig's 'Nova
Genera et Species Plantarum ;' to the ' Annalen des Wiener Museums
der Naturgeschichte;' to the ' Enumeratio Plantarum quas in Nova
HoUandia collegit Car. L. B. de Hligel;' and to the 'Flora Brasiliensis,'
which he edited in common with Von Martins.

Of these numerous and important works the ' Genera Plantarum '
is that on which his fame will chiefly rest, as a work of immense
labour, great research and profound botanical science. It will long
continue to be a book of standard reference to the systematic bota-
nist, of whose labours it is a constant and indispensable companion.

In private life Professor Endlicher was a most excellent and
amiable man. He died at Vienna on the 28th of March of an apo-
plectic attack, caused as some physicians presumed by an effusion of
pus from the pars petrosa of the left side into the brain, as he had
suffered for many years from a polypus in the ear. On the previous
Monday he had received his friends with his usual calmness and
serenity, complaining only of a slight headache ; but at midday on
Wednesday he lost his speech and became insensible, and about
seven o'clock in the evening he ceased to exist, leaving a large circle
of warmly attached friends to deplore his premature loss.

Two of our Associates are also to be added to the list of deaths.

Mr. David Cameron was elected an Associate of the Society on the
20th November 1827. He was then resident as head gardener at
Bury Hill near Dorking, Surrey, the seat of the late Robert Barclay,
Esq., F.L.S. &c., in whose service he remained until the early part
of 1831, when he was appointed Curator of the recently founded
Botanic Garden at Birmingham. During his stay at Bury Hill he
communicated to the ' Gardener's Magazine ' (to which Journal he
was for many years an active contributor), two articles upon the
Flowering Plants and Ferns introduced into this country by Mr.
Barclay, or then growing at Bury Hill, with remarks on their culture,
and woodcuts of many of them ; also a paper on the mode of
destroying the Red Spider in hothouses.

Among the numerous communications made by Mr. Cameron to
the editor of the ' Gardener's Magazine ' while he continued iu
charge of the Birmingham Garden, the principal are —

1849.] Linnean Society. 51

1. On protecting the Blossoms of Fruit-trees on Walls from Frost,
vol. viii.

2. Account of the effects of the last winter (1837-38) on the
Trees and Shrubs of the Botanic Garden, Birmingham, vol. xiv.

3. Account of the preparatory operations made in the Birmingham
Botanic Garden previously to planting the Arboretum there; with
the dimensions which some of the trees have attained in seven years,
vol. XV.

Besides the above, he continued to forward from time to time for
insertion in the same Magazine, notices of the new, rare, or other-
wise interesting additions which were continually being made to the
valuable collection under his care ; and of the effects produced by
hail-storms, unusually severe frosts, &c. &c. After the death of
Mr. Loudon and consequent termination of the ' Gardener's Maga-
zine,' Mr. Cameron became an occasional correspondent of the
' Phytologist,' to which he was one of the earliest contributors.

His communications to the 1st vol. are —

1. Note on (the culture of) British Orchideae, p. 62.

2. Notes on the cultivation oi Lycopodium clavatum and L. Selago,
p. 63.

3. Note on Dianthus plumarius and D. Caryophyllus, p. 63.

4. Note on Cibotium Barometz, p. 427.

5. Note on AnagaUis arvensis and A. ccsrulea.

6. Note on the Irish Furze {Ulex st rictus).

7. Warwickshire locality for Equisetum fluviatile, p. 555.

The 3rd vol. of the Journal of the Horticultural Society (of which
he was a Corresponding Member) also contains two papers by him :

1. On the cultivation of British Orchids, and

2. On the cultivation of Hardy Heaths.

Mr. Cameron appears to have been unusually successful in culti-
vating at Birmingham our terrestrial Orchklece ; owing, probably, to
the excellent opportunities which he must have possessed of becoming
acquainted with their habits, during the time of his residence among
the chalk hills of Surrey. He never communicated any paper to the
Linnean Society ; but he frequently contributed to give additional
interest to our Meetings by forwarding for exhibition fresh speci-
mens of plants likely to attract attention, either from their rarity or
beauty ; many of which, proving new to our herbarium, have been
dried and preserved. He continued to hold the office of Curator to
the Birmingham Botanic Garden until the end of 1847 or beginning
of 1848, when he removed to Shrawley in Worcestershire, where he

52 Linnean Society. [May 24,

resided till the date of his death, which took place after an illness
of a few hours' duration, on the 25th June last, at the age of 61.

Mr. William M'Nab, for many years Superintendent of the Royal
Botanic Garden at Edinburgh, and a most skilful and successful
horticulturist, was born in the year 1780, in the parish of Dailly in
Ayrshire, where his father was a small farmer. When quite a lad
he had a strong predilection for the occupation of a gardener, and
was accordingly apprenticed at the age of sixteen to the gardener of
Mr. Kennedy of Dunure, who after three years' service recommended
him to Mr. Walter Dickson, a well-known nurseryman at Edinburgh.
From thence he passed into the garden of the Earl of Haddington at
Tyningham in East Lothian ; and was subsequently admitted into
the Royal Garden at Kew, where his diligence and intelligence re-
commended him to the special notice of Mr. Alton, by whom he was
appointed Foreman. Here he also attracted the attention of Sir
Joseph Banks, who in 1810 recommended him to Dr. Rutherford, the
Professor of Botany in Edinburgh, and he became Superintendent
of the Edinburgh Botanic Garden, an office which he filled for nearly
forty years. Some years after his appointment, the removal of the
Botanic Garden to its present site was effected ; and the laying out
and planting of the new Garden, as well as the successful removal
of large and valuable specimens from the old to the new establish-
ment, afi'ord striking testimonials of his industry and skill. He was
the author of ' Hints on the Planting and General Treatment of
Hardy Evergreens in the Climate of Scotland,' Edinb. 8vo, 1831 ;
and of ' A Treatise on the Propagation, Cultivation and General
Treatment of Cape Heaths, in a Climate where they require Protec-
tion during the Winter Months,' Edinb. 8vo, 1832. In the latter
branch of cultivation he was indeed peculiarly successful, and his
directions for the management of that beautiful tribe of plants are
regarded as the most valuable practical suggestions that have yet
been off"ered. As an assistant to the Professors of Botany, both in
the garden and in the botanical excursions of the pupils, Mr. M'Nab
acquired universal respect and esteem. He died on the 1st of De-
cember last, and was succeeded in the Curatorship of the garden by
his son James, who inherits his father's skill as a gardener and de-
votion to botanical pursuits.

The Secretary also announced that twelve Fellows and three
Associates had been elected since the last Anniversary.

At the election which subsequently took place, the Lord Bishop
of Norwich was re-elected President ; William Yarrell, Esq., was

1849.] Linnean Society. 53

elected IVeasurer ; John Joseph Bennett, Esq., Secretary ; and
Richard Taylor, Esq., Under-Secretary. The following five Fellows
were elected into the Council in the room of others going out, viz. :
Thomas Bell, Esq., Francis Boott, M.D., John Gould, Esq., John
Hogg, Esq., and Richard Horsman Solly, Esq.

Among the presents announced by the Secretary were the follow-
ing : —

The herbarium of the late Thomas Walter, Esq., author of the
'Flora Caroliniana;' presented by John Eraser, Esq., A.L.S.

A Portrait of the late Sir Joseph Banks, Baronet, K.B., painted
by the late Thomas Phillips, Esq., R.A. ; presented by Captain Sir
E. Home, Bart., R.N.

A Lithographed Portrait of the Right Rev. the Lord Bishop of
Norwich, Pres. L.S., by T. H. Alaguire ; presented by G. Ransome,
Esq., F.L.S.

There were also presented by W. A. Bromfield, ALD., F.L.S. ,
specimens of a Luzula growing abundantly at Apse Castle, near
Shanklin, Isle of Wight, and described by Dr. Bromfield as having
the divaricate and reflexed panicle of L. pilosa, with the fruit of
L. Forsteri, excepting that the seeds are scarcely above one-third or
one-fourth the size of those of the latter species. The capsules (not
yet ripe) seem to be naturally smaller than in L. Forsteri, and much
shorter than the sepals, v.hich thus appear to conceal them. Be-
sides their much smaller size, the seeds of the plant exhibited appear
to be rounder than in L. Forsteri, with a still shorter and very
obtuse appendage, and to come later to maturity than in that or
L. pilosa, as was shown by the accompanying specimens of both,
in which the Capsules had attained to nearly their full dimensions,
whilst those of the new plant were much less advanced. This new
form is the prevailing one at Apse Castle, greatly exceeding either
of the two others or L. sylvatica (which also grows there) in quan-
tity, and is extremely plentiful on dry sloping banks amongst bushes,
and either growing alone or intermixed with the other three. The
form of the seeds proves, in Dr. Bromfield's opinion, that it cannot be
a variety oi L. pilosa, whilst their very small size and the form of
the capsule militate against its connection with L. Forsteri. So
far as yet observed, the plant is taller than either of these, with
longer roots and lower stem leaves ; the leaves as broad as in L.
pilosa, and from their greater length more lax or drooping at
their extremities. The panicle, though much like that of L. pilosa,
would seem to be less compounded, and narrower or more oblong
in contour, and this last character coupled with the small size of

54 Linnean Society. [June 5,

the capsules first drew Dr, Bromfield's attention to what he would
otherwise have regarded as merely L. pilosa. It seems impro-
bable that it should be a hybrid between L. pilosa and L. Forsteri,
being so much more plentiful than the assumed parents, to say
nothing of the very minute seeds, so different in this respect from
those of either. Dr. Bromfield has not met with it as yet in any
other locality but that above mentioned.

June 5.

Thomas Horsfield, M.D., V.P., in the Chair.

Mr. James Yates, F.L.S., exhibited flowering specimens from his
garden at Highgate of Ceanothus thyrsiflorus, Eschsch., a species first
discovered in California by the late Mr. A. Menzies, F.L.S.

Mr. Cornelius Varley, at the request of the Vice-President in the
Chair, exhibited numerous drawings illustrative of the structure and
circulation in different species of Chara, and entered into an expla-
nation of the more remarkable circumstances connected therewith.

Read a paper " On Ichneumon Atropos, Curt." By George New-
port, Esq., F.R.S. & L.S.

Several years ago the author obtained many specimens of this in-
sect both in the larva and perfect states at Canterbury, chiefly in the
year 1829, but he has not met with them since 1834. He has taken
the perfect insect in the month of July, and has many times reared
it from the larva state in which it is a parasite within the body of
the larva of Sphinx ligustri, on which he considers it to be more
common than on that of Acherontia Atropos. Mr. Newport gives
some account of the habits and circumstances of its growth. It
occurs in the body of the Sphinx larva and in the pupa from August
to the following April, at which time it changes to a nymph, and
remains in this state for a month to six weeks and comes forth in
June. The anatomy of the larva was then described and shown to
be in every particular in strict accordance with the condition of life
under which this parasite exists, and confirmatory of the view of the
author that the habits of different species are invariably in accord-

1849.1 Linnean Society. 55

ance with peculiarities of function, and that these are dependent
mainly on diiFerences of detail of structure.

June 19.

The Lord Bishop of Norwich, President, in the Chair.

Frederick Gould, Esq., was elected a Fellow.

Read " Descriptions of seventeen new species of the Coleopterous
family Paussidte." By J. O. Westwood, Esq., F.L.S. &c.

Genus Cerapterus, Swed.
Subgenus Orthopterus.
Cerapterus {Ortliopterus) LaFertei, Westw.
C. piceo-castaneus nitidus laevis, pronoto raagis fulvescenti-castaneo,
elytris nigro-castaneis tenuissime punctatis : singulo plaga longitudinali
per dimidium posticum suturae extensa ad apicem recurva et cum
margine externo parallela fulva; pronoto linea impressa media; disco
baud setose, pedibus rufocastaneis. — Long. corp. lin. 6.
Hub. in Africa occidentali tropica apud " Rio Grande," inter Gambiam et
Sierram Leonani.

In Mus. D. La Fertei.

Obs. The club of the antennae is 2-ird longer than broad ; the ter-
minal joint is equal in length to the ninth, eighth, seventh, and ^rd
of the sixth joints.

Cerapterus (Ortliopterus) concolor, Westw.

C. totus obscure castaneus nitidissimus, elytris magis nigricantibus ; pro-
noto linea media longitudinali vix distincta ; elytris basi et lateribus
punctis setiferis instructis ; disco magis evidenter punctato, tibiis rufo-
castaneis. — Long. Corp. lin. 6.

Hah. apud Portura Natalensem A frieze meridionalis.

In Muss. Brit, et Fortnum.

Ohs. The club of the antennae is 2ird times longer than broad ;
the seven intermediate joints are of equal breadth, the last joint is
rather convex, and as long as the ninth, eighth, seventh, and half of
the sixth united.

It is impossible, without a comparison with Mr. W. S. Mac-
Leay's original specimen of C Smithii, to determine M'hether this

56 Linnean Society. [June 19,

species may not prove a concolorous variety of that insect. Judging
from the description and figure of the antennae however, this suppo-
sition appears very doubtful.

Subgenus Arthropterus.
Cerapterus {Arthropterus) denudatus, Westw,

C. piceo-castaneus subnitidus tenuissitne punctatus, elytris magis nitidis,
antennis angustis planis; articulo ultimo duobus prsecedentibus longi-
tudine sequali, capitis angulis posticis porrectis, prothorace capite
paullo angustiori supra subdepi-esso truncato-cordato linea media
impressa, pedibus subangustis ; tibiis omnibus angulo externo apicali
acuto. — Long. corp. lin. 6.

Hah. in Nova HoUandia, ad ripas fluvii " Mundarra " dicti.

In Mas. F. Bond.

Cerapterus (Arthropterus) Wilsoni, Westw.

C. totus castaneus nitidus, capite pai-vo punctato et inter oculos bi-
impresso : angulis posticis vix ultra oculos lateraliter porrectis, anten-
narura clava subangusta sub lente tenuissime granulata ; articulo 3tio
clavae latiori : ultimo angustiori longitudine vix tribus prsecedentibus
• asquali, pronoto subquadrato punctato : angulis anticis rotundatis : disco
baud longitudinaliter sulcato ; elytris elongatis tenuissime punctatis :
punctis ad basin majoribus castaneis : sutura magis fulvescenti, pedibus
angustis; tibiis vix tarsis duplo latioribus. — Long. corp. lin. 7.

Hab. in Novse Hollandise Adelaide, D. Wilson. In Mus. Westw.

Cerapterus (Arthropterus) suhsulcatus, Westw.

C. totus castaneus, capite punctato inter oculos baud impresso : angulis
posticis pone oculos valde porrectis, antennis tenuissime punctatis clava
sensim a basi ad articulum ultimum latiori ; articulo ultimo sexta pai-te
latiori quam longo tribusque articulis prsecedentibus longitudine sub-
gequali, pronoto punctato cordato-truncato : sulco longitudinali medio
fere omnino obliterato, elytris longitudinaliter subsxdcatis vix punctatis :
disco setis brevissimis pauciter instructobasilongius setosis, tibiis tarsis
plus duplo latioribus basi angustioribus apice externo praesertim in
pedibus anticis acutis. — Long. corp. lin. 5|.

Hab. in Nova Hollandia, King George's Sound. In Mus. D. Parry.

Subgenus Pleuropterus.
Cerapterus (Pleuropterus) alternans.
C. rufus, elytris magis fnlvis : singulo plagis duabus latis nigris postice con-
junctis, opacus fere Itevis, capite brevi ; vertice antice longitudinaliter
impresso punctisque duobus impressis intra partem oculorum posticam,
antennis fere planis ; clava e basi ad apicem sensim angustata : arti-
culo basali postice in lobum rotundatum producto, pronoto transverse :
angidis anticis rotundatis : posticis valde incisis : inter angulos posticos

1849.] Linnean Society. 57

tuberculis duobus rotundatis instructo ; disco valde irregular! sulco
profundo longitudinali ; elytvorum humeris elevatis : disco singuli 4-cos-
tato, pedibus longis gracilibus. — Long. corp. Hq. 4.
Hah. in Mozambique et apud Portum Natalensem.

In Mus. Melly (e Mus. Berol. cum nomine supra indicato transmissus)
et Mus. D. Fortnuni.

Cerapterus (Pleuropterus) hastatus.

C. piceus tenuissime punctatus pubescens, elytris subopacis, capite antice
sulcato, antennis magis quam in specie praecedcnti regularibus et supra
nonnihil concavis ; articulo basali clavae extus in tuberculum obtusum
Intus sinuatum producto : articulis reliquis longitudine fere sequalibus :
ultimo rotundato, pronoto breviter cordato-truncato : angulis anticis
valde obtusis posticis valde incisis utrinque inter angulos posticos tu-
berculo elevato instructo ; elytris obscure piceis basi costatis : singulo
macula prope basin altera pone medium cum macula suturali connexa
margineque postico fulvis, pedibus gracilibus. — Long. corp. lin. 5.

C. (P.) Westermanni afRnis, at latior, magis pubescens, antennis et pro-
thorace aliter formatis.

Hah. in Mozambique. In Mus. D. Melly (e Mns, reg. Berol. cum nomine
supra indicato transmissus).

Genus Pentaplatabthrus.
Pentaplatarthrus natalensis.

V. castaneo-nigricans, elytris interdum cruce nigra notatis, antennis
planis articulis clavse subcontinuis (nee basi et apice constructis ut in
P. Paussoide), prothoracis lateribus in medio angulatis. — Long. corp.
lin. 4i.

Hah. apud Portum Natalensem Africae meridionalis. In Mus. Westw. &c.

Obs. On a careful comparison I can detect no other characters to
separate the somewhat larger Port Natal specimens recently arrived
in this country from the tj'pical specimen of P. Paussoides novf in
my collection. I have employed above the name given to these in-
sects in the Royal Berlin collection, but scarcely consider them spe-
cifically distinct.

Genus Paussus.
Sect. A. Protborax quasi bipartitus.
Subsect. a. Antennarum clava postice baud excavata.
Paussus sinicus, Westw.
P. subcylindricus niger subopacus setis minutissimis griseis undique
sparsis obsitus, elytrorum apice et angulo postico externo piceis, capite
tuberculo obtuso inter oculos serieque quatuor minorum prope coUum,
antennarum clava angusta in medio angustiore apice clavato et supra
seriebus duabus tuberculorum parvorum (in singula serie tribus) in

58 Linnean Society. [June 19,

apicem insidentibus, prothorace bipartite : parte antica baud postica
latiore : lateribus angulatis, palpis maxillaribus articulo 2ndo intus ad
apicem acuminato-producto, labialibus articulc ultimo ovato-acumi-
nato. — Long. corp. lin. 4.

Hah. prope Hong Kong. D. Bowring.

In Mus. Britann.

Obs. I have adopted the specific names proposed by Capt. Cham-
pion, for this and the two other species brought from Hong Kong by
Mr. Bowring, and presented by him to the British Museum.

Paussus granulatus, Westw.

P. hiteo-fulvus disco elytrorum magis rufescenti, podice piceo, capite
inter oculos bi-impresso tuberculisque duobus excavatis instructo :
anguh's anticis supra basin antennarum productis, antennarum clava
falcata apice acutissimo setaque unica apicali instructo, palpis maxil-
laribus articulo 2ndo fere rotundato, capite subnitido gracillime cica-
ti'icoso, pronoto glabro ; elytris opacis granulatis : singulo plaga longi-
tudinali submembranacea grisea impresso, pedibus gracilibus ; tibiis
2 posticis magis dilatatis. — Long. corp. lin. .3f .

Hah. in Africa meridionali, prope Portum Natalensem.

In Mus. D. Fortnum.

Subsect. h. Antennarum clava postice excavata.
* Species Indict.
Paussus politus, Westw.
P. fulvo-rufus, pronoti lateribus posticis discoque elytrorum nigris, capite
tuberculo conico parum elevato inter oculos, antennarum clava navicu-
lari : margine antico fere recto : apice rotundato : margine postico
excavato excavatione acuminato-ovali margine supero simplici infero
5-denticulato et 5-setoso, prothorace bipartito : parte postica antica
baud latiori, elytris nitidis Isevibus breviter setosis lateribus longius
setosis, podice rufo setarum serie marginato, pedibus subgracilibus ;
basi femorum obscmiori. — Long. corp. lin. SJ.
Hah. in India orientali, D. Bacon. In Mus. Westw., &c.

Obs. Nearly allied to P. ploiophorus and denticulatus, but differs
in the narrowed hind-part of the prothorax ; also to P. nauceras, but
differs in the glossy elytra and different shape of the antennae.

Paussus BowringU, Westw.
P. niger nitidus, clava antennarum parte pronoti antica elytrorumque
basi lateribus apiceque ferrugineis, capite inter oculos tuberculo elevato
quasi e tuberculis duobus minutis composito, antennarum clava lata
margine antico acuto postico profunde fossulato : fossulae margine
supero recto infero 6-denticulato, pronoti partis anticge lateribus
acute angulatis : parte postica angustiori lateribus sinuatis, palporum

1849.] Linnean Society. 59

maxillarium articulo 2ndo lato subquadrato, elytris brevissime setosis
lateribus setis longioribus densius obsitis. — Long. corp. lin. 85.

Hub. ad Hong Kong. D. Bowring.

In Mus. Britann.

Paussus Jiystrix, Westw.

P. obscure ferrugineus opacus, capite antice emarginato ; vertice tuber-
culis duobus ovalibus elevatis, antennarum clava oblonga subovata
postice excavatione oblonga instructa : hujus marginibus supero et in-
fero sinuatis seu tuberculis rotundatis quinque instrnctis, piothorace
capite paullo angustiori : parte postica antica parum angustiori : lateribus
fere rectis, elytris lateribus rufo setosis : singulo ante medium disci
impressione ovali alteraque elongata subcurvata laterali instructis, po-
dice serie setanim marginato, pedibus angustis, palporum maxillarium
articulo 2ndo fere rotundato. — Long. corp. lin. 3§.

Hab. ad Hong Kong. D. Bowring.

In Mus. Britann.

** Species Africanae.
Paussus cucidlatus.
P. totus castaneus subnitidus tenuissime punctatus, pronoto magis nitido
laevi, capitis vertice impressione ovali marginibus elevatis in qua tuber-
cula 2 parva ovalia exstant, antennarum clava glaberrima late ovali basi
truncata postice profunde excavata intus prope marginem anticum
necnon margines excavationis transverse impressa, prothoracis parte
antica brevi lateribus acute angulatis : postica multo angustiori in medio
profunde impressa, pedibus dilatatis, podice setarum serie marginato,
palporum maxillarium articulo 2ndo lato rotundato. — Long. corp. lin. 2.
Hab. in Africa meridionali apud Portum Natalensem. In Mus. D. Melly
cum nomine supra indicate e Mus. Reg. Berol. communicatus.

Sect. B. Protliorax subcontinuus.
Paussus spinicoxis, Westw.

P. angustus castaneo-testaceus, capite elytrisque tenuissime punctatis,
capite tuberculo conico dorsali inter oculos armato, oculis magnis,
antennarum clava subovali undique acute marginata punctata basi
externe in dentem producto, disco utrinque versus marginem posticum
4-impresso, prothorace glabro subcontinuo angulis anticis rotundatis :
parte antica a postica fossula profunda transversa utrinque setosa sepa-
rata, elytris glabris, podice marginato punctato, palpis maxillaribus
subfiliformibus articulo 2ndo parum crassiori, pedibus gracilibus ; coxis
2 posticis in spinam productis. — Long. corp. lin. 4.

Hab. in Africa meridionali apud Portum Natalensem.

In Mus, Britann.

Paussus cultratns.

P. totus testaceo-fulvus punctatus et breviter setosus, capite supra con-
vexo integro angulis posticis pone oculos porrectis, clypeo emarginato,

60 Linnean Society. [Nov. 6,

anteimis depressis late-falcatis apice acutissimis margine omni acuto
glabris tenuiter punctatis, palpis maxillaribus filiformibus, prothorace
ovali antice posticeque tvuncato in medio parum depresso glabro exca-
vationibus duabus profundis subrotundatis in medio notato, pedibus
subgracilibus ; tibiis compressis et ante apicem sensim angustioribus,
podice punctato setoso margine acuto elevato. — Long. corp. lin. 3.
Hab. in Africa meridionali apud Povtum Natalensem. In Mus. D. Melly
cum nomine supra indicato e Mus. Reg. Berol. communicatus.

Paussus setosus, Westw.

P. luteo-castaneus setis aureis obsitus, capite antennis pedibusque magis
castaneis, capite inter oculos tuberculo elevato setigero instructo, cly-
peo vix emarginato, antennarum clava elongata lateribus parallelis
margine omni acuto basi externe in dentem conicum apice setosum
producto margine postico setarum curvatarum serie instructo, protho-
race oblongo : parte antica parum latiori lateribus rotundatis : partis
posticas lateribus fere parallelis : in medio disci impressione profunda
subquadrata, elytris profundius punctatis, podice setarum serie mar-
ginato, pedibus gracilibus longioribus. — Long, corp, lin. 3|.

Hab. in Guinea.

In Mus. D. La Fertei.

Read also a continuation of Mr. Huxley's paper " On the Anatomy
of the Diphydce," &c.

November 6.
William Yarrell, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.

The necessary business of the Meeting having been disposed of,
it was proposed by the Vice-President in the Chair and unanimously
resolved,

" That in consideration of the death of the late excellent and vene-
rable President of the Society, the Lord Bishop of Norvs^icl^, and as
a mark of respect to his Memory, this Meeting do novr adjourn."

1849.] Linnean Society. 61

November 20.

William Yarrell, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.

George Frederick Samuel Robinson, Lord Viscount Goderich, and
Alfred Tyler, Esq., F.G.S., were elected Fellows.

Mr. Hogg, F.L.S., presented two spikes of a variety of Hordeum
hexastichon, L., grown from seeds sown in March of the present year
at Norton in the county of Durham. The seed was derived from
some found in the pocket of a sailor, who died during a voyage in
the Mediterranean. Mr. Hogg designates this variety as H. hex-
astichon var. semimbus nigi'is sen cceruleo-nigris, " black, or rather
blue-black Bigg." H'e states that he cannot find in authors any de-
scription at all answering to it, although Fersoon and Seringe men-
tion a similar variety of the common barley, Hordeum vulgare, L.
The variety presented by Mr. Hogg ripens early, is exceedingly
prolific, and has large grains ; and he therefore considers it worthy
of cultivation, and though perhaps not so w-ell adapted to malting
as the common barley, yet likely to be valuable for other purposes,
and particularly for the fattening of cattle.

Read a Paper " On the Development of the Spores and Elaters of
Marchantia polymorpha." By Arthur Henfrey, Esq., F.L.S. &c.

Mr. Henfrey commences by referring to the memoirs of M. Mir-
bel on Marchantia, &c., and the accompanying note of Mr. Griffith ;
to M. Lindenberg's Monogi'aph of Ricciece; and to the several pub-
lications of BischofF, Von Mohl, Gottsche and Fitt on the develop-
ment of the spores of various cryptogamic plants. He briefly de-
scribes the development of the little green cellular body found within
the pistillidium which becomes the capsule oi Marchantia polymorjiha,
and states that from the facts observed and from analogy he is in-
clined to believe that the young capsule is at first formed of a con-
tinuous cellular substance, and that the cells of this tissue become
parent-cells, producing new cells within them, which they set free
by becoming dissolved, exactly as occurs in the production of the
parent-cells of the pollen-grains in the continuous cellular tissue of
anthers. M. Mirbel does not appear to have examined the contents
of the capsules until this complete separation of the cells had taken
place, when he describes them as consisting of minute elongated
cells (the young elaters) mingled with small squarish cells (the

62 Linnean Society. ' [Nov. 20,

spores). But Mr. Henfrey found the younger capsules to contain
elongated cells alone, and those of two sizes. The whole cavity was
filled by such cells apparently radiating from the centre ; the nar-
rower cells being interposed between much longer and broader cells
of the same form. The former were the young elaters, the latter
the parent- cells of the spores.

The young elaters Mr. Henfrey describes as elongated slender
tubes attenuated towards each extremity, and filled at first with an
almost colourless coagulable protoplasm. After a short time starch
globules are seen within them, which might readily be mistaken for
the rudiments of the spiral fibre ; but the author believes that the
accounts given by some writers of the formation of spiral fibre in
spix'al vessels from rows of minute granules are incorrect, and have
arisen from observation of starch granules lying in rows often
running obliquely across the tubes. After a greater enlargement
in the length than in the diameter of these cells the starch granules
and finally the protoplasm disappear, and faint streaks denoting the
nascent fibres are at length visible upon the walls. These gradually
become more and more distinct, until in the mature elaters they pre-
sent themselves in the form of strong flattened bands. In Marchantia
there are two fibres, the ends of which are confluent at the extremities
of the tubes in which they are contained ; so that more properly
speaking there is but one endless fibre twisted upon itself, which
may be represented by a piece of string doubled with its ends
united, and twisted spirally upon itself. This is evidently the best
possible condition of structure for its purpose of acting as a spring.
In unrolling, the fibre tears up the membrane of the walls of the
tube, which after the elaters»have been discharged is often no longer
to be detected.

While the elaters are passing through these stages the larger
elongated cells exhibit a very remarkable series of changes, which
Mr. Henfrey regards as differing from anything that has yet been
observed in analogous structures. They are at first filled, like the
elaters, with a delicate colourless protoplasm, in which float ex-
ceedingly minute granules, and which is apparently the same sub-
stance that occurs in all young cells which increase by self- division.
These larger cells soon exhibit transverse streaks of a lighter colour,
in consequence of the separation of the protoplasm into a number
of distinct portions, and the formation of cross membranes at these
places, dividing the tubular cell into a row of cells, all of a square
form except the two terminal ones which are attenuated towards the
free point. The author could not determine whether the septa were

1849.] Linnean Society. 63

formed by gradual growing in of the membrane, nor could he detect
at this period a double membrane, which must, however, exist, to
admit of the subsequent separation of the contained cells. Vertical
septa are often formed in addition, producing a double row of cells
within the tube. About the time when the cells separate from each
other, their contents undergo a change, which exactly resembles
that which occurs in the contents of the parent-cells and special-
parent-cells of pollen when the formation of free cells is about to
take place in their interior. The mucilaginous matter, or protoplasm,
acquires a deep yellow colour, becomes much thicker, and exhibits a
quantity of globular bodies which look like drops of oil. Mr. Hen-
frey gives his reasons for regarding these appearances neither as
drops of oil nor as vesicular cavities, but as globular drops of the
yellow protoplasm^ Such globules are of various sizes and some-
times occupy half the cavity of the cell, but neither before nor after
their formation was the author enabled to detect the presence of
nuclei.

Soon after the separation of these cells their yellow contents
exhibit lighter streaks running across, which denote that they are
each about to separate into four portions. When these portions are
completely isolated and become coated by their proper membranes,
they constitute the spores, and are subsequently set free by the so-
lution of the membrane of the parent-cells. Their contents then
again become clear and almost colourless, their membrane becomes
thickened and of a bright yellow colour, and finally their cavity
becomes filled with globules of pretty regular size. No trace of
septa dividing the parent-cells into chambers, such as are met with
in the special-parent- cells of the pollen, were observed, even when
treated with iodine ; and when the parent-cells in which the contents
had parted into four portions were ruptured at one place, all the
contents passed out and the membrane remained as a simple sac.
In the ripe spore the author could distinguish only a single coat,
which grows out into a tube at one point in germination. During
this process the entire spore with its contents becomes colourless,
the yellow colour and the globules disappearing; and after a short
time chlorophyll vesicles appear, which, on the application of iodine,
are seen to be imbedded in a coagulable, colourless protoplasm.

In conclusion, the author again directs attention to the striking
circumstance, that throughout the whole course of development he
met with no nuclei ; neither did he observe nuclei during the deve-
lopment of the spores of Sphcerocarpus terrestris, which he had also
partially traced. Sometimes the globular bodies before alluded to

64 Linnean Society. [Dec. 18,

as formed in the yellow protoplasm presented appearances -which
might be mistaken for nuclei ; but careful investigation always led
him to believe that these appearances were deceptive ; and as he
obtained clear and well-defined views of all the various stages with
fully sufficient magnifying powers to see nuclei if present, he states
that he is compelled to deny their existence here.

A series of illustrative figures accompanied the paper.

December 4.
T. Horsfield, M.D., V.P., in the Chair.

The Meeting having been specially summoned to supply the
vacancy in the Council caused by the death of the Bishop of Norwich,
and to elect a President in his stead ; the Vice-President in the Chair
opened the business of the day, and the votes having been taken for
a Member of Council, Charles Morgan Lemann, M.D., was declared
to be elected into the Council.

The ballot for President having also closed, Robert Brown, Esq.
was declared to be elected President.

December 18.
Robert Brown, Esq., President, in the Chair.

The President nominated Thomas Horsfield, M.D., Sir William
Jackson Hooker, William Yarrell, Esq., and Nathaniel Wallich, M.D.,
to be Vice-Presidents for the remainder of the year.

A letter was read, addressed to the Secretary by John Hogg, Esq.,
F.L.S., giving an account of a double variety of the Field Scabious,
Scabiosa arvensis, L. (^Knautia arvensis, Coult.), a specimen of which
he presented to the Society. The specimen was gathered in a
stubble-field at Norton in the county of Durham on the 29th of
September, and was the only one seen with a double flower, all the
other plants in the field presenting the ordinary flower of the species.

Jan. 15, 1850.] Linnean Society. 65

The doubling consists in the enlargement of the inner florets to the
same size as the outer ones in the ordinary flowers ; but the anthers
and stamina of the former do not appear to have become abortive as
in the outer enlarged florets, and as might have been expected from
the similar change in the corolla. In Hooker's ' British Flora,' the
species is characterized by the corolla of its outer florets having
unequal and of its inner florets equal segments : in this double
variety the segments of the inner florets are unequal like those of
the outer.

Mr. Westwood, F.L.S., exhibited a small branch of a Nelis d'hiver
pear grown against a wall in the garden of Mr. Wilmot, Isleworth,
covered with a great number of large, solid, woody, gall-like protu-
berances caused by the punctures of a species of Aphis closely allied
to the American blight, the twigs in this branch having been com-
pletely stunted in their growth, and not exceeding an inch in length,
the energy of the tree having been concentrated in the growth of the
protuberances. Mr. Westwood pointed out the diff'erence between the
real galls (sometimes quite hard and woody in their texture) caused
by the punctui-es of insects and the deposition of eggs, and these
pseudo-galls which did not enclose eggs, but were the result of
the punctures of the proboscis of insects for obtaining an immediate
suppl)' of food. The latter are of great rarity, and Mr. Westwood
had never seen any which could be compared in extent to the speci-
men exhibited, which was moreover covered with a whitish powder
discharged from the bodies of the Aphides, and with a great number
of the skins shed by them during their transformations.

Read a further continuation of Mr. Huxley's Memoir " On the
Anatomy of the Diphyidte," &c.

January 15, 1850.
R. Brown, Esq., President, in the Chair.

Ronald Campbell Gunn, Esq., .Joseph Miliigau, Esq., Ralph
Barnes Grindrod, M.D., John Dalston Jones, Esq., and Christopher
Rice Mansell Talbot, Esq., M.P., were elected Fellows.

No. XLII. — Proceedings of the Linnean Society.

66 lAnnean Society. [Jan. 15,

Read a Paper " On the Economy of a new species of Saw-fly." By
John Curtis, Esq., F.L.S. &c. &c.

This species, which belongs to the genus Selandria, was taken by
Lord Goderich in his father's garden at Putney, where its larvae
were first observed in July 1846, on the Solomon's Seal (Convallaria
multiflora, L. ?). When first noticed. Lord Goderich states, they had
almost consumed the entire membrane of the leaves, and many of
them were feeding on the stalks ; and in a short time after they had
eaten the plant nearly to the ground, leaving only the stronger
branches, but not destroying the plant itself. The number on one
small plant was full a hundred ; and the next year, and again in 1848,
they reappeared in equal numbers. In 1849 their 'numbers were
fewer. Mr. Curtis gives a detailed description of the caterpillar,
which on the 28th of June (when many of them had cast their last
skins, which remained sticking to the leaves) were nearly f of an
inch in length. They disappeared in succession, burying themselves
from 2 to 4 inches deep in the earth, where they formed small oval
cocoons like a coating of glue, but often perforated in different places.
On the 30th of April in the last year, Mr. Curtis succeeded jin
breeding a male fly ; another male and two females were hatched on
the 3rd of May ; and these were succeeded by several more of the
latter sex. They were as black as ink, and appear ^to be allied to
Selandria fuligiiiosa, Schrank, but the male antennae approach those
of Cladius. A full description of both sexes is given, and the species
is named by Mr. Curtis after its discoverer, Selandria Robinsoni.

The paper was accompanied by drawings, illustrating the struc-
ture of the insect ; and was concluded by some remarks on the
characters and affinities of the genus Selandria. Although the
elongated antennae of the species described resemble those of
Nematus, and still more those of Cladius, it is not only distinguished
from those genera by its divided marginal cell, but the heavy habit
of the females especially and the characters of its trophi, which are
intermediate between Athelia and Tenthredo, indicate the groups to
which it is naturally allied. The author regards the number of
discoidal cells in the inferior wings as furnishing good characters for
the distinction of the genus Selandria into sections as follows : —

1 . With two discoidal cells, the marginal cell receiving one trans-
verse nervure. — Example S. serva, Fabr.

2. With both transverse nervures united with the marginal one. —
Example S. stramineipes, Klug.

3. With one discoidal cell. — Example S. Robinsoni.

4. With no discoidal cell. — Example S.fuliginosa, Schrank.

1850.] Linnean Society. 67

Aud he further observes that the variations in the position of the
nervures, and in the magnitude of the cells, will also be found very-
useful in identifying the species.

February 5.

William Yarrell, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.

The Rev. George Capet, James Buckman, Esq., and Walter Teb-
bett, Esq., were elected Fellows.

Mr. Gould, F.L.S., exhibited specimens of the male and female
of a new species of Menura from the Richmond River, New South
Wales, and pointed out the distinctions between it and the original
species. He named the new species M. Alberti, in grateful acknow-
ledgement of the patronage which he had received from H.R.H.
Prince Albert. He also exhibited a specimen of a new and remark-
able Crustaceous animal from the same locality.

Dr. Wallich, "\^.P.L.S., communicated, by desire of Prof, von Mar-
tins, President of the Royal Bavarian Botanical Society of Regens-
burg, an official copy of an Address presented by that Society to
Robert Brown, Esq., on his election to the Presidency of the Linnean
Society.

Read the conclusion of Mr. Huxley's paper "On the Anatomy of
Diphyes, and on the Unity of Composition of the Diphyidec and Phy- ■
sophorid(E," &c.

Mr. Huxley, whose communication was written at sea, commences
his memoir by a brief abstract of previous investigations of the family
of Diphyidce, chiefly derived from the works of Lesson and Will, in
the absence of other books of reference. Of all the authors referred
to, he observes, there is not one except Will, who has given any but
a very superficial account of the family. So far even as the nata-
torial organs are concerned, it is but rarely that a description is
sufficiently detailed and accurate not to fit two or three species with
'equal ease, while 'the minute internal organs have fared still worse.
By all, the important fact of the gemmiparous generation of these

68 Linnean Society. [Feb. 5,

animals is overlooked ; by all, except Will, the demonstration of the
generative organs is omitted, and even he mentions vpith some doubt
the male sac only ; and lastly there is no attempt made by any of
them to trace the various organs through their development, or to
establish on the ground of anatomy the natural affinities of the
group. To these latter points, Mr. Huxley states, that his attention
has been chiefly directed during a voyage of some months through
the South Atlantic and Indian Oceans, in the course of vphich he has
examined several genera both of Diphyidce and Physophoridce, with
as much care and attention as the inconveniences of ship-board
vs'ould permit. The results are given under the following sectional
divisions, viz. : 1. a description of the different species examined ;
2. their anatomv ; and 3. a comparison of Diphyida and Physopho-
ridce. Under the first head Mr. Huxley describes four species of
Diphyes, one of Calpe, one of Eudoxia, one of Aglaisma ?, and one of
Rosacea. He then enters at length into the anatomy of the different
parts of the body, under the several heads of the common tube ; the
natatorial organs and the duct connecting their cavities with the
common tube ; the nuclear piece or bract and its sacculus ; and the
polypoids, each consisting of a stomachal sac, a prehensile organ and
a generative organ. Although generative sacs were found by the
author in all the genera examined by him, it was only in Eudoxia
and Aglaisma (}) that he procured unequivocal evidence, by the pre-
sence of ova, of their real nature. No unequivocal male organs were
observed, although the so-called " entozoa " of Will were frequently
seen swimming about in the cavity of the young generative organs.
But they were not more abundant in these situations than in the
stomachal sacs, common tube, &c., and their dissimilarity to true
spermatozoa is too great for any conclusions to be founded on their
presence. The total absence of male sacs, and the rarity of ova in
the females, may, Mr. Huxley thinks, be accounted for by the season
during which his investigations were carried on, the months of
March, April, May and June being the winter of the Southern
Hemisphere. Lastly, the author enters on the comparative anatomy
of various species of Physophoridce, by means of which he believes it
to be satisfactorily demonstrated that there exists a unity of organi-
zation between the two families of Diphyidte and Physophoridce ; and
concludes by stating his opinion that at least two other families, the
Hydriform and Sertularian Polypes, should be arranged with them in
one natural group. The structural coincidences in these families he
enumerates as follows : 1 . body composed of two membranes, out of
which the organs are modeled; 2. thread-cells universally (?) pre-

1850.] Linnean Society. 69

sent ; 3. gemmiparous generation ; 4. sexual generation, sperma-
tozoa and ova being formed in vase-like external sacs.

The paper was accompanied with a series of illustrative drawings.

February 19.
WilUam Yarrell, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.
The Rev. James Bedingfeld was elected a Fellow.

Read some Notices and Anecdotes of John Christian Daniel von
Schreber, chiefly derived from the ' Erinnerungen aus meinen neun-
zig-jahrigen Leben." By Dr. Ernst Wilhelm Martius. Communi
Gated by Dr. WaUich, V.'p.L.S. &c. &c.

Read also extracts from two Letters of the First President of the
Society, Sir James Edward Smith, to J. Dryander, Esq., V.P.L.S.,
dated in l'"92 and 1802. Communicated by the President.

March 5.

WiUiam YarreU, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.

Dr. Wallicb, V.P.L.S., read the following extract of a letter from
Prof. Lehmann, dated Hamburgh, 14th December, 1849 : — " I write
to inform you that a work has just appeared, namely Proceedings of
the Fifth Meeting of Scandinavian Naturalists held at Copenhagen
1847. Copenhagen, 1849. 8vo. There is in it a very remarkable paper
by Liebmann, entitled ' A few words concerning the Impregnation of
Cycadece,' p. 501 seq. It appears, according to this paper, that in
that family ripe and vegetative fruits may be produced, without the
process of impregnation. A female plant in the Botanic Garden at
Copenhagen (males do not exist in Europe) produced seeds which
have germinated I Liebmann made the same observation in Mexico."

70 Linnean Society. [March 5,

Read also a paper entitled, " Further observations on the habits
of Monodontomerus , with some account of a new Acarus, Heteropus
ventricosus, a parasite in the nests of Anthophora retusa." By George
Newport. Esq., F.R.S.. F.L.S. &c. &c.

Mr. Newport remarked that as some of the details of a paper on
" certain Chalcididce and IchneumonidcB " read to the Linnean Society
in March 1849 had drawn forth at that time the dissent of some en-
tomologists, he had repeated his observations during the past sum-
mer, and on one occasion had obtained as many as two hundred and
forty-seven larvae of Monodontomeri from the nests of Anthophora.
In every instance these parasites had fed on the bee laxvdi. fr-om with-
out, and had drained it of its contents in the same way that the
larva of Paniscus drains that of the body of a caterpillar, thus proving
the correctness of his original statement, that the Monodontomeri are
external and not internal feeding parasites. He had originally been
led to this view, not, as erroneously stated by Mr. Westwood in the
printed Proceedings of the Linnean Society for May 1849, p. 37
(Annals and Mag. Nat. History, Oct. 1849, p. 288), from the simple
fact that the author had found the bodies of these parasites covered
with an armature of hairs, but as he had explicitly stated in his
former paper, from the circumstance that he had never found hairs
on the bodies of inter7ial feeding parasites. Mr. Newport also found,
as he formerly mentioned, some remains of the destroyed bee larva
in each cell, but no "yellow dust or granules," as stated by another
observer. Thus his more recent observations have confirmed those
which he formerly communicated to the Society on the Monodon-
tomeri.

Having however collected a quantity of these larvae for further
observation, he was surjorised to find at the end of a few days that
their bodies were covered with multitudes of what at first appeared
like microscopic drops of fluid, which each day increased in size,
until at length he found, on careful examination, that those supposed
drops were the bodies of multitudes of gravid parasites, which in-
fested and ultimately destroyed the larvae oi Monodontomerus , as these
had done that of the bee. The ceconomy of this microscopic para-
site was then traced to some extent, and the fact of their having
attained a mature state proved in the circumstance that at the end
of about three weeks many of them produced multitudes of extremely
minute young, which differed from their parents only in the smaller
size, and in having no enlargement of the abdominal portion of the
body. These young were smaller even than the young of Stylops,
as each measured only sixteen thousandths of an inch in length. The

1850.] lAnnean Society. 71

author stated other facts connected with the oeconomy of this singular
parasite, and mentioned that he is still engaged in its investigation.
The following are the characters and description of this new Acarus.

Class ACARI.
Family Sarcoptides, Kcch.
Genus Heteropus, Newp.
Corpus elongatuni, subavticulatum. Caput mobile. Thorax a trunco
distinctus, ad latera corpusculis clavatis munitus. Pedes anterlores
palpiformes ; reliqui (parium trium posteriorum) zequales, arcuati, at-
tenuati, tarsis gracilibus 4-articulatis, articulo terminal! lato vesiculari.
H. vENTRicosus, pallid^ ferrugiueus, capite saturatioie, prothorace paribus
2 pilorum longorum, pedibus subrobustis ; articulis omnibus longe pi-
losis : tibiae articulo apicali corporis dimidium Eequante. — Long. \—^ lin.
$ gravidae abdomine magnopere inflato vesiculari.

Hub. In postibus intra nidos Anthophorce retusce, apud Gravesend, in
Coniitatu Kent.

March 19.
Robert Brown, Esq., President, in the Chair.
Grantham Robert Dodd, Esq., jun., was elected a Fellow.

Read some Notes written by Mr. Seemann, the Botanical Collector
for Kew Garden, in the Voyage of H. M.S. Herald. Communicated
bv Sir W. J. Hooker, F.R.S., V.P.L.S. &c.

April 2.

Robert Brown, Esq., President, in the Chair.

Read the commencement of a memoir " On the family of 7V/«-
riacecB." By John Miers, Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S. &c.

72 Linnean Society. [April 16,

April 16.
Robert Brown, Esq., President, in the Chair.

Read the conclusion of Mr. Miers's memoir " On the family of
Triuriacece."

Mr. Miers commences his paper by a reference to his establish-
ment of the genus Triuris in the 19th volume of the Society's ' Trans-
actions,' and to the subsequent publication in the same volume by
the late Dr. Gardner of another nearly related genus under the name
of Peltophyllum ; but the name of the latter having been derived from
a leaf accompanying the specimen which Mr. Miers shows not to
have belonged to it, but to be in all probability that of a seedling
Cissampelos, he has found it necessary to substitute another generic
name, and has redescribed it in the following terms : —

Hexxiris, Miers. — Peltophijlhtm, Gavdn.

Char. Gen. Flores dioici. Masc. ignoti. Fern. Perianthium profunde
6-partitum, hyalinum, persistens ; laciniis obovatis, praefloratioue val-
vatis, singula infra apicem cornu subulate) duplo longiore gyi-ato in-
cluso, denium paten tibus, marginibus reflexis. Ovaria indefinite nu-
nierosa, minima, densissime in gynsecium aggregata, sessilia, gibboso-
ovata, 1-locularia, 1-ovulata. Stylus subulatus, ad faciem internam
sublateralis, apice pauluni incrassatus, oblique trnncatus et stigmatosus.
Fructus ignotus. — Planta pusilla, Bras'iUensis, diaphana, alhida ; rhizo-
inate ^^;roso ; caule recto, simplici, v. subramoso ; foliis bracieiforrnibiis,
jtaucis, basilaribus, ovatis, acufis, adpressis, liyalinis; floribus solUariis
V. subracemosis ; pedunculis imijloris, basi bracleatis.

Hexuds Gardneri, Miers.

Peltophyllum Inteum, Gardn. in Linn. Trans, xix. p. 157. t. 15.

Hah. in arenosis humidis Prov. Goyaz Brasiliee, Gardner, no. 3570.

The author next refers to two Ceylonese plants described by
Capt. Champion in the Calcutta Journal of Natural History for April
1846, with a note by Dr. Gardner, who was at the time much struck
by their resemblance to Triuris and his own Peltophyllum ; but both
gentlemen recognizing the manifest affinity of the Ceylonese plant
to Sciap/iila of Blume, and misled by the position in Urticece assigned
to that genus by Dr. Blume, concurred in placing them in one or
other of the divisions of that great natural group. Of these two
genera Mr. Miers adopts the one, Hyalisma, as sufficiently distinct ;
but the second, Aphylleia, he refers without hesitation to Scaiphila,
together with two undescribed plants from Sir W. J. Hooker's her-

1850.] Linnean Society. 'JS

barium, found respectively by Cuming in the Philippine Islands, and
by Purdie in Venezuela. He also corrects with much detail the de-
scriptions of the embryo of the latter given by Mr. Champion and by
Dr. Gardner. The following are his characters of Sciaphila and of
Hyalisma, together with those of the known species : —

Sciaphila, Blume. — Aphylleia, Champ.
Char. Gen. Flores monoici, v. polygami. Perianthium in utroque
sexu 6-pavtitum ; laciniis obloiigis, acutis, reflexis, sestivatione valvatis,
persistentibus. Masc. Stamina 6, in hermaphroditis abortu 3-1, in
androphorum carnosum fere sessilia ; Jilamenta brevissima ; antherce
transversim oblongEe, 4-Ioculares, apice rima transversali 2-valvatlm
hiantes. Fem. Ovaria plurima, in gyiiaecium carnosum subglobosum
dense aggregata, obovata, sessilia, 1-locularia; ovulo solitario erecto.
Stylus lateralis fere basalis, plus minusve papilloso-subciliatus. Stigma
trmicatum, papilloso-plumosum, raro simplex obtusum. Carpidia plu-
rima, densissime aggregata, obovata, styli basi persistente notata, mo-
nosperma. Pericarpium utriculare, subtenue, papilloso-rugosum, su-
tuia dorsali hians. Caryopsis obovata, brevistipitata : endocarpium
arilliforme, 8-10-costatum, costis basi apiceque confluentibus, trans-
versim cancellatis, interstitiis membranaceis. Semen ovatum, basi
apiceque endocarpio adhaerens : testa testacea, striis paucis longitudi-
nalibus aliisque crebeiTimis transversis signata, apice saturatiiis colo-
rata : integumentum extertium pelliculare, reticulatum, testse adnatum ;
intfgumentum internum tenuissimum, areoUs hexagonoideis magnis ob-
longis reticulatum, nucleum arete cingens. Nucleus (Embiyo proto-
blastus) indivisus, hoinogeneus, carnoso-ceieus, opalinus, cellulosus ;
cellulis parvis, subglobosis, materie grumosa succoque oleoso farctis. —
Herbffi pusillcF, utriusque hemisphcBrce indigents, hyalines ; rhizomate
fibrosa ; caule simplici, erecto vel suhramoso ; foliis paucis, hractei-
formibus, alter nis, ovatis, acutis, adpressis, venis destitutis, celluloso-
rugosis ; floribus spicatis, monoids, superioribus $ , inferioribus^; pe-
dunculis unifioris, basi bracteatis ; \>r&cte\s foliis C07iformibus.

1. Sciaphila tenella, " tenuissima carnosa aphylla, scapo simplicissimo
erecto, floribus nutantibus, perigonii laciniis reflexis apice viilosiusculis,
stigmate sessili punctiformi, baccis pluribus glandulis pellucidis tectis,
semine subtriquetro, testa subcoriacea."

Sciaphila tenella, Blume, Bijdr. p. 515.

2. Sciaphila maculata, hyalina, caule simplici, foliis bracteiformibus ad-
pressis lineis interruptis rubris maculatis, perianthii laciniis sublan-
ceolatis reflexis apice intiis baibatis alternis margine ciliatis, floribus
inferioribus staminibus 3 cassis (?), carpellis densissime congestis, utri-
culo hiante.

Hab. in Insulis Philippinis, Cuming, no. 2088.

3. SciArniLA picta, hyalina, caule subramoso erecto flexuoso, foliis brae-

74 Linnean Society. [April 16,

teiformibus maculis longis rubris pictis, perianthii laciniis oblongis acutis
patentibus rubro-maculatis apice intus barbatis alternis sublatioribus
ciliatisj tubo laciniarumque basi lineis punctatis violaceis creberrimis
ornatis, floribus (an semper ?) hermaphroditis, carpellis plurimis den-
sissime supra disciim carnosum congestis staminibus 2 v. 1 munitis.
Hab. in Venezuela, ad fl. Apure, a cl. Purdielect. Octobr. 1845. (Herb.
Hooker., exemplar unicum.)

4. Sciaphila erubescens, hyalina tenerrima, foliis bracteiformibus brac-
teisque acutis rubro-pictis, floribus punctis rubris maculatis, perianthii
laciniis agqualibus oblongis acutis glaberrimis reflexis, flor. superioribus
(Jinferioribus jinterdum hermaphroditis, staminibus .3 cassis (?), utri-
culo bivalvi.

Aphylleia erubescens. Champ, in Calc. Jour7i. Nat. Hist. vii. p. 468.

Hab. in Insula Ceylon, ad Narawalle, prope Galle, in sylvis umbrosis.

Hyalisma, Champ.
Char. Gen. Flores monoici, v. dioici. Perianthium in utroque sexu 8-
partitum ; laciniis lanceolatis, cequalibus, patentibus, celluloso-rugosis,
basi in urceolam coalitis, sestivatione valvatis, persistentibus. Masc.
Stamina^, in androphorum carnosum prominulum fere sessilia, laciniis
alternis opposita ; filamenta brevissima ; antherce 4-loculares, peltatae,
apice linea transversa bivalvatim hiantes ; pollen sphsericum simplex.
Pistilli rudimentum nullum. Fem. Stamina nulla. Ovaria plurima,
(50-60) densissime in gynascium carnosum liberum aggregata, obovata,
1-locularia ; ovulo unico erecto. Stylus fere basilaris, ovario 3-7-pl6
longior, subulato-filiformis, celluloso-articulatus, apice subobtuso, stig-
mate inconspicuo. Carpidia plurima, utricularia, obovata, breviter
stipitata, structura omnino Sciaphilce. — Herba Ceylonica, pusilla, hya-
lina ; rhizomate Jtbroso ; caule simplici, erecto ; foliis hracteiformibks
alternis, ovatis, acutis, venis destilutis, celluloso-rugosis ; spica terminali ;
floribus pedicellatis, scepissime dioicis, interdiim monoids, et tunc supe-
rioribus $ inferioribus ? ; pedicellis unijloris, basi bracteatis.
Hyalisma ianthina, Champ, in Calc. Journ. Nat. Hist. vii. p. 466 cum
icone.

Hab. in Insula Ceylon, prope Galle, in sylvis humidis.

To these plants Mr. Miers adds the following, described from spe-
cimens recently sent from Para by Mr. Spruce.

SoRiDiuM, Miers.
Char. Gen. Flores monoici. Perianthium in utroque sexu 4-partitum ;
laciniis ovatis, acutis, patentibus, celluloso-rugosis, sestivatione valvatis,
persistentibus. Masc. Stamina 2, supra discum minimum inclusum
fere sessilia, laciniis alternis opposita ; filamenta brevissima ; antherce
transversim elongatae, compressae, 4-loculares, rima verticali longitudi-
naliter 2-valvatim septicide hiantes ; pollen globosum, irregulariter sub-
trivalvatim rumpens. Ovaria plurima, in capitulum dense aggregata,

1850.] Linnean Society. 75

obovata, sessilia, l-locularia ; ovulo solitario erecto. Stylus lateralis,
fere basilaris, pilis longis clavatis plumosus. Stigma obconicutn, trun-
catum, piloso-plumosum. Carpidia plurima, baccata, radiatim aggre-
gata, obovata, stylo persistenti basilar! notata, monosperma. • Peri-
carpium siccum, subcoriaceum. Semen ovale; testa colorata nucleoque
omnino Sciaphilee. — Herba Amazonica, in uUginosis umbrosis indigena,
hyalina ; rliizomate substolonifero, radiculas hinc inde emittente ; caule
simpUci erecto ; foliis pancis, hracteiformibus, alternis, ovatis, acutis,
venis destitutis, celluloso-rugosis ; floribus spicatis, superioribus S , infe-
rioribus^; pedunculis \-Jloris, basibracteatis.

SoRiDiL'M Spruceanum, Miers.

Hab. prope Para Brasilise, ad Caripi, in sylvis umbrosis.

Having concluded the description of these remarkable plants,
which he gives in much detail, Mr. Miers proceeds to observe on
their affinities. They evidently belong to one common group with
Triuris, which the author originally suggested would form the type
of a distinct order (Triuriacece), subsequently adopted by Dr, Gard-
ner, under the name of Triuracece. He first dismisses without hesi-
tation the hypothesis that they have any relationship to Menisper-
macece or Smilacece, as suggested by Dr. Gardner with reference to
Heocuris ; or to any section of Urticece, to which Sciaphila was re-
ferred by Dr. Blume, and in which he was followed by Endlicher
and Gardner. He commences his investigation by calling particular
attention to their habit as plants destitute of real leaves ; composed
of little more than cellular tissue ; void of green colour, of fibres and
of ducts ; and furnished with a seed not merely acotyledonous, but
without distinct embryo. He refers to Mr. Brown's memoirs on
Rafflesia, and to Mr. Griffith's on the plants referred to RMzanthece,
for instances of inembryonal seeds ; and observes that we have no
satisfactory evidence of the existence of an embrj^o, in the ordinary
sense of the term, in Burmanniacece. He notices also the imperfect
condition of the embryo in Cuscuta, in Orobanchea and in Monotropa ;
and the striking discrepancy between the well- developed cotyle-
donous embryo of the leaf-bearing Cactece and the solid and undi-
vided embryo of the leafless genera of that family. Admitting then,
in TriuriacecE, Burmanniacece, Balanophorece, &c., the existence of an
organ endowed with the function, but wanting the usual structure,
of the embryo, he proposes for this organ the name oi protoblastus,
with the view of distinguishing between a protoblasteous and a coty-
ledonous embryo. Modifications of the protoblasteous structure may
occur ; and the author refers to Ceratophyllum and to several genera
of Aroide<E (especially Cryptocoryne) as furnishing instances of ano-

76 Linnean Society. [April 16,

malous forms of embryo, which are best explained by a reference to
this view of the subject. He also notices some peculiarities in the
structure of the seed of Pistia, which he regards as in some points
analogous to that of Sciaphila, although widely different from it in
others.

Setting aside then the Acotyledonous embryo as a character of
primary importance, and regarding it only as an imperfect condition
of development, common to all the great divisions of the vegetable
kingdom, it is evidently among the Endogens that Triuriacece should
take their place, and the author concludes that upon the whole the
greatest amount of approximative characters leans towards Fluviales.
He then gives the characters of the order and its subdivisions as
follows : —

Triuriace^, iJ/iers (1841). Triuraceae, Gardn. (1843). TnuviAacesi, Lindl.
(1846).

Char. Ord. HerhcB paivulce, subhyalinae ; rhizomate fibrose, interdum
substolonifero ; caule subsimplici, textuia cellulosa, vasis deferentibus
in axi centralibus; foliis alternis, bracteiformibus, sessibbus, uervis
destitutis. Flores monoici, v. dioici, rarius polygami, spicati ; pedi-
cellis alternis, 1-floris, basi bracteatis. Perianthium in utroque sexu
3-4-6-8-partitum, hyalinuni, textuia celluloso-bidlata, v. papilloso-
rugosa ; laciniis ovatis, acutis, basi in tubum brevissimum coabtis,
apice interdum processu elongate donatis, aestivatione valvatis. Sta-
mina numero varia, pauca, in fundo periantbiifere sessilia, supra andio-
phorum Sispissinie magnum carnosum inserta ; antherce 4-loculares,
2-valves, rarius in lobos 2 sejunctse. Ovaria plurima, in gynsecium
toro adnatum densissime aggregata, 1-locularia ; ovulo unico, e basi
erecto. Stylus excenti-icus, introrsiim laterabs, ssepissime fere basilaris,
glaber aut pkimoso-fimbriatus. Stigma obsoletuni, v. truncato-clavatum.
Carpidia plurima, baccata, excentrica, obovata. stylo persistente fere
basilaid notata, coriacea et indehiscentia, v. interdum utricularia dorso
valvatim debiscentia ; caryopside obovata, tela arillaeformi donata ;
testa ovatS,, dura, testacea, colorata, transversim scalarifornii-striata.
Nucleus (embryo protoblasteus) opalinus, integumento areolis elongatis
reticulato inclusus, textura mollis, cellulosus ; cellulis materia oleosa
grumosa farctis. — TriuriaceEe in locis humidis umbrosis sylvarum inter-
tropicarum Asice et Ajnericee epigecB.

1. Triuries:. Perianthii laciniae appendice lineari, sestivatione spiraliter
torta et inclusa, demum exserta, inunitae. Stylus cum ovario gibboso
lateraliter continuus. Antherarura lobi disjuncti, singuli 2-locellati.

Periantbii laciniae 3. Stamina 3 1. Triuris.

Periantbii laciniae 6. Stamina ignota 2. Hexuris.

2. SciAPHiLE^. Periantbii laciniae ecaudatae. Stj'lus fere basilaris. An-

1S50*.] Linnean Society. 77

therarum lobi confluentes et inde 4-locellati, rima transversali v. vei'-
ticali bivalvatim hiantes.

Perianthii lacinitfi 4. Stamina 2 3. Soridiutn.

Perianthii lacinise 6. Stamina 6 4. Sciaphila.

Perianthii lacinise 8. Stamina 4 5. Hyalisma.

May 7.
R. Brown, Esq., President, in the Chair.

M. Alphonse DeCandolle, and Asa Gray, M.D., were elected
Foreign Members.

The President exhibited a leaf of the Victoria Water-lily, ob-
tained by him from the stove of the Duke of Northumberland at
Syon Park, where the plant is now flowering freely, and made some
observations on the characters and affinity of the genus.

Read a letter, dated May 19, 1845, addressed by the President to
Admiral Sir Francis Beaufort, for communication to Baron Alexander
von Humboldt, " On the Origin and Mode of Propagation of the
Gulf- weed." The letter is as follows : —

" My dear Captain Beaufort,
" I am vexed to have kept Baron Humboldt's letter so long, and
now in returning it, that it should be accompanied by so little satis-
factory information on the only one of jts queries with which I could
have been supposed to deal, namely that which relates to the origin
and mode of propagation of the Gulf- weed.

" On this subject it appears that M. de Humboldt (in his Personal
Narrative) first supported the more ancient notion, that the plant,
originally fixed, was brought with the stream from the Gulf of
Florida, and deposited in what Major Rennell calls the recipient of
that stream. More recently, however. Baron Humboldt has adopted
the opinion*, also held by several travellers, that the Gulf-weed
originates and propagates itself where it is now found. To the
adoption of this view it appears that he has been led chiefly by the
observations of the late Dr. Meyen, who in the year 1830 passed
through a considerable portion of the great band of Gulf- weed, and

* Histoire de la Geographie du Nouveau Continent, vol. iii. p. 7.3, and
Meyen, Reise, vol. i. p. 36-9.

78 Linnean Societtj. [May 7j

who ascertained, as he states, from the examination of several thou-
sand specimens, that it was uniformly destitute both of root and
fructification ; he concludes, therefore, that the plant propagates
itself solely by lateral branches : he at the same time denies that it
is brought from the Gulf of Florida, as, according to his own obser-
vation, it hardly exists in that part of the stream near the great
band, though found in extensive masses to the westward. I have
here to remark that, as far as relates to the absence of root and fruc-
tification, Meyen has only confirmed by actual observation what had
been previously stated by several authors, particularly by Mr. Turner
(in his ' Historia Fucorum,' vol. i. p. 103, published in 1S08), and
Agardh (in his ' Species Algarum,' p. 6, published in 1820). But
Meyen materially weakens his own argument in stating that he con-
siders the Gulf- weed (Sargassum bacciferum of Turner and Agardh),
and the Sargassum nutans, or vulgare, specifically distinguished from
it by these authors, as one and the same species ; adding, that he
has observed among the Gulf- weed all the varieties of Sargassum
vulgare described by Agardh ; and finally, that on the coast of Brazil
he has found what he regards as the Gulf-weed in fructification.
Now as Sargassum natans has been found fixed by a discoid base or
root, in the same manner as the other species of the genus, and as
according to Meyen the Gulf- weed has been found in ft-uctification,
the legitimate conclusion from his statements seems to be, that this
plant is merely modified by the ])eculiar circumstances in which it
has so long been placed. I am not, however, disposed to adopt
Dr. Meyen's statement that he actually found the true Sargassum
natans, much less all its supposed varieties, mixed with the Gulf-
weed, having reason to believe that at the period of his voyage his
practical knowledge of marine submersed Algae was not sufficient to
enable him accurately to distinguish species in that tribe. It is not
yet known what other species of Sargassum are mixed with the
Gulf-weed, what proportion they form of the great band, nor in
what state, with respect to root or fructification, they are found ;
though, in reference to the questions under discussion, accurate in-
formation on these points would be of considerable importance.

" That some mixture of other species probably exists may be in-
ferred even from Dr. Mej^en's statement, and indirectly from that of
Lieut. Evans, who, in his communication published in Major Ren-
neU's invaluable work on the Currents of the Atlantic, asserts that
he found the Gulf- weed in fructification, which he compares with
that of Ferns, a statement which would seem to prove merely that
he had found along with the Gulf-weed a species of Sargassum with

1850.] Linnean Society. 79

dotted leaves, the real fructification of the genus bearing no resem-
blance to that of Ferns, though to persons slightly acquainted with
the subject the arranged dots on the leaves might readily suggest
the comparison.

" With regard to the non-existence of roots in the Gulf-w^eed as
a proof of specific distinction, it is to be observed that the genus
Sargassum, now consisting of about sixty species, is one of the most
natural and most readily distinguished of the family Fucacea, and
that there is no reason to believe that any other species of the genus,
even those most nearly related to, and some of which have been
confounded with it, are originally destitute of roots ; though some
of them are not unfrequently found both in the fixed and in con-
siderable masses in the floating state, retaining vitality and probably
propagating themselves in the same manner (see Forskal, Fl. ^gypt.-
Arab. p. 192, n. 52). It is true indeed that a Sargassum, in every
other respect resembling Gulf- weed, has, I believe, not yet been found
furnished either with roots or fructification, neither Sloane's nor
Browne's evidence on this subject being satisfactory*. But the
shores of the Gulf of Florida have not yet been sufficiently examined
to enable us absolutely to decide that that is not the original source
of the plant ; and the differences between the Gulf- weed and some
other Sargassa, especially <S. nutans, are not such as to prove these
two species to be permanently distinct. The most remarkable of
these differences consists in the leaves of the Gulf- weed being uni-
formly destitute of those dots or areolae so common in the genus
Sa?-gassmn, and which are constantly present in S. nutans. These
dots, in their greatest degree of development, bear a striking resem-
blance to the perforations or apertures of the imbedded fructification
in the genus. But as the receptacles of the fructification, as well as
the vesicles, are manifestly metamorphosed leaves ; and as the pro-
duction of fructification is not adapted to the circumstances in which
the Gulf-weed is placed, it is not wholly imj^robable, though this
must be regarded as mere hypothesis, that the propagation by lateral
branches, continued for ages, may be attended with the entire sup-
pression of these dots.

" That the Gulf-weed of the great band is propagated solely by

* See Sloane's Jam. i. p. 59. I have examined Sloane's specimens in
his Herbarium ; they belong to Gulf-weed in its ordinary form, and are alike
destitute of root and fructification ; hence they are probably those gathered
by him in the Atlantic, and not those which he says grew on the rocks
on the shores of Jamaica. Browne's assertion to the same effect is probably
merely adopted from Sloane.

80 lAnnean Society. [May *J,

lateral or axillary ramification, and that in this way it may have
extended over the immense space it now occupies, is highly probable,
and perhaps may be affirmed absolutely without involving the ques-
tion of origin, which I consider as still doubtful.

" My conclusion, therefore, is somewhat different from that of
Baron Humboldt, to whom I would beg of you to forward these
observations, which will prove that I have not been inattentive to
his wishes and to your own, though they will at the same time
prove that I have had very little original information to communi-
cate."

Read also " Notes on the Dry-rot, as observed in the Church of
King's Wear, Devonshire." By A. H. Holdsworth, Esq. Com-
municated by the President.

The church of King's Wear is immediately opposite to Dartmouth,
and stands about 100 feet above the harbour, on the north-west side
of a very steep hill, which rises 200 feet above it. The walls of the
old church ha^dng become unsafe, the whole of it was taken down
except the tower at the north-west angle, to which a new church
was attached, standing within the site of the old one, and the new
building was completed about two years ago. From the north and
south doors eastward the ground rises rapidly, and an area is formed
round the church to preserve it from damp ; from the same doors to
the westward the ground falls far below the level of the floor within.
The floor and ground beneath the old church were removed and the
graves filled up. The new seats, which were open, rested on oak-
sleepers, supported by new dwarf walls, the floors of the seats being
about sixteen inches above the ground ; but the earth on which the
paving of the aisles or passages was laid was as high as, and rested
against the sleepers on, the dwarf walls. The other parts of the
seats were of Baltic deal. Good limestone masonry was used in the
construction of the walls ; the pillars and windows were made of
stone from France ; and the aisles were paved with closely-jointed
fine black slate.

Within a few months after the completion of the church a fungus
was observed at the seat at the corner immediately behind the south
door, and soon after decay appeared in other seats near it. Fresh
passages for air were made through the walls running under the
seats, but in a few months these vvere filled with a species of vege-
table matter looking like fine mould. This was found to spread
under the whole of the seats to the west of the south door, and suc-
cessively affecting those to the eastward of the same door and those

1850.] Linnean Society. 81

of the centre of the church, but always that part which adjomed the
aisle or passage. A suspicion arose, from taking up some of the stones
of the aisles, that there was a plant which had its origin near the south
door, which crossed under the paving of the aisles, and travelled
along the sleepers and framing of the seats, causing all the mischief;
and a thorough investigation was determined on. On taking down
some of the seats, a fungus was found having some of its branches
as large as straws, and others as fine as horse-hair, spreading out
under the floors of the seats in the very finest fibres, breaking into
forms resembling the finest leather, and wherever it obtained a good
supply of air by means of an air-channel, becoming half an inch
thick, attached on one side to the dry floor, and having on the other
side a spongy surface, fitted for the collection of moisture from the
atmosphere ; for although the floor was perfectly dry, the fungus by
which it was eaten out was as wet and cold as a sponge filled with
water. The seat next the south door was removed ; its framing was
entirely decayed, and beneath it was found a root-like portion of the
fungus descending nearly perpendicularly to the depth of sixteen
inches. In the north aisle the seats were not aflfected, and it was
presumed that they had not been reached by the fungus ; but on
taking up the paving-stones of that aisle, it was found to have ap-
proached within a foot of the reading- desk, grooving from the seats
of the opposite side of the aisle in the form of a semicircle increasing
gradually on all sides.

Mr. Holds worth is convinced that one plant, beginning near the
south door, was the cause of all the mischief; when, however, the
whole of the paving of the aisles was removed, other plants were
found spreading in a fine film under it in a circular form, and six or
eight inches in diameter ; and these, when carefully taken up, were
seen to have a stem in the centre running two inches or more into
the ground, and usually attached to a bit of decayed wood. Thus
the habit of the plant appears to be to travel on through grooves or
under pavements, and in other concealed places, where it can find
wood on which to feed, and which it renders dry and of a character
as if destroyed by fire. Mr. Holdsworth exhibited dried specimens
of the fungus in various states, which he has presented to the British
Museum.

No. XLIII. — Proceedings of the Linneax Socirtt.

82 lAnnean Society. [May 24,

May 24.

Anniversary Meeting.

R. Brown, Esq., President, in the Chair.

This day, the Anniversary of the birth of Linnaeus, and that ap-
pointed by the Charter for the election of Council and Officers, the
President opened the business of the day, and the Secretary read the
following notices of those Members who had died since the last
Anniversary.

William Townsend Aiton, Esq., one of the oldest Members of the
Society, having been elected a Fellow in 1797, was the eldest son of
William Aiton, gardener to the Princess Dowager of Wales, mother
of King George the Third, and was bom on the 2nd of February
1766. When seven years old he was sent to the school of Dr. Rose
at Chiswick, and after remaining there for six years he was removed
to that of the Rev. W. Smith at Camberwell, where he continued
for two years and a half. At the close of his school education he
was placed under his father, who was appointed in 1783 Superin-
tendent of the forcing and pleasure gardens at Richmond and Kew,
and he had thus ample opportunities of becoming a practical gardener
and botanist, and of pursuing his studies as a landscape gardener,
the profession for which he was destined, and in which he attained
much skill and eminence. In this capacity he was employed by the
Earl of Chesterfield, Lord Boston, Sir William Ashton, Lord Har-
rowby, the Earl of Powis, Lord Palmerston, the Hon. E, Greville,
Lord Heathfield, Sir F. Drake. Sir H. Stracey, H.R.H. the Duke
of Kent, and many other noblemen and gentlemen. On the death
of his father in 1793, he was appointed to succeed him in the Royal
gardens at Kew and Richmond ; and like his father, he was highly
esteemed by King George the Third, to whom his own early abode
at Kew Palace, together with the subsequent appropriation of it as
a residence for his children, had rendered that garden a favourite
place of resort. To his intercession on behalf of his friend William
Forsyth, that he might succeed his father as gardener at Kensington
Palace, the King replied that the place was already disposed of ; and
on his return home he found a letter, written in the King's own
hand, appointing him to the duties of gardener at Richmond, Kew
and Kensington, and his brother John gardener at Windsor Castle
and the Great Park. He was also honoured with the kind notice

1850.] Lhtnean Society. 83

and regard of Queen Chailotte, and of the Princes and Princesses of
the Royal Family, and in particular by the Duke of Kent, who kept
up a confidential correspondence with him to the time of his death.
On the accession of King George IV. Mr. Alton was not only con-
tinued in all his appointments, but received the Royal command to
make the new garden at the Pavilion at Brighton, and also that of
Buckingham Palace, in the arrangements connected with which,
together with the various alterations made in the Conservatory,
Cottage Garden, Virginia Water, the Castle Garden and Slojies, and
the extensive plantations of the Royal domain at Windsor, he was
long and actively engaged. In connexion with these duties, he was
named by the Royal warrant Director-General of all the Royal
Grardens and Plantations. Soon after the accession of William IV,,
in consequence of the great changes which took place in the esta-
blishments of the Royal Gardens, Mr. Alton retired on the charge
of the Botanic Garden and Pleasure Grounds at Kew, which he
retained till 1841, when they too were voluntarily resigned by him
after a service of nearly fifty years. Among the remarkable men
with whom he was in habits of kindly intimacy w^ere Dr. Pitcairn,
John and William Hunter, Cruickshanks, Sir W. Farquhar, Sir D.
Dundas, and Sir E. Home ; and he was also on friendly terms with
the poet Cowper, whose biographer, Hayley, regarded him with
aflPectionate esteem, as evinced in many of his letters and verses, and
by the dedication of Cowper's posthumous poem on the Yardley
Oak. In the years 1810-13 he published a second edition of his
father's ' Hortus Kewensis,' in 5 vols. 8vo. In this and all his
botanical undertakings he constantly received the most friendly
encouragement and assistance from Sir Joseph Banks ; and as in
the first edition the botanical matter had been supplied by Dr. So-
lander and Mr. Dryander, so in the second the general superinten-
dence and the complete elaboration of several important families and
genera were the work of Mr. Dryander and Mr. Brown. From the
period of his final retirement Mr. Alton led a tranquil life, still con-
tinuing to occupy the house in which he was born, and which was
built expressly for his father by King George the Third, but passing
much of his time with his brother at Kensington. He enjoyed in
general good health and spirits, notwithstanding that his pulse seldom
reached to 50 ; but finding himself unwell in the beginning of last
October, he became desirous of being entirely with his brother and
under his roof; here he gradually became weaker till the morning of
the 9th October, when without apparent bodily suffering he calmly
breathed his last, being then in the 84th year of his age.

84 Linnean Society. [May 24,

Sir David James Hamilton Dickson, Knt., M.D., F.R.S.Ed. -Sc,
was the youngest son of the Rev. George Dickson, Minister of Bedrule
in Roxburghshire. He entered the Navy as Surgeon's Mate in 1795,
was promoted to the rank of Surgeon in 1798, and to that of Phy-
sician of the West India Fleet in 1806. In 1813 he was superin-
tending Physician of the Russian Fleet then lying in the Medway,
and afterwards received the order of St. Wladimir from the Emperor
Alexander in acknowledgement of his services. His public services
in the British Navy were in various climates ; and he accompanied
the expeditions to Holland in 1799 and to Egypt in 1801, and waa
present at the capture of the French and Danish islands in the West
Indies, and in the expedition to the Chesapeake, New Orleans, &c.
He was appointed Physician of Plymouth Hospital in 1824, and in
1 840 his designation was changed to Inspector of Hospitals, that of
Physician having been abolished in the naval service by order in
Council. He published various professional papers in the medical
journals, was knighted in 1834, and died at Stonehouse on the 2nd
of January, in the 70th year of his age, having been elected'into the
Linnean Society in 1816.

Edward Doubleday, Esq., was descended from a respectable
Quaker family long resident at Epping, and was born on the 9th of
October 1810. In common with his brother Henry he early at-
tached himself to the study of Natural History, to which he became
wholly devoted. In 1832 he commenced a series of contributions
to the • Entomological Magazine,' in which, during the six following
years, he published a great variety of notes and memoirs on ento-
mological subjects. In 1837, in company with Mr. Foster, also a
member of the Society of Friends, he took a voyage to America, and
visited, in the course of a tour of nearly two years, almost all the
States of the American Union. His communications to the ' Ento-
mological Magazine ' during this period bear date from Trenton
Falls, Philadelphia, Louisville, Shawnee Town, from which he as-
cended the Mississippi to Pera, proceeding thence to Chiago on
Lake Michigan, and by steamer across the Lakes of Michigan,
Huron, St. Clair and Erie to Niagara, whence he returned to
Trenton Falls, and then proceeded south to New York, Baltimore,
Washington, Charlestown, Jacksonville, St. John's Bluff, Savannah,
Eind the Warm Springs of North Carolina. His collections, which
were very extensive, and consisted chiefly of insects, but were by no
means limited to that class, were most liberally distributed by him
after his return to England. He subsequently applied for permission
to accompany the ill-fated expedition to the Niger, from which.

1850.] Linnean Society. 85

however, he was happily dissuaded; and in 1841 he was appointed
one of the Assistants to the Zoological Department of the British
Museum, where his attention was chiefly directed to the Lepidopte-
rous Insects of the National Collection, which contains one of the
finest and most extensive series of specimens in that department of
Entomology that has ever been brought together. Since this period
he has communicated numerous papers to the 'Annals of Natural
History,' to the ' Entomologist,' the ' Zoologist,' and the ' Phytolo-
gist ' ; to the ' Transactions ' of the Entomological Society and the
* Proceedings ' of the Zoological. The second part of the twentieth
volume of the Linnean Transactions contains a memoir by him, " On
the genus Argynnis of the ' Encyclopedic Methodique,' especially in
regard to its subdivision by characters drawn from the neuration of
the wings," in which he lays the foundation of a more complete and
systematic classification of Butterflies on the principle indicated than
had before been attempted. Besides these scattered memoirs he
drew up a complete " List of the Diurnal Lepidoptera " in the
Collection of the British Museum, and commenced in 1848, in con-
junction with his friend Mr. Hewitson, the publication of a magnifi-
cent work entitled ' The Genera of the Diurnal Lepidoptera,' which
he continued nearly up to the period of his death, but which, it is
greatly to be regretted, he did not live to complete. In the summer
of last year he was attacked by an obscure disease, which proved (on
examination after death) to be a fungous tumour attacking and de-
stroying the vertebrae of the loins and pressing upon the spinal cord ;
and after suff^ering, for several months, the most excruciating pain,
as well as a complete paralysis of the lower extremities, he died
on the 14th of December last, in the fortieth year of his age.
He became a Fellow of the Linnean Society in 1 843, and had long
been an active Member of the Entomological Society, of which, for
the last two years of his life, he was Secretary. His knowledge of
Systematic Entomology was extensive and profound ; his acquaint-
ance with the literature of the science very considerable ; and the
large share of general information which he possessed, together with
his readiness in communicating it to others, acquired him great and
deserved esteem.

Mr. Newman has kindly supplied the following list of his contri-
butions to the ' Entomological Magazine,' the ' Entomologist,' the
' Zoologist,' and the ' Phytologist,' many of which were anony-
mous, and could therefore have been indicated only by Mr. Newman
himself.

In the ' Entomological Magazine ' : —

86 Linnean Society. [May 24,

" Abstract of M. Straus-Durckheim's Considerations Generales
sur TAnatomie comparee des Animaux Articules," i. 1, 277, 466 ;
ii, 121. The first of these was published in September 1832, the
last in April 1834.

" Review of Sphinx Vespi/ormis, an essay by Edward Newman,"
i. 44 ; published September 1832.

"Capture oi Aspidophorus orbiculatus," i. 85. September 1832.

" Larva of Croesus septentrionalis," i. 313. April 1833.

" Metamorphosis oi Aleyrodes," i. 313. April 1833.

" Notes on the Habits, &c. of Insects," by Delta : — i. 385, " On the
Economy of a Solitary Bee, Chelostoma florisomne, and its parasite
Chrysis cyanea; also Osmia bicornis, and Lampronia capitella, a micro-
lepidopterous insect that is very injurious to currant bushes:"
i. 466, containing, amidst much miscellaneous information, a descrip-
tion of the larva and economy of Nonagria Typha : ii. 44, " On
the Geographical Distribution of Insects," and ii. 280, the same
paper continued and concluded: ii. 451, concluding the history of
Nonagria Typhce, a valuable note on raising the larva of Melo'e from
the egg, and some observations on Stylops and other insects. The
first of these paj^ers was published in July 1833, the last in January
1835.

" Exposure of the Fallacy of the Septenary System in Natural
History," i. 434; published in October 1833, under the signature
D D.

" Note on tlie genus Castnia," i. 517.

•' Moths swallowed alive by a Caprimulgus ," i. 519.

" Notes on a Review in the Athenaeum of Mr. Swainson's Preli-
minary Discourse on the Study of Natural History," iii. 98.

" Remarks on the Entomology of Epping and its vicinity," iii.
147, 283 ; published July 1835 and October 1835.

" Note on one of the Fossorial Hymenoptera," iii. 413 ; published
January 1836.

" Note on Medeterus loripes." — Ibid.

" Note on Phytomyza flava." — Ibid.

" Note on Melolontha Tutto." — Ibid.

" Some Scraps by the Author of the Delta Letters," iv. 106 ;
published October 1836. This paper relates to a " Plague of Ants"
which occurred in St. Domingo and Porto Rico during the years
1519—21. The paper consists principally of a translation from
Oviedo.

" Communications on the Natural History of North America,"
v. 21, 199, 269, 402 and 409; being extracts from Letters written

1850.] Linnean Society. 87

during his tour in North America, commencing October 1837 and
ending October 1838.

In the ' Entomologist ' : —

" Characters of three new genera of Notodontidee," p. 55 ; pub-
lished February 1841.

" Remaiks on some new North American Lepidoptera," p. 95 ;
published April 1841.

'* Sympetrum rubicundum," p. 159 ; pubhshed August 1841.

" Description of a new North American Polyommatus," p. 209 ;
published November 1841.

" Description of a new Lepidopterous Insect," p. 297 ; published
May 1842.

In the ' Zoologist ' : —

" Notes on the occurrence of Alligators in East Florida," p. 41 ;
published in January 1843.

" Notes on Lepidopterous Insects," i. 109, 197; May and July
1843.

" Capture oi Stauropus Fagi," p. 199; July 1843.

" Note on the capture of Claviger foveolatus," p. 200 ; July
1843.

In the ' Phytologist ' : —

" Note on the occurrence of Lilium Martagon in Essex," i. 62.
In this paper the author advocates the naturalness of the habitat he
records for this plant, arguing that there is no ground for supposing
the plant a garden escape. *

Charles Lyell, Esq., of Kinnordy, in the county of Forfar, and a
Vice-Lieutenant of the County, was the only son of a father of the
same names, and was bom on the 7th. of March 1767. He was
educated first at St. Andrew's and afterwards at Cambridge ; and
after passing many years in England, he retired in 1826 to his pa-
ternal estate, where he continued to reside until his death, which
took place on the 8th of November in the last year. During his
residence in England Mr. Lyell attached himself to the study of
Botany, and more especially of British plants ; and the dedication to
his name of a genus of Mosses, by our President, and in our" ' Trans-
actions,' is the best evidence of the estimation in which his botanical
acquirements were held. He also cultivated an intimate acquaint-
ance with the mediaeval literature of Italy, and in particular with
that of Dante and his contemporaries, and published several editions
of the Lyrical Poems of that author, with English translations, and
an Essay on his Anti-Papal Spirit, which has been translated into
Italian by Polidori. Mr. Lyell has left behind him an extensive

88 Linnean Society. [May 24,

botanical library. He became a Fellow of the Linnean Society in
1813 ; and his eldest son, Sir Charles Lyell, is also a distinguished
Member of our body.

Donald Mackinnoji, M.D., became a Fellow of the Linnean Society
in 1816, and died at his residence in Norland Square, Notting Hill,
on the ] 0th of last June.

Edward, Lord Bishop of Norwich, late President of the Society,
was bom on the 1st of January 1779. He was the younger of
two sons of the late Sir John Thomas Stanley, Bart., of Alderley
Park in the county of Cheshire, his elder brother having been raised
to the Peerage in 1839 by the title of Baron Stanley of Alderley.
His earlier education was received at the Grammar School of Mac-
clesfield ; first under Dr. Inglis, who subsequently became head
master at Rugby, and afterwards under the late Dr. Davies. The
bent of his own inclination was early manifested towards the sea-
service ; but the strong objections of his parents prevailed over the
aspirations of his active and energetic spirit, and it was decided that
he should enter the Church. He became a Member of St. John's
College, Cambridge, and took a high degree as B.A. in 1802. In
1805 he obtained his degree of M.A., and in the same year he was
presented by his father to the Rectory of Alderley, which he filled for
more than thirty years. In this capacity his unwearied activity, his
zeal for every benevolent object, his exertions for the education of
his parishioners in particular, and for the cause of education in general,
his frequent and kindly visits to the poorer classes, and his liberal
and conciliatory disposition towards all, justly earned for him the
character of an exemplary parish priest. When nominated to the
see of Norwich in 1837, such had been the influence of his example
as well as of his teaching, that he left his parish with scarcely a
dissenter; and left it (as is well known) with reluctance, to enter
on the cultivation of the wider field to which he was unexpectedly
called.

During his residence at Alderley he became warmly attached to
the study of Natural History, and gave occasional lectures at the
Mechanics' Institutes of Chester and Macclesfield on geological and
zoological subjects. His favourite relaxation was the investigation
of the habits of birds ; and his ' Familiar History of Birds,' in two
vols. 12mo, 1835, of which a new edition appeared in 1847, afi^ords
abundant proof of the extent of his acquaintance with the manners
of the feathered tribes. At the same time he was an occasional
contributor to the pages of the British, Blackwood's, and other Ma-
gazines, among his contributions to which may be particularly

1850.] Linnean Society. 89

noticed his " Account of the South Stack near Holyhead," and his
description of a perilous adventure, of which he was himself the
subject, in the " Mauvais Pas" of the Valais of Switzerland, from
the MS. communication of which Sir Walter Scott derived the
opening scene of " Anne of Geierstein." He also wrote an interesting
account of the condition of Western Ireland, and of the Island of
Achill in particular, which he visited for the purpose of personal
inspection during a period of severe distress. His other published
works, for the most part given to the world after his elevation to
the Episcopal Bench, consist of Sermons, of Charges to his Clergy, of
Speeches in the House of Lords, and of pamphlets on religious and
educational subjects, in all of which he exhibited a liberal tolerance
for the opinions, and a conciliatory forbearance for the feelings of
those from whom he differed.

In 1811 he married Catherine, daughter of the Rev, Oswald Ley-
cester. Rector of Stoke-upon-Terne in Shropshire, by whom he has
left three sons and two daughters. The eldest of the sons. Captain
Owen Stanley, R. N., inheriting his father's predilection for the
naval service, was a Lieutenant in Captain Sir George Back's Ex-
pedition to the Arctic Regions, served subsequently under Sir
Edward Belcher in the South Seas, and has been engaged since
1846 as Commander of the Rattlesnake, in effecting a survey of
Torres Straits, New Guinea, and the adjacent coasts, from which
naturalists have already derived, and still hope to derive, much in-
teresting information.

In his diocese the late Bishop has left behind him a character
universally respected and esteemed, about 260 of his clergy having
been present at his funeral. As a singular proof of his disinterested-
ness in the administration of his high functions, it is stated by Dean
Pellew, in his sermon on that occasion, that out of the numerous
vacancies that occurred during the twelve years of his residence in
the diocese, not one had been filled by a relation or family con-
nexion.

The late Bishop became a Fellow of the Linnean Society in 1828,
and was chosen, on the resignation of the Duke of Somerset in 1837,
his successor to the office of President. In this room it is quite
unnecessary to speak of the manner in which he fulfilled the duties
of that office ; for the benevolence of his disposition, the frankness
of his manners, and the warm enthusiasm of his temper, have made
too deep an impression on all those who were in the habit of wit-
nessing them to be readily or speedily effaced. Had the graver
duties of his ecclesiastical station permitted, his love of science would

9U Linnean Society. [May 24,

unquestionably have impelled him to devote a considerable portion
of his time to the pursuit of Natural History, and this Society in
particular would have benefited largely by the increased attention
which he would have been enabled to dedicate to the advancement
of its interests. Our warm and grateful acknowledgements are so
much the more especially his due, that he contrived, amid the many
and weighty calls of his high office, to appropriate so much of his
time and energies to the promotion of the objects of the Linnean
Society, in whose affections his memory will long survive. Many
other societies have lost in him a valuable member. He became a
fellow of the Royal Society in 1840 ; and was from the first an
active supporter of the British Association for the Advancement of
Science, and of the Archaeological Institute, the members of which
will not fail to remember the kind and hospitable reception which
they met with at his hands during their meetings in the chief city of
his diocese. He took much pleasure and interest in such peripatetic
meetings ; and it had been his practice for many years to devote
about six weeks of every summer to a tour in pursuit of healthful
relaxation, not unfrequently in connexion with some scientific object.
His death took place on one of these excursions on the 6th of Sep-
tember last, after a few days' illness, terminating in congestion of
the brain, at Brahan Castle near Dingwedl, in the north of Scotland.
His remains were placed on board a steamer at Invergordon, and
conveyed by sea to Yarmouth, whence they were removed to Nor-
wich and interred in the centre of the nave of the Cathedral on the
21st of the same month, amid the general mourning of the city and
of the diocese.

Louis Hayes Petit, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., F.S.A., F.G.S., Vice-Pres.
R.S.L., F.R.A.S. 8iC., was descended from an ancient family in Nor-
mandy, his great grandfather having come to England on the revoca-
tion of the Edict of Nantes. His father practised as a physician in
Marlborough Street, where he was bom on the 9th of November 1774.
He was educated at Queen's College, Cambridge, where he took his
degree of B.A. in 1796, and MA. in 1799, and was called to the
Bar in 1 801. For some years he was a distinguished member of the
Oxford Circuit, but quitted the practice of his profession in 1821,
and sat in Parliament for the borough of Ripon from 1827 to 1832.
From 1 802 to the time of his decease he resided uninterruptedly at
No. 9 New Square, Lincoln's Inn, where he occupied himself with
literary pursuits, and collected a library unusually rich in philology,
and of great value in other departments. His kindness of disposition,
his cheerfulness and hospitality, and that benevolence of heart which

1850.] Linnean Society. 91

led him to take an active interest in, and to contributely largely to,
many of our public charitable institutions, secured him the warm
attachment of a numerous circle of friends. He was unmarried, and
died on the 13th of November last, a few days after the completion
of his 75th year. His election into the Royal Society took place in
1807, and into this Society in ISIO.

Anthony Todd Thomson, M.D., Fellow of the Royal College of
Physicians, was educated at Edinburgh, where his father held an
appointment in the Post Office. On the establishment of the London
University he was named the first Professor of Materia Medica in
that Institution, to which, after the retirement of Dr. Gordon Smith,
he added the duties of Professor of Forensic Medicine. As a lecturer
be obtained great and deserved reputation ; and his extensive know-
ledge of the Materia Medica, together with his acquirements in che-
mistry and botany, peculiarly fitted him for the professorship which
he so long and ably filled. His principal publications were his
' Conspectus of the Pharmacopoeias of the London, Edinburgh and
Dublin Colleges,' 12mo, 1810, which in 1845 reached its fifteenth
edition; 'The London Dispensatory,' 8vo, Lond. 1811, of which a
tenth edition was published in 1844; and 'Elements of Materia
Medica and Therapeutics,' 2 vols. 8vo, Lond. 1832-1833, which
reached a third edition in 1843. But besides these greater works,
which are manuals of reference to almost every practitioner of medi-
cine, he published a multitude of dissertations on professional sub-
jects, either separately, or in the Medico-Chirurgical Transactions,
and in the various medical journals, as well as several contributions
to polite literature, which he successfully cultivated through a long
andusefnl life. Previously to taking his degree, he pursued his pro-
fession in London as a general practitioner, and gave lectures on
botany, of which in 1822 he commenced the publication under the
title of "Lectures on the Elements of Botany, Part L, containing
the Descriptive Anatomy of those organs on which the growth and
preservation of the Vegetable depends," vol. i., 8vo ; but of this,
his only strictly natural history publication, no further portion ap-
peared. He died at Ealing on the 3rd of July last, at the age of
71, having been a Fellow of the Linnean Society since 1812.

Two important losses have also been sustained in the Foreign list
of the Society.

Henri-M. Ducrotay de Blainville, a profound zoologist and com-
parative anatomist, was born at Arques, in the Department of the
Seine-Inferieure, about the year 1778. At an early age he went to
Paris, where he attended the lectures of Cuvier, and acquired the

92 Linnean Society. [May 24,

taste for natural history which he pursued to the last with undi-
minished ardour. He became Suppleant to Cuvier at the Jardin des
Plantes and at the College de France, and was soon afterwards
named Professeur-Adjoint of Zoology, Anatomy and Comparative
Physiology, at the Faculte des Sciences. In 1810 he took the de-
gree of Doctor of Medicine; in 1825 he was elected a Member of
the Institute ; and on the death of Cuvier, in 1831, he succeeded to
the Chair of Comparative Anatomy at the Jardin des Plantes.
During his long career he published a multitude of memoirs and
separate works, which have contributed largely to the progress of
zoological science. His earlier memoirs appeared in the ' Journal
de Physique,' in the ' Journal de la Societe Philomathique,' and in
the ' Annales ' and ' Memoires du Museum,' and embrace the study
of a great number of animals of almost every class. Of his separate
works the most important are his ' Prodrome d'une Nouvelle Dis-
tribution Systematique du Regne Animal,' 1816; ' Principes de
I'Anatomie Comparee," 1822; 'Manuel de Malacologie et de Con-
chyliologie,' 1S26; and ' Osteographie Comparee,' a magnificent
work not yet completed. In comparative anatomy he seems to have
taken for his model Vicq-d'Azir, several of whose unfinished works
he completed ; and his views, always more or less original, and not
unfrequently involving bold hypotheses, indicate a lively imagination
as well as the possession of extensive knowledge of his subject. All
those who have attended his lectures bear testimony to the copious
flow of his ideas, to which a clear and lucid mode of expression gave
the most agreeable form, and which were further illustrated by his
ready use of the pencil, all contributing to render his class extremely
popular. He was found dead at one of the stations of the Paris and
Rouen Railway on the night of the 1st of May, while on his way to
England, which he had several times visited. He became a Foreign
Member of the Linnean Society in 1827, and was also on the Foreign
List of the Royal Society, to which he was elected in 1832.

Karl Sigisinund Kunth was born in Leipzig on the 18th of June
1788, and educated until the age of sixteen in the free school of his
native city, where he exhibited an early inclination towards natural
history, and acquired the protection and favour of the celebrated
anatomist Rosenmiiller, who afforded him opportunities of improve-
ment as an anatomical draughtsman. In 1805 he entered the Col-
lege of St. Thomas ; but the death of his father having deprived
him of the means of pursuing his studies, he obtained in 1806,
through the influence of an uncle, an appointment in the naval ad-
ministration at Berlin. Averse, however, to so mechanical an em-

1850.] Linnean Society. 93

ployment, he sought and found in Baron Alexander von Humboldt
a patron, who gave him the means of attending the natural history
courses of the University of Berlin. In 1813 he published his first
botanical work, ' Flora Berolinensis,' of which a second and enlarged
edition was published in 1838. After the death of Willdenow, he
undertook the arrangement and publication of the very extensive
collections of plants made by Humboldt and Bonpland in Equinoctial
America. For this purpose he took up his abode in Paris from 1813
to 1819, engaged chiefly in the preparation of his principal work,
' Nova Genera et Species Plantarum,' in seven vols, folio, Paris
1815-25 ; of which he also published a ' Synopsis,' in five vols. 8vo,
Paris 1822, &c. During the same period he completed Bonpland's
* Plantes Equinoxiales,' and ' Melastomees,' and published a Mo-
nograph of the " Mimoses et autres Plantes Legumineuses " of the
same countries. To these at a later period he added a Monograph
of the Grasses of Tropical America, in two vols. fol. Paris 1829-33.
These elaborate works, containing together descriptions of 6000
species, and figures in folio of 1000, for which he himself drew the
anatomical details, established his character as a descriptive botanist,
and secured for him an extensive reputation. In 1819 he returned
to Berlin, where he was appointed Professor of Botany, and Vice-
Director of the Botanic Garden. In 1829 he became a Member of
the Academy of Sciences of Berlin, and he was also a Correspondent
of the Botanical Section of the Academy of Sciences of the Institute
of Paris. He visited London in 1830 as the representative of the
Berlin Herbarium, to assist in the distribution of the great East
Indian Herbarium, of which this Society, through the munificence
of the East India Company, and under the auspices of Dr. Wallich,
possesses the type collection. For many years past he had occupied
himself in the preparation of a general systematic work, of which
six volumes have appeared under the title of ' Enumeratio Plan-
tarum omnium hucusque cognitarum,' Berlin 1833, &c. He is also
the author of numerous papers in the ' Annales des Sciences Natu-
relles,' and in the ' Memoires de I'Academie Royale de Berlin.*

As a systematic botanist M. Kunth deservedly enjoyed a high
reputation. His descriptions are copious, minute and accurate, and
his analyses carefully and clearly executed. By his important pub-
lications connected with the journey of Humboldt and Bonpland, he
contributed more than any other botanist to our knowledge of the
plants of Equinoctial America ; and on these publications his fame
will chiefly rest. He died at Berlin in the month of March in the

94 Linnean Society. [June 4,

present year. His election as a Foreign Member of the Linnean
Society dates from 1825.

At the election which subsequently took place, Robert Brown, Esq.
was re-elected President ; William Yarrell, Esq., Treasurer ; John
Joseph Bennett, Esq., Secretary ; and Richard Taylor, Esq., Under-
Secretary. The following five Fellows were elected into the Council
in the room of others going out, viz. Professor Edward Forbes,
Edwin Lankester, M.D., Edward Newman, Esq., William Spence,
Esq., and Sir George T. Staunton, Bart.

Among the presents announced were the following : —
An Oil Portrait, by Maguire, of the late President, the Bishop of
Norwich ; presented by J. S. Bowerbank, Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S. &c.,
in the name of the subscribers.

Lithographed Portraits of Robert Brown, Esq., Professor Ansted,
Professor Bell, the Dean of Westminster, John Curtis, Esq., Charles
Darwin, Esq., Professor Edward Forbes, Professor Lindley, Sir
Charles Lyell, and the present Bishop of Norwich ; all presented by
George Ransome, Esq., F.L.S. &c. &c.

June 4.
Robert Brown, Esq., President, in the Chair.

Read a " Notice of a peculiar Structure of the Cells on the sur-
face of Callitriche verna." By E. Lankester, M.D., F.R.S., F.L.S.
&c.

The peculiar cells described by Dr. Lankester were found by him
in the summer of 1849 on the stems of a specimen of Callitriche
verna preserved in a glass vessel with other water plants. They
project from the surface of the plants, are of a stellate form, and
consist of a central cell surrounded by six or eight others. They
are easily detached from the epidermal tissue, and may thus readily
be procured for microscopic examination. They vaiy in size as well
as frequency, and are not confined to the stem, but occur also on
the leaves ; and Dr. Lankester is inclined to believe that they are
most abundant in the younger states of the plant. In the first stages

1850.] Linnean Society. 95

of their growth they are to be distinguished from the surrounding
cells only by their peculiar arrangement ; but as the development
proceeds, the epidermal (including these stellate) cells contain a
smaller proportion of chlorophyll than those under and above them
on either side of the leaf, and become gradually freer from cell- con-
tents, until at last they appear perfectly clear. In other water
plants, such as Lemnce, Potamogeta, &c.. Dr. Lankester had not
succeeded in detecting any similar bodies. As regards their func-
tion, he states, that it at first occurred to him that they might per-
form the office of stomata ; but he was unable to discover any orifice
among the cells, or any communication with intercellular spaces
below them. In their structure and general arrangement they bear
a closer resemblance to certain modifications of hairs than to any
other epidermal organs ; and the author considers it not improbable
that they are the result of the same tendency of the epidermal tissue
under water as that which produces hairs when this tissue is ex-
posed to the influence of the atmosphere.

The paper was accompanied by drawings of the stellate bodies,
with details of their structure and composition.

Read also the commencement of a paper entitled " Observations
on the Botany of Texas." By WiUiam BoUaert, Esq., F.R.G.S.
&c. Communicated by R. H. Solly, Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S. &c.

June 18.

Robert Brown, Esq., President, in the Chair.

The President exhibited portions of trunks of Winter's Bark Trees
from the Straits of Magellan, cut down in 1826 by Captain P. P.
King, R.N., offering inscriptions made through the bark by a mid-
shipman who accompanied the Spanish expedition under Captain
Cordoba in 1786, and by one of the companions of Captain Bou-
gainville in 1767 ; the annual rings in the former case distinctly cor-
responding with the interval between 1786 and 1826. He also made
some observations on the structure of the woody vessels of the genus.

Mr. Adam White, F.L.S., exhibited several elaborate drawings
by Mr. P. H. Gosse, A. L.S., representing various species of Rotifera

96 Linnean Society. [June 18,

found in the neighbourhood of London, and stated that Mr. Gosse
had confirmed the opinion which Cuvier entertained in regard to
the true position of the Rotifera, and that they have no connexion
with the Radiata, by his observations on their internal structure, and
especially by the presence of mandibles, maxillae and maxillary palpi.
The drawings exhibited the development of Stephanoceros Eichhorni
from the e^^ to the adult state, as also that of the males of
Asplanchna Brightwellii and a species of Brachionus. Mr. White
added, that in 1843 at least. Professor Milne-Edwards was also
aware, from the researches of Ehrenberg, of the true division of the
animal kingdom to which the Rotifera belong. He further stated
his own belief that the so-called Acarus folliculorum, Simon (Demo-
dex, Oxoen ; Entozoon, IVtlson), and probably also Tardiyradus, are
parasitic Rotifera, with legs or leg-like appendages adapted to their
peculiar habits ; and that their retractile antenna-like subtelescopie
appendages may have eyes passing through them as in the snails,
and may also be the eqiiivalents of the rotce, but from the limited,
or rather the absolutely restricted, power of motion of these animals,
having neither the ciliary processes nor the movements and cecono-
luical uses of the appendages so characteristic of most of the Ro-
tatoria.

Read a paper " On the Structure of the Fruit in Pnnica." By
H. F. Hance, Esq., Ph.D. Communicated by Mr. Wm. Pamplin,
A.L.S.

Mr. Hance's observations were made chiefly on double flowers,
exhibiting several varieties of monstrosity, obtained from a plant
growing in his garden at Hong Kong, and compared with the normal
state. He refers to the opinions of Mr. Griffith and Dr. Wight, and
agrees with the latter in considering the pistillum as compound,
many of the double flowers distinctly exhibiting the imperfect cohe-
sion of the carpidia, and the stylar laminae being even in some in-
stances quite separate to the very summit. His own explanation of
the remarkable disposition of the cells of the fruit of the Pomegranate
is given in the following terms : — " The lower cells arise from a cen-
tral row of carpella, the cohering apices of which constitute the
diaphragm, the ovula springing from the two united margins of the
same carpeUary leaf, and consequently being directed towards the
circumference of the ovarium ; while the upper cells are formed by
an exterior series of longer carpels alterna^with the others, their
cohering summits constituting the whole, or at all events the exter-
nal portion, of the style, and the ovula are borne on the entire inner

1850.] Linnean Society. 97

face of the carpidia, as in Nymphceace^, the cells being in addition
frequently divided by spurious septa arising from the midribs."

With respect to the affinities of the genus, Mr. Hance would cer-
tainly remove it from Myrtacece, and believes it must be viewed as an
osculant genus connecting the Myrtles with Onagrarice and Ly-
thraricB, and hereafter to form with other yet undescribed genera a
new natural order.

In conclusion, he refers to some remarks of Mr. Griffith in a letter
to Dr. Wight, which he had not met with until some time after
writing his paper, in which Mr. Griffith speaks of Punica as belong-
ing to an order, with Duabanga and Sonneratia, between Myrtacece
and Lythracece, and describes it as being 6-7-carpellary-leaved.

Read also the conclusion of " Observations on the Botany of
Texas." By William Bollaert, Esq. F.R.G.S., &c. Communicated
by R. H. Solly, Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S. &c.

In this memoir Mr. Bollaert gives some account of the physical
geography of the State of Texas, with notes on its geological character
and mineral productions ; he describes the soil and climate of its
various regions ; and, lastly, enters into a detailed account of its
vegetable productions, describing successively the forests and forest-
trees, together with the fruits, and the herbaceous plants, including
the cereals, grasses and other plants useful to man, especially those
cultivated either for food or ornament. Among these he enters into
particular details with respect to the Zea Mays or Indian Corn, and
a species of Smilax which he believes to be new, but which appears
to be identical with Smilax lanceolata, L., and is known to the in-
habitants by the name of Indian Bread. Of Maize he states the
average crop to be sixty bushels per acre ; and adds that a man and
young boy have been known in Eastern Texas to raise and gather
in one year fifteen hundred bushels from two crops. He describes a
great variety of modes in which this valuable plant is turned to ad-
vantage, and gives a rough analysis of the component i)arts of the
grain. From this it results that the starchy matter in malting takes
on a saccharine character, which by fermentation produces alcohol,
and independently of the carbonic acid evolved, another acid is
formed, which may be either a new acid or the acetic. When the
fermented liquor is allowed to stand for some days, a bright yellow
oil floats to the surface, and appears to be composed of three proxi-
mate substances: viz. 1. a body like Elaine; 2. a small portion
like Stearine ; and 3. a substance which he calls Maizaline, which
last has a decided diuretic quality, and is regarded by the author as

No. XLIV. — Proceedings of the Linnean Sotur/rr.

98 Linnean Society. [Nov. 5,

the cause of the diuretic effects produced by Maize-bread upon
persons unaccustomed to its use. With regard to the Indian-bread,
called by the Carancahua Indians Toqui, Mr. BoUaert states that he
found it in great abundance in the pine-woods of Huntsville, lat. 31°
N., long. 95° 30' W. The edible part is the root : immediately
below the stem commences the formation of irregularly- shaped
potato-like tubers, rather larger than the potato, and so abundant
that one plant will yield two bushels. These are used by the Indians
made into a sort of bread ; and the pioneer, trapper and backwoods-
man are frequently obliged to have recourse to it for the same pur-
pose, and sometimes obtain from it by fermentation a liquor of a
pink colour to which they give the name of beer. Of this plant,
and of the mode of growth of its tubers, sketches accompanied the
paper, which concludes with a notice of some of the botanists who
have visited the State of Texas for the purpose of collecting plants,
and with a list of the plants collected by Mr. Lindheimer in his
Earlier Journey, and by Dr. Kenan.

November 5.

Robert Brown, Esq., President, in the Chair.

Robert Ellis, Esq., and William Henry Hallett, Esq., were elected
Fellows.

Mr. W. W. Saunders, F.L.S., exhibited specimens and a drawing
of a species of Cyclamen (probably C. hedercefolmm, Dec), found by
him in the neighbourhood of Hastings ; he regards it as undoubtedly
wild.

Read a Paper on " The Temstrcemiaceous Plants of Hong Kong."
By Capt. Champion, 95th Regiment. Communicated by the Pre-
sident.

The author commences by referring to the number and beauty of
the trees and shrubs of this family which are natives of India and
China ; and suggests that the elevation at which they are generally
found, flowering in China alongside of the Azaleas which have been

1850.] lAnnean Society. 99

so successfully introduced into England, indicates that many of them
might also be advantageously cultivated here as hardy or half-hardy
plants. He then proceeds to the enumeration of the species which
have been found in the small island of Hong Kong.

1. Camellia spectabilis; arborea, foliis lanceolatis acuminatis glabris
crenatis subtus reticulatis, floribua solitariis (raagnis albis) axillaribus
et snbterminalibus, sepalis coriaceis fructibusque (pomi magnitudine)
sericeis.

Hah. in Insula Sinensi Hong Kong, in sylvis.

2. Camellia Japonica, L. iSp. PI. 982.

Of this species Capt. Champion states that but tw^o trees are at
present known growing wild in Hong Kong ; they were discovered
by Col. Eyre, R.A., and are loaded in October with single pink
flowers. The leaves are more elongate than in most cultivated
plants.

3. Camellia salicifolia ; arbuscula, ramulis pubescentibus flexuosis,
foliis subsessilibus elongato-ovatis acuminatis serratis pubescentibus,
floribus parvulis (albis), sepalis acuminatis pubescentibus, capsulis gla-
bris parvis rostratis 1-3- saepius l-spermis.

Hah. in Insula Sinensi Hong Kong, in sylvis.

As species this and the next are most nearly allied to C. caudata.
Wall. A specimen of the present has recently been introduced by
Mr. Braine into Kew Gardens.

4. Camellia assimilis; frutex, ramulis glabris, foliis subsessilibus lan-
ceolatis acuminatis serratis glabris, floribus parvulis pendulis (albis),
sepalis sericeis obtusis, capsulis glabris parvis rostratis.

Hah. in Insula Sinensi Hong Kong, in Monte Victoria et Monte Gough.

5. Then Bohea, L., is cultivated in Hong Kong, but is not indi-
genous. As a genus Capt. Champion does not regard it as distinct
from Camellia.

6. EuRYA Macartneyi; dioica, frutescens, glabra, foliis majusculis cori-
aceis subellipticis margine revolutis serrulatis, floribus majusculis; <?
staminibus 19-22; $ stylis distinctis revolutis, fructibus (purpureis)
circiter 14-spermis.

Hab. in Insula Sinensi Hong Kong, in sj'lvis rupibusque. Floret et
fructus fert Aug.-Nov.

A shrub from 6 to 8 feet high, and as a species coming near E.
elUptica, Gardn. Specimens brought from China by Lord Macartney
are in the herbarium of the British Museum.

100 Linnean Society. [Nov. 5

7. Eurya Japonica, Thunh., and Eurya Chinensis, 7?. Br.

These two species Capt. Champion finds mixed up indiscriminately
in his collection, and he believes them to be identical.

8. Pentaphylax euryoides, Gardn. Sf Champ.

This new and curious genus is described in Hooker's Journal of
Botany, No. 8. p. 244-246.

9. IxioNANTHES Chinensis ; subarbovea, foliis petiolatis alternis glabris
integris elongato-ellipticis apice einarginatis reticulatis, corymbis longe
pedunculatis axillaribus plurifloris dichotomis, staminibus 10 longissimis,
capsulis supra-uncialibus.

Hab. in Insula Sinensi Hong Kong, in sylvis.

Seeds of this species, which forms a small tree, sent by Capt.
Champion to the Royal Gardens at Kew, have vegetated. The
author states that having since compared his specimens with Jack's
description of his Sumatran species {Ixionanthes reticulata), he feels
some doubt of the distinctness of the plant of Hong Kong. It
differs however in the larger size of the leaves (5 in place of 3 inches
long), and will probably on comparison be found to do so in other
particulars.

The paper was accompanied by drawings of Pentaphylax euryoides
and Ixionanthes Chinensis, with details of their fructification.

Read also " Descriptions of two new species of Paussidce from
Australasia in the collection of the Jardin des Plantes at Paris."
By J. O. Westwood. Esq., F.L.S. &c.

Genus Cerapterus.
Subgenus Arlhropterus, MacLeay.

Cer. [Arthropterus) parallelocerus ; ferrugineus, antennarum lateribus
parallelis ; articulo penultimo tribus praecedentibus siraul sumptis lon-
gitudiiie exacte ^quali, capite et pronoto rude punctatis ; hoc capite
latiori subquadrato antice parum latiori angulis anticis rotundatis se-
tosis, elytris tenuiter transversim punctatis punctis setigeris, tibiis anticis
extus acute productis ; quatuor posticis extus acuminatis angulo extremo
truncate. — Long. corp. lin. 5.

Hab. in Australasia. In Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris. (Verreaux) et Westw.

This species is most nearly allied to C. subsulcatus, but is
broader, with the thorax more broadly quadrate, the clava of the an-
tennae broader and of uniform width, the elytra without any appear-
ance of longitudinal sulci, the pronotum slightly channelled in the
middle, the tibiae broader, the head more thickly punctured, and the
elytra much less setose.

1850.] Linnean Society. 101

Cer. (Arthropterus) brevis ; nigro-piceus nitidus Isevis, capita punctatc>
^ntennis ]atis ; niargine aiitico subrecto ; margine supero vel postico ser-
rate, prothorace cordato-truncato linea media tenui longitudinali im-
pressa disco tenuissime punctato, elytris brevibus fere Isevibus nitidis,
tibiis anticis apice subemarginato angulo apicali acuto ; tibiis quatuor
posticis apice externo obtuse rotundatis. — Long. corp. lin. 3.
Hah. in Australasia. In Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris. (Verreaux) et Westw.
(Mossman).

November 19.

Robert Brown, Esq., President, in the Chair.

Dr. Pereira, F.L.S., exhibited a specimen in fruit of the species
of Myrospermum which yields the Balsam of Peru and White Balsam,
from the Balsam Coast, San Salvador ; together with samples of both
kinds of Balsam and of a new chemical principle {Myroxocarpine)
obtained from the White Balsam.

Read the commencement of " A Memoir on the Position of the
Carpels when two and when single, including Outlines of a new
Method of Arrangement of the Orders of Exogens, and observations
on the structure of Ovaries consisting of a single Carpel." By-
Benjamin Clarke, Esq., F.L.S. &c.

December 3.

Robert Brown, Esq., President, in the Chair.

John Hutchinson, Esq., and Samuel Stevens, Esq., were elected
Fellows.

Read a continuation of Mr. Clarke's " Memoir on the Position of

the Caipels," &c.

102 Linnean Society. [Dec. S,

Dr. Adolph Schlagintweit, at the request of the President, gave a
summary of some of the principal results of the investigations of
himself and his brother into the Vegetation of the Alps in con-
nexion with height and temperature, as contained in their " Unter-
suchungen ueber die physilialische Geographie der Alpen."

He stated that very remarkable differences are to be observed in
the limits of the altitude of vegetation in the district of the Alps. In
the mean results for large divisions, we may plainly recognize the
influence of geographical position, as well as that of the nature of
the soil, and of the massiveness of the mountain range. The limit in
fact becomes higher the more we approach the southern and western
groups, a phsenomenon which is connected with the general changes
of cUmate. The mean temperature varies in these latitudes from
0*5° to 0*7° of Celsius for one degree ; and at the same time the
isothermal lines show an evident inclination from west to east. Many
very essential diflFerences cannot, however, be explained by geogra-
phical position alone ; another important influence is dependent on
the form of the mountain-range, the limits of vegetation being
generally connected with the mean magnitude of the elevation, and
reaching higher in massive and lofty groups of Alps than in the
lower chains. The favourable influence which the massiveness of
the elevation exercises on the vegetation, is essentially the same as
that which is also evidenced with regard to the temperature of the
air and soil ; and corresponds to the diff'erence which is remarked
between the climate of a plateau, and that of a ridge or free peak in
the neighbourhood. In diff'erent valleys or on the spurs of a moun-
tain remarkable difi'erences in the altitude of the limit of vegetation
often manifest themselves according to the exposure, the direction
of the wind, or the proximity of separate and extensive masses of
glacier ; but these influences are for the most part merely local, and
the general variations of the limit of vegetation dependent on the
massiveness of diff'erent groups of Alps are but little aff*ected thereby.
A comparison of the annual isotherms with the limits of vegetation
proves that the diff^erent groups of vegetation do not always
terminate at the same annual isotherm. With the exception of
the Beech, he showed that up to the height of Coniferce, these
limits in the Northern Alps are reached at warmer isotherms than
in the Central Alps ; and a somewhat lower mean temperature
is obser\'ed on corresponding points of the group of Monte Rosa and
Mont Blanc. This is immediately dependent on the fact that the
growth of plants is not determined alone by the mean temperature
of the year, but also by that of the seasons and of the months. The

1850.] Linnean Society. 103

warmth of the summer is in this view of peculiar influence ; the
greater this is in connexion with the same mean temperature of the
whole year, the higher plants ascend, and the colder are the annual
isotherms which mark their limits. A review of all the meteor-
ological observations made in the district of the Alps shows that in
the Central Alps and in the group of Mont Blanc and Monte Rosa,
the summer warmth is greater and the climate consequently more
extreme than in the lower chains of the Northern Alps ; by which
means the relation of the limits of vegetation to the annual isotherms
in these different mountain-groups is explained.

He further stated that his and his brother's investigation of the
periodical development of the vegetation at heights of from 1500 to
8000 Paris feet showed among other things that the retardation of the
development by the elevation is in general less during the flowering
than during the ripening of the fruit ; it amounts in the Alps during
the former period to ten days, during the latter to twelve and a half,
and on the average of the whole j)eriod of vegetation to eleven days.
The mean temperature is diminished in general about 2° of Celsius
for the same difference of height, during the period of the develop-
ment of vegetation. From their own observations on the influence
of height on the growth of Comfer<E, he concluded that in Pinus
Larix, P. Abies, P. sj/lvest)-is and P. Cembra, an evident diminution
in the thickness of the annual rings takes place at greater elevations.
A regular diminution, however, must not be expected for each
degree of elevation. Not only the variations in the temperature of
the air, of the soil, and in the climate generally (which concur to
disturb the Conifer ce at greater heights) produce a diminution
of their yearly growth ; but the different nature of the soil has also
great influence on their growth. The mass of well-decomposed
earth, the presence of boulders or firm rock, the exposure of the
locality, the humidity of the soil, and in some degree also its inclina-
tion, have so great an influence on the growth of the tree, and are
moreover especially in the lower regions so irregularly distributed,
that the influence of elevation, which should be most closely con-
nected with the changes of climate, may be and is partially oblite-
rated. Very frequently indeed in investigations of the geography
of plants, a similar concurrence and a mutual correlation of the
various causes by which the changes of vegetation are produced, are
to be recognized. The observation of the progress from year to
year shows that very frequently considerable variations occur in the
amount of growth i.'i separate stems. These are not, however, con-
nected with deflnite years of the development, but irregularly dis-

104 Linnean Society. [Dec. 3,

tributed during the life of a tree. As they commonly extend over a
lono- series of years, and do not agree in different trees for definite
numbers of years, they cannot be produced by the climatic circum-
stances of unfavourable years. The larger oscillations of growth are
dependent, on the contrary, on the nature of the soil, inasmuch as
the roots during their extension meeting with more or less favourable
and rocky spots, the productiveness of a tree may be essentially
changed during many years.

An enumeration of all the phanerogamous plants found in the
Upper Moll district (in the Tauern, in Upper Carinthia) at between
7000 to 8000 Paris feet high, and between 8500 to 10,000 feet,
o-ave for the former resrion, the subnival, 224 species, for the latter,
the nival, 32 ; while Prof. O. Heer obtained from the same regions
in Glarus in Switzerland 2 1 9 and 1 2 . Many families, as for example
Boragine(E, Euphorbiacece, Geraniacece, Labiatce, Liliacea, SteUatce,
UmhelUfercE, &c., compared with the lower regions and with Germany,
diminish evidently and sometimes very strikingly in species in rela-
tion to the sum of Phanerogama;. In some others no such regular
diflFerences are found in relation to height. A remarkable relative
increase of species in connexion with increased elevation, is found in
Saxifrageas and Primvlacece ; and may also be remarked in Cam-
panulacece, Caryophyllete, Composita;, GentianecB, and (others. This
depends, not on an absolute increase of species of these families, but
on a diminution of the species of the other families. Monocotyledones
generally diminish with height in relation to Dicotyledones ; except
that in the nival region and in the highest localities this proportion
appears to be somewhat undefined. The covering of snow also is
not completely universal in the high regions. In spots free from
snow and furnished with earth, phanerogamous plants, as well as
Mosses and Lichens, are found far above the snow-line. Among
the species which are found at the extremest limits in the Central
and Southern Alps, at 10,000 to 11,000 Paris feet high, are Andro-
sace glacialis and ^. Helvetica, Cerastium latifolium, Cherleria sedoides.
Chrysanthemum alpinmn, Gentiana Bavarica, Ranunculus glacialis,
Saxifraga bryoides, S. oppositi/olia, Siletie acaulis, &c. &c. The
extreme limit of Mosses is in general little above that of phaneroga-
mous plants. The last Lichens are to be found on the highest summits
of the Alps, attached to projecting rocks, without any limitation of
height. The number of species and varieties, up to this time between
40 and 45 species, which have been found in the Alps between
10,000 and 14,780 Paris feet, is not inconsiderable, but this vege-
tation is limited to very few spots, surrounded by extensive masses

1850.] Linnean Society. 105

of snow. Among the Lecidece, Parmelice and UmbilicaHce, collected
by Saussure, Agassiz, and themselves, on the highest localities. Dr.
Schlagintweit enumerated Lecidea geographica, L. confluens, Par-
melia elegans, P. varia, P. polytropa, Umbilicaria proboscidea (3, cy-
lindrica, &c.

December 17.

Robert Brown, Esq., President, in the Chair.

Mr. Westwood, F.L.S., gave some account of a large wingless
Bird, probably new to science, but of which no specimens have yet
reached England, observed by Capt. Poole in Lord Howe's Island,
in the Southern Pacific Ocean, intermediate between New Holland,
Norfolk Island and New Zealand, which has been recently colonized
under Capt. Poole's superintendence. The bird was described as re-
sembling a Rail.

Read the conclusion of Mr. Benjamin Clarke's " Memoir on the
Position of the Carpels when two and when single, including out-
lines of a new Method of Arrangement of the Orders of Exogens,
and observations on the structure of Ovaries consisting of a single
Carpel."

In this memoir Mr. Clarke details the results of his observations
on the position of single and double carpella in reference to axis,
with the view of ascertaining the mode in which the reduction of
the carpella from a higher number takes place, and the value of the
characters thus obtained in the formation of a natural arrangement
of plants. He commences with dicarpous ovaries, in which he ob-
serves three different positions in relation to axis : 1st, right and
left, resulting generally (as he believes to be shown by an examina-
tion of the genus Carex and of certain MalpighiacecE and Euphorbiacece)
from the sujDpression of a third and usually posterior carpellum, but
occasionally also (as for example in Lonicera, Fortunea, Diosma, and
probably Cruciferce) from the abortion of the anterior and posterior
carpella of an ovary originally consisting of four divisions ; 2ndly, an-
terior and posterior, resulting in Houttuynia cordata from the disap-
pearance of one of the lateral carpella and the displacement of the

106 Linnean Society. [Dec. 17?

other so as to become opposed to the persistent posterior carpellum ;
in Agrimonia and Spiraa (when dicarpous) from a similar . sup-
pression ; as also in reduced fruits of Reseda luteola, &c. ; 3rdly, ob-
lique, which he describes as of frequent occurrence both in plants in
which the carpella are generally anterior and posterior, and in those
in which they are as predominantly right and left, and which he sup-
poses to arise from the remaining lateral carpellum of a tricarpous
ovary retaining nearly its original position when the other lateral
carpellum has disappeared, in consequence of which the posterior
carpellum is somewhat displaced, becoming obliquely posterior. He
regards the single carpellum as the result of the non- development
of one of the carpella of a dicarpous ovarium, and its position may
consequently vary in three different ways : 1st, anterior, as occurs
in 1-carpellary ovaries oi Myrtacece., Onagrariee, Polygalea, Legumi-
nos(B and Acanthaceee, to which may probably be added Hippwidece,
Bruniacece, &c. ; 2ndly, j^o^^mor, as in the 1-carpellary ovaries of
Houttuynia cordata and Piperacece ; 3rdly, lateral or oblique, instances
of which occur in Morea, in Elatostemma, and in Celtidece. The
normal number of carpella in all ovaries he regards as three or a
multiple of three ; the additional series being frequently reduced
by abortion in the same manner as the first, and thus giving rise to
the formation of ovaries with four and five carpella. Tricarpous
ovaries generally have their component parts placed two laterally
and one posteriorly ; but exceptions to this rule occur, as for exam-
ple in Viola, where the third carpellum is anterior, and in Clethra,
Pittosporum and Delphinium, in which the position of the carpella
varies in the same plant.

Mr. Clarke next proceeds to consider the value of the characters
derived from the position of the carpella, for which purpose he has
framed a large table containing the results of long-continued ob-
servations on a multitude of exogenous plants with monocarpous or
dicarpous ovaries. In this table he constitutes two primary divisions,
viz. Proterocatyous, in which the carpella when single are anterior
or lateral, never posterior ; and Heterocarpous, in which the single
carjoellum is for the most part a mixture of lateral, anterior and
posterior, and is rarely wholly posterior. The position of the com-
ponent parts of the dicarpous ovarium also appears to be more per-
manent in the first than in the second division. From this table
Mr. Clarke deduces various inferences in relation to the systematic
arrangement of plants, and the importance of the characters derived
from the position of the carpella, and more especially from that of
the single cai'pcllum, which is liable to fewer and less important

1850.] Linnean Society. 107

exceptions. Thus for instance he considers the posterior position of
the single carpellum of Cei-atophylleee, corresponding as it does with
that of Piperaceee and their allies, and differing as far as known from
that of any other order with which it could be associated, as a strong
argument of affinity. He refers to the case of two-celled ovaries
with unequal cells, and regards the superior development of the
larger cell or of the corresponding stigma as indicative of what would
be the position of the single carpellum, were the ovary to be so
reduced. These remarks are followed by observations on the
general character of his divisions and subdivisions, and by some
notes on the position of carpella as regards endogenous plants and
Rhizanthecs, and on the relation of didynamous stamens and carpella
as regards their order of suppression ; and the first part of the
memoir concludes with some remarks on the difficulty of determining
with precision the true axis of the inflorescence, and the means of
obviating this difficulty in certain cases.

The second part of the memoir is more especially devoted to the
consideration of ovaries consisting of a single carpellum, to the rela-
tions borne by this carpellum to the axis in various families referred
by the author to each of his two principal divisions, and to the
grounds from which this relation is deduced. This being entirely
matter of detail is scarcely susceptible of analysis, but some of the
incidental observations connected with it may properly be noticed
here. Mr. Clarke states that in Scleranthus annuus the funiculus is
uniformly jDOsterior to the seed and on the same side with the coty-
ledons, in which character that plant diifers from Chenopodece and
Amaranthacece, and as far as he has been able to ascertain from Ille-
cebrea, in which the funiculus is either anterior or lateral, and the
cotyledons (in pendulous seeds) on the opposite side of the seed or
less frequently lateral. Of thirty-two ovaries of Circcea alpina, thirteen
had two cells with an ovule in each, but the posterior cell constantly
smaller than the anterior, in twelve the posterior cell was empty,
and in seven entirely absent ; and this analogy with some particu-
larities in structure led him to regard the single cell of Hippuris as
most probably resulting from a single anterior carpellum. He shows
by a series of diagrams that the position of the fertile cell in Valeri-
anece is always lateral and external ; and observes that in the genera
with an irregular corolla it always bears the same relation to the
irregularity of the flower. He infers from an inferiority of develop-
ment of the posterior carpellum in Stylidium graminifoUum, that if
the ovary in that genus were reduced to a single carpellum, that
carpellum would be anterior ; a case which he has since found to

108 Linnean Society. [Dec. 17, 1850.

occur in St. adnatum, in which there is a single anterior carpellum,
or if two carpella are present the anterior only is fertile, the ovula
being always attached to the posterior angle of the cell. He de-
scribes the carpellum oilsopogon and Leucospermum among Proteaceee
as anterior ; and notes that in Grevillea the carpellum always alter-
nates vdth the two larger sepala, but varies most extensively with
reference to what he considers the axis. \n Anadenia he states that
the carpellum is always anterior in the lower half of the raceme,
but varies in position towards the summit, and in rare instances is
perhaps even posterior. In some species of Acacia also he believes
that he has found instances of posterior carpella, but as the flowers
were for the most part in threes, these carpella might belong to the
lateral flowers. In Pedicularis palustris he has always found the
anterior carpellum and the anterior division of the style larger than
the posterior; and the same is the case with Mendozia, resulting in
the latter instance in the suppression of the posterior carpellum in
the fruit. He gives at length his reasons for regarding the carpellum
as anterior in Casuarina, Cannabis, Hiimiilus, Parietaria, Urtica, Ela-
tostemma and Celtis ; and he concludes his remarks on the Protero-
carpous division by some observations on Ciiphea and LytJirum ; on
Magallana ; and on Fumaria.

Under the head of the Heterocarpous division he begins by recur-
ring to the relations already mentioned as existing between Cerato-
phyllum, PiperacecB, Houttuynia and Chloranthtis. He then proceeds
to notice Gentianeas, among which he states that the dichotomous
Erythreea linarifolia is an example of the two carpella being anterior
and posterior, and infers from thence and from other variations,
taken in connexion with the general statement that in this family
the carpella are right and left, that their position (as in Apocynece
and LoganiacecE, according to M. Alphonse DeCaudoUe) is variable.
He next refers to Broussonetia and Morus and to Stilbe, which latter
he is disposed to consider as related to Empetrece and Euphoi-biaceee,
and then proceeds to the examination of Cupuliferce, among which
he finds extensive variations. He refers to Coriaria as agreeing
with MalpighiacecB in having its raphe turned away from the
placenta and consequently next to the dorsal rib of each carpellum,
which he describes as corresponding with the general position of
the funiculus in that family. He describes the carpella of Mirabilis
as being all lateral and internal ; and again notices the peculiarities
which he had before referred to in the position of the funiculus in
ChenopodeoB, AmaranthacecB and Illecebre<E, adding some remarks on
the carpella of Polygonece and Alsinece. He indicates certain cha-

Jan. 21, 1851.] Linnean Society. 109

racters in the flower of Casearia in which it approaches Monotropa,
Drosera, and especially Francoa. In Thymelea he finds considerable
variation in the position of the carpellum, and states that the rela-
tive position of carpellum and segments of perianthium is the reverse
of what takes place in Proteacece, the carpellum being always
opposite to one of the segments of the perianthium. The tendency
to the suppression of stamens in ThymeletB is also the reverse of that
of Proteacece, being on the side opposite to the carpellum. In
Pimelea and LachntBa he states that the carpella are all posterior,
while in Daphne the carpella of the two-flow'ered axillae stand with
their backs to each other, or more or less turned towards the stem :
Dais is a mixture of these. Lastly, he notices various peculiarities
in the ovary of Sassafras officinale, in Sanguisorbece, in Combretum,
in Aucuba Japonica and in Marlea.

The memoir was illustrated by a large tabular view of the pro-
posed arrangement, a series of diagrams, and numerous figures.

January 21, 1851
William Yarrell, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.

James William Bryans, Esq., was elected a Fellow.

Mr. Gould, F.L.S., exhibited a specimen and drawing of a new
and very extraordinary genus and species of Bird, to which he has
given the name of Balceniceps Rex, and entered into some details
with regard to its structure and affinities.

Read a memoir " On the various forms of Salicornia." By Joseph
Woods, Esq., F.L.S. : with some additional remarks by Richard
Kippist, Esq., Libr. L.S.

The paper relates almost exclusively to the British species of Sali-
cornia, and more particularly to those which occur on the coasts of
Sussex and Hampshire.

The author begins by noticing what he considers as the typical
form of -S. herbacea. This he describes as always erect, except
that late in the autumn, the branches, usually spreading or ascending,

110 Linnean Society, [Jan. 21,

are sometimes borne down by the weight of the fruit-spikes. The
colour is green, generally glaucous, but never red. The spikes of
fruit are cylindrical, 2 or 3 inches long, (ten to fifteen times their
thickness,) and contain from ten to fifteen sets of seeds.

The second form (-S. procumbens, Sm.), which is stated to be
more common than the first, is described as procumbent, decumbent,
or ascending, but always with a bend at the top of the root, and
therefore never erect : the branches and their subdivisions are much
shorter and more numerous than in the typical form, and at the
same time much more divaricate, the lower ones especially being
frequently recurved ; and these lower branches being much longer
than the succeeding ones, give to the entire plant a triangular out-
line. The colour at maturity is always red. The spikes hardly
exceed half an inch in length (about four or five times their own
thickness) and contain about six sets of seeds each.

The next form noticed by Mr. Woods, and which he proposes to
call S. ramosissima, is described as much larger than either of the
preceding, erect, very much branched and bushy, of a grass-green
colour, but touched with red, the branches ascending, and the spikes
not cylindrical or oblong, but somewhat lanceolate, the longest about
an inch in length (six or seven times their thickness) and containing
about the same number of sets of seeds as S. procumbens. This,
which appears to be a rare form, was gathered in Haling Island.

Mr. Woods now proceeds to describe two intermediate forms,
apparently serving to unite the three preceding. The smallest of
these, which the author proposes to designate S. pusilla, seems closely
to resemble -S. procumbens, from which it differs in its smaller size
and less triangular outline, its erect or suberect branches, the lowest
of which are neither larger nor more branched than the succeeding
ones, and in its still shorter spikes, which scarcely exceed i inch
in length, being sometimes almost globular, and containing about
five sets of seeds. The other form, which the author calls S. intermedia,
and which is stated to be the most abundant on the muddy salt
marshes of Sussex, embraces several subvarieties, all of which are
erect, but vary much in other respects, sometimes I'esembling 8. pu-
silla, but with much longer and redder spikes ; in other cases ap-
proaching the typical form of S. herbacea, in their yellowish green
colour, hardly tinged with red, cylindrical spikes an inch or more
in length (eight or nine times their width), but with not more than
eight or nine sets of seeds ; while others again, in their bushy habit
and colour, and in the form of their spikes, show an affinity to <S^.
ramosissima.

1S51.] Linnean Society. Ill

All the above-mentioned varieties have oval or oblong seeds, about
half as long again as broad, and thinly covered with hooked hairs,
upon an even surface. In the two following tlie seeds are shorter,
nearly globular, but covered in the same manner with hooked hairs.
S. radicans, the next species, is described as differing exceedingly
in its mode of growth from any of the foregoing. In all these the
root is evidently annual, and produces a single stem, which is hard,
and in <S. ramosissima may fairly be called woody. In iS. radicans,
however, a small plant, with only one or two branches, rises at first
from the seed. The stem of this lies down, and, generally burying
itself in the mud, sends out radical fibres and new shoots. The
process is continued from year to year, the old stems of one year
becoming the rhizomes of the next, and these successively dying
away as new rhizomes are formed, thus producing a very rambling
and diffuse plant. In the preceding forms, every branch and sub-
division is terminated by a spike of flowers. In S. radicans many are
barren. The spikes, w^hen they occur, are sometimes interrupted,
half an inch to an inch long, and composed of about six joints. The
colour is a duU greyish green ; with the ends of the spikes brownish,
but never red. Though much less abundant than the first, second,
and fourth forms, it is by no means rare in the muddy creeks of
Sussex and Hants.

The last form mentioned, under the name S. lignosa, bears some
resemblance in its diffuse mode of growth to S. radicaiis, and Mr.
Woods found some indications of radical fibres from the lower part
of the stem, but was unable to ascertain positively the existence of
a creeping rhizome. It differs however from S. radicans in the
thickness, and firm solid structure of the lower part of the stem,
which as in every European species is destitute of annual rings, and
attains its thickness and hardness in the course of one year. From
S. fruticosa, L., to which it approaches nearly in many respects, it
is distinguished by the multitude of its slender branches, and pro-
bably also by the structure of its seed, which Koch and Bertoloni
describe as tubercled and not hairy in S. fruticosa. The spikes of
our English plant are an inch or a little more in length, and about
six times their width : those of the true S. fruticosa are usually
both absolutely and relatively longer.

Mr. Woods next makes some observations on the synonymy of the
Salicornias described by Ray, who appears originally to have admitted
but two species ; the first including all the forms of S. herbacea and
also S . procumbens ; the second attributed by Smith to S. fruticosa, L.,
but now generally regarded as S. radicans. To these Dillenius adds

112 Linnean Society. [Jan. 21,

three others, of which the first, S. myosuroides procumhens, &c., is con-
sidered by Mr. Woods as 5. radicans ; the second, S. ramosior pro-
cumhens, &c., as probably S. procumhens, Sm. ; and the third, S. erecta
foliis hrevibus cupressiformis, he refers with some doubt to his S.
intermedia.

Then follow some remarks on the characters of Arthrocnemum, a
genus separated by M. Moquin-Tandon from Salicornia, principally
on account of the different form of its embryo, and to which he refers
S.fruticosa and <S. radicans. In all specimens of S. radicans, and
in some of what is called S. fruticosa, Mr. Woods finds the seeds
apparently destitute of albumen, and with the radicle lying against
the edges of the cotyledons ; but in the true ^S*. fruticosa, supposing
that name to be correctly applied only where the seed is tubercled
and hairless, he finds a portion of albumen, but the extremity of the
cotyledons still close to the point of the embryo.

The author concludes with the following resume : — " If I were
to sum up the result of my observations of this year on the genus
Salicornia, I should say that S. procmnbens is a distinct species ; that
S. radicans and aS*. lignosa are certainly specifically distinct from S.
herbacea ; but whether they are so from each other, and whether, if
that be the case, S. lignosa ought not to be considered as a variety
of S.fruticosa, L., and the plant with tubercled seeds to be called
S. megastachya, I do not feel competent to decide. The other forms
of S. pusilla, S. intermedia and S. ramosissima, may perhaps be
varieties of S. herbacea, but this also is a subject for further investi-
gation."

The paper was accompanied by specimens of the various forms
therein described, for the Society's herbarium ; and a note was added
by Mr. Kippist, Libr. L.S., who at the request of Mr. Woods had
examined the seeds of the specimens sent. He had found the struc-
ture of the embryo to be nearly the same in all the British forms ;
consisting of thick, fleshy, almost semicylindrical, bright green coty-
ledons, in some species scarcely wider than the radicle, which is bent
sharply round, and lies not against their edges, but on the back of
one of them, the radicle being therefore incumbent. In one or two
instances the cotyledons were found to be inclined rather obliquely
towards the radicle, but this appeared to be the result of accidental
pressure, the majority of the seeds examined of each variety pre-
senting the same character of incumbent cotyledons. In all, the
albumen was either entirely wanting, or in very small quantity. This
seems to be equally the case with S. radicans, notwithstanding that
M, Moquin-Tandon refers this species, as a variety, to his Arthro-

1851.] Linnean Society. 113

cnemum fruticosum, to which he ascribes copious albumen. As re-
gards the structure of the seed, Mr. Kippist agrees with Mr. Woods
in thinking that the S. radicans, Sm., would be much better placed
in Salicornia, as defined by Moquin-Tandon, than in his genus Ar-
throcnemum, to which he attributes a crustaceous testa and semi-
annular peripherical embryo, characters which Mr. Kippist had not
met with in any British species. In all the specimens gathered by
Mr. Woods on our own coast, the covering of the seed is thin and
membranous, and clothed with hairs, which differ much in length in
different species. In S. herbacea and the species most nearly related
to it, they are of a sigmoid form, spreading at the base, but curled
inwards at their extremity, unbranched, and destitute of septa or
spiral fibre. They are longest in the form which Mr. Woods calls
intermedia, much shorter in lignosa, while in radicans they are so
short, and so closely pressed against the integument of the seed,
that it is difficult to distinguish them : the seeds of this species,
however, were all obtained from one specimen, and may not have
been thoroughly ripe.

In the plant for which Mr. Woods proposes the name of S. me-
gastachya (and which is in all probability a species oi Arthrocnemum),
a native of the South of Europe, the structure of the seeds is ex-
tremely different. The testa is hard, black, and crustaceous, quite
destitute of hairs, and covered with concentric rows of little tubercles.
The albumen is very evident, and principally confined to the
straighter side of the seed, the convex side being occupied by the
embryo, which is cylindrical and but slightly curved ; the thick,
fleshy cotjdedons, taken together, are about equal in diameter to the
radicle, which seems to be nearly continuous with them in direc-
tion, not bent sharply round upon them as in S. herbacea, and
probably in all the true Salicornias.

February 4.

Robert Brown, Esq., President, in the Chair.

The President exhibited specimens of stems of Kingia australis,
R. Br., and Xanthorrhoea arborea, R. Br., together with drawings of
No. XLV. — Proceedings of the Linnean Society.

114 Linnean Society. [Feb. 4,

the former, illustrative of its structure, especially of the siliceous
covering of the vascular fasciculi of the persistent bases of the
leaves ; and in both genera, the means by which the stems are pro-
tected from the scorching fires of the natives.

Read the follov?ing " Notice concerning Linnseus's Iter Dale-
carlicum," extracted from a letter of Mr. Charles Hartman, M.A.,
to the Secretary of the Royal Academy of Sciences of Stockholm,
in vphich he gives a report of his examination of the collections and
manuscripts of Linnaeus in the possession of the Linnean Society of
London ; vi^hich letter is printed in the Academy's Proceedings at
the Meeting on the 12th September 1849 (being No. 7 of the 6th
year), p. 185. Translated from the Svv^edish by N. Wallich, M. et
Phil.D., V.P.L.S. &c.

After mentioning the library of Linnseus, Mr. Hartman proceeds
as follows : —

But what especially interested me was to find a manuscript of
Linnaeus, consisting of 176 folio pages, containing a complete ac-
count of his journey in Dalecarlia in 1734, arranged according to
the plan adopted in his other published Travels, and enriched with
remarks on divers subjects, marginal notes of contents, such as
' fficonomica, Geographica, Botanica,' &c. After the proper diary
follows a small appendix of the names, and an extremely short but
graphic character of clergj^men and other persons in the parishes
of the Dalas (valleys, Dalecarlia) which were visited ; a faithful
chart executed by the geographer to the party ; and lastly, a seem-
ingly jocose warrant, issued to their mineralogist, in the handwriting
and under the sign manual of Linnseus himself. As this journey
has never, as far as I know, been published, or even noticed, it
may not be improper to give here a transcript of its title and pre-
face, which will best serve to give an idea of the contents of the
MSS., and the plan and object of the journey itself. The writing
as well as the whole report being in Swedish, in the not always
very legible handwriting of Linnaeus, I have had some difficulty in
deciphering it, and have been obliged to omit some words in two
places.

The title is as follows : — Caroli Linnaei, P.S.R. Iter Dalekarlicum
jussu 8( impensis Viri Generosissimi et Excellentissimi Dni Nicolai
Reuterholmi Gubernatoris Provincite Dalekarlica institutum per Dale-
karlicam Suecia provinciam quoad orientalem, Alpinam 8( occidentalem

1851.] Linnean Society. // 115

//

partem, ohservationibus constans Geograpkicis, Physicis, Mineralogids,
Botanicis, Zoologicis, Domesticis <Sr Oeconomicis quotidie collectis a
mensis Julii die 3 ad Augusti d. 17 Anni 1734.

The first page contains the following preface, relating to the ex-
tent of the journey, &c.

"L. B.

" Having been charged, last summer, by Governor R'euterholm to
make a tour through the Eastern and Western Dalas (valleys) in his
province, I proceeded to Fahlun, where I enjoyed that distinguished
gentleman's hospitality, and obtained a generous stipend for the
journey. As soon as the time and objects of the journey became
known, I was visited by some of the cleverest and most zealous
Students of the Academy of Upsala, who were anxious to accom-
pany me at their own expense. I very thankfully accepted of their
prompt offer ; and in order that everything might be properly regu-
lated, my companions formed themselves into a Society, with laws
and statutes to be kept conscientiously : e.g.*

C. Linnaeus Smoland Praeses publice et privatim.

Reinh. Nasman Dalekarl Geographus Pastor.

Carl Clenberg Helsing Physicus Secretariua.

Ingel. Fahlstedt .... Dalekarl Mineralogus .... MasteroftheHorse.

Claud Sohlberg Dalekarl Botanicus Quartermaster.

Eric Emporelius .... Dalek Zoologist Huntingmaster.

Petr. Hedenblod .... Dalek Domesticus Aide-de-Camp.

Beniam. Sandel Americ Oecouomius .... Accountant.

"Thus organized, the journey commenced on the 3rd July, 1734,
from Fahlun through the Eastern Dalar, the hills, the Western Dalar,
through Biursas, Lexan, Rattvik, Ore, Orsa, Mora, Elfdahl, Serna,
Fiell, Roras in Norway, Lima, Malung, Nas, Floda, Gagne, Ahl,
ending at Fahlun the 17th Aug. ej. anni. Observations were made
daily, as far as possible, according to the subjects assigned to each
of our party, by which the duties of the undertaking were facilitated.
Thence it may be seen that much remains still unknown in the country

and ; that each province possesses its advantages and how

they may be developed ; that it would be of incredible advantage to
Sweden were all her provinces similarly examined, and that one pro-
vince might thus be assisted by another. Should the reader approve,
thfinks are due to him who originated the journey, without whose
aid it could not have been undertaken, .and who deserves to be looked

* Consult Egenhdndiga Anteckningar af Carl Linnaeus (C. L.'s own
Annotations), p. 107.

116 Linnean Society. [Feb. 4,

to as a pattern to all, who love, pursue and patronize studies, who

excels in reasoning powers, and who deserve to To the

Great God, who has ordered this world in such an indescribable
manner, and has created and preserved us to be its ... . and Spec-
tatores, be praise and thanks for our having performed our journey
in safety.

" Dabam Fahlu Kongsgard " Carl Linnaeus."

1734 Aug. 25."

The following list of acquaintances made during the journey, with
remarks on each, is placed at the end of the journal : —

Biursas .... Pastor .... Lundvall, Mr. Job juvenis, fidus.

Rattvik Dean Humblaeus, Mag. Olaus. . sublimis, 60genarius.

Accountant.Olof Laresu simplex, Mineralogus.

Orsa Pastor .... Schedevin, Mag. Dan. . . doctus, oeconom.

Commander Olof Laresu simpl., bonus.

Mora Dean .... Emporelius, Mag. Job. . . VOgenavius.

Adjunctus . Wistblad, Mag. Tob sibi sapiens.

Elfdabl .... Pastor .... Nasman, Eric bospitalis.

Serna Pastor Floraeus, Mr. Gabr adustus.

Ror s-i_. ^ wjiiTiTTj r bumanissimus

y.. Du-ector . . Bredabl, Mr. Land ■{

Norveg. J L omnium.

Hyttskrifv . Irrgens, Mr, Hennig bonus & astutus.

^ .. XI, • m^ T 1 r bonus animus eer-

Overstigare.Bortgrevin, Mr. Leonh. . . < . °

L manic.

Lima Pastor .... Gezelius phlegmat.

r curiosiss. pauperri-
Transtrand . Comminist. Dale, Mr. Lars J. mus, abjectiss. doc-

1- tissimus.
Malung .... Pastor .... Harkman, M. Vindikt . . pblegmat.

Nas Pastor .... Dicander, M. Eric doctus, sapiens.

Floda Pastor .... Rabenius, Mr. Job bumaniss., sapiens.

Gagne .... Comminist. Biorknian, Mr. Sven .... bonus vir,non bospitalis.
Abl Pastor .... Lundberg, Mr. Job simplex.

Lastly is added a copy of the warrant alluded to above, which is
furnished with the seal and signature of Linnaeus: —

" We prseses and membra of the Reuterholmian Travelling Society
through Dalecarlia make known by this letter patent to all con-
cerned, that we have nominated and appointed our master of the
horse, Mr. Ingel. Fahlstedt, at his own request and on account of his
science, as our ordinary Membrum Mineralogicum, and as such to
be as industrious as is in his power, to attend to his branch of re-
searches as regards the province of Dalecarlia for the good of the

IdSl.] Linnean Society. II7

public and the honour of our country, and to consider himself re-
sponsible to the Society for the due execution thereof. Done at
Fahlun Kongsg. 1734 July 2.
Carl
Linnaeus.
(Sigill.) C. Clenberg.

Secret. Societ.
Warrant for Ingel. Fahlstedt,

Mineralogist.

(L.S.) The cost of Charta Sigillata 1 Rtdr, Speue paid into the

Treasury.

Ben. Sandel,

Account,

February 18th.
W. Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.
Thomas Moore, Esq., was elected a Fellow.

Read a note from Benjamin Clarke, Esq., F.L.S., supplementary
to his paper read at previous meetings, and describing the position
of the raphe in the ovula of Knowltonia and Glaucium, Hedera and
Cornus.

Read also, " A Catalogue of Recent Land and Freshwater Mollusca
found in the neighbourhood of Nottingham." By Edward Joseph
Lowe, Esq., F.R.A.S. &c. Communicated by Prof. Lindley, F.R.S.,
F.L.S. &c.

The following are the Land and Freshwater Mollusca which are
to be found in the neighbourhood of Nottingham.

Water Shells (Univalves).

Neritina fluviatilis . Abundant in the river Trent near Beeston and
near Nottingham, and in the river Soar near Thrumpton.

Paludina achatina. Common at Thrumpton in the river Soar, in
the river Trent below Nottingham, and in the Lenton Canal.

Bithinia tentaculata. Swarms in a stagnant ditch near Lenton
Priory, common in most ditches at Lenton, in a clear brook at Bees-

118 Linnean Society. [Feb. 18,

ton and another at Attenborough, in the river Trent and tributaries
to that river near Beeston and Sawley, and also under the Seven
Arches in Nottingham Meadows.

B. ventricosa. Only found in a narrovir ditch near the railway at
Lenton, where it is tolerably abundant, and under the Seven Arches
in Nottingham Meadows -

Valvata piscinalis. Abundant in brooks at Beeston, Lenton, and
Bulwell, and in the river Trent near Beeston,

V. cristata. In rare numbers in a brook on Bulwell Bogs.

Succinea putris. Rather abundant at Thrumpton.

S. Pfeifferi. Common at Sawley and near Highfield House, and
found between Beeston and Attenborough.

Limneus auricularius. Abundant in the Musco-Sic dike near
Highfield House ; found at Lenton, Beeston, Attenborough, and
Sawley.

L. pereger. Very abundant at Lenton, Beeston, Attenborough,
Sawley, Bulwell, Thrumpton, Highfield House, and Nottingham
Meadows.

L. stagnalis. Abundant in a dike at Lenton, a dike at Atten-
borough, a mill-dam at Bulwell, a backwater at Sawley (called the
' Old Trent'), and in few numbers in the river Trent near Beeston,
and a stagnant ditch between Beeston and Attenborough.

L. palustris. Abundant on moist mud at Sawley and near the
railway at Thrumpton, and very large in a stagnant ditch between
Beeston and Attenborough.

L. truncatulus. Rare in a ditch at Lenton and under the Seven
Arches in the Nottingham Meadows.

Ancylus fluviatilis . Tolerably abundant in clear dikes at High-
field House, Attenborough, Bulwell and Oxton, and at the mouth of
a well at Newstead Abbey.

Valletta lacustris. Tolerably abundant in a small ditch at Lenton
near the railway, and under the Seven Arches in Nottingham
Meadows.

Physa fontinalis . Abundant in dikes at Lenton and Attenborough,
the canal at Lenton and a pond at Wollaton, and in small numbers
in the Musco-Sic brook near Beeston.

P. acuta (of Sowerby). Abundant in the river Trent at Beeston
and Attenborough, rare in a brook on Oxton Bogs, in the canal at
Lenton, and in a ditch between Beeston and Attenborough.

Aplexus hypnorum. Abundant in a dike at Beeston and rare in a
ditch near the Beeston railway station.

Segmentina lineata. Rare in a brook on Oxton Bogs.

1851.] lAnnean Society, 119

Planorbis corneus. Very abundant in brooks at Lenton, Beeston,
Bulwell, Sawley, Attenborough, &c.

P. carinatus. Very abundant in brooks at Lenton, Beeston, Bul-
well, and Attenborough, in the river Trent at Beeston, and under
the Seven Arches in Nottingham Meadows.

P. marginatus. Abundant in dikes at Beeston, and of large size
in a stagnant ditch between Beeston and Attenborough.

P. vortex. Very abundant in the river Trent, and in dikes at
Beeston, Lenton and Attenborough, and under the Seven Arches in
Nottingham Meadows.

P. spirorbis. Abundant in the river Trent at Beeston, and in
dikes at Beeston, Lenton, and Attenborough.

P. albus. In few numbers in the river Trent near Beeston.

P. contortus. Not common on the bogs at Bulwell, and rare in
a ditch at Lenton.

P. hnbricatus. Not common on dead leaves in the lake at High-
field House.

P. nitidus. Rare in the leike at Highfield House and in a pond
at Wollaton.

(^Bivalves. y

Cyclas rivicola. Rather abundant in the river Trent near Bees-
ton and in the river Soar at Thrumpton.

C. cornea. Very common in the river Trent near Beeston, and in
brooks at Lenton, Beeston, Attenborough, Bulwell, and Highfield
House, and under the Seven Arches in Nottingham Meadows.

C. lacustris. Very abundant in a brook at Beeston and another
at Highfield House.

Pisidium amnicum. Abundant in the river Trent at Beeston, in a
ditch near Beeston railway station, and in a brook at Beeston.

Anodon cygneus. Abundant in the lake at Highfield House, in
the Old Trent at Sawley, and in miU-dams at Bulwell.

A. cellensis. Abundant in the lake at Highfield House and in
the river Trent near Beeston.

A. anatinus. Abundant in the lake at Highfield House, a stream
and canal at Lenton, and the rivers Trent and Soar.

A. avonensis. Rare in the river Trent near Beeston.

A. anatinus, var. (very ventricose). In the lake at Highfield House.

Unio pictorum. Common in the lake at Highfield House, the river
Trent at Beeston and Sawley, and the river Soar at Thrumpton.

U. tumidus. Not uncommon in the river Trent near Beeston, and
rare in the lake at Highfield House.

120 ' Linnean Society. [Feb. 18,

U. ovalis. Found in the lake at Highfield House and in the river
Trent at Beeston.

U. Deshayesii (if a var.). Not common in the river Trent near
Beeston.

Dreissena polymorpha. Very common and large in the lake at
Highfield House, common in the canal at Lenton (where it is small),
the river Soar at Thrumpton, and a pond at Wollaton, and in few
numbers in the river Trent near Beeston.

Land Shells.

Helix aspersa. Very common at Beeston and around Nottingham.

H. hortensis. Rare at Bulwell.

H. 7iemoralis. Very abundant in most hedges.

H. hyhrida (if a var.). Rare at Highfield House.

H. arbustorum. Rare at Thrumpton, Sawley, and Highfield
House.

H. pulchella. Tolerably abundant at Highfield House, rare at
Beeston and Oxton.

H. fulva. Not uncommon at the foot of a hill at Thrumpton, rare
at Highfield House, Oxton, and Stanton-on-the-Wolds.

H. hispida. Common at Nottingham Castle, Beeston, Bulwell,
Sawley, Oxton, Highfield House, Thrumpton, Stanton-on-the-
Wolds, &c.

H. concinna. Tolerably abundant at Highfield House, and found
at Stanton-on-the-Wolds.

H. depilata. Found in small numbers at Stanton-on-the-Wolds.

H. sericea. Rare at Bulwell, Oxton, and Stanton-on-the-Wolds.

H. virgata. Rare at Stanton-on-the-Wolds and at Highfield
House.

H. ericetorum. Abundant at Stanton-on-the-Wolds.

H. rotundata. Very common at Highfield House and Nottingham
Castle, and found at Bulwell.
' H. alliaria. Not abundant at Sawley and Thrumpton.

H. cellaria. Abundant at Nottingham Castle, Sawley, and High-
field House.

H. aculeata. Rather rare under decayed leaves at Highfield House
and Stanton-on-the-Wolds.

H. caper ata. Very abundant at Stanton-on-the-Wolds in one
field, but not found elsewhere.

H. crystallina. Not abundant at Highfield House, Bulwell, and
Oxton.

H, granulata. Rare on Bulwell Forest.

1851.] Linnean Society. 121

H. lucida. Not common at Bulwell, Oxton, Highfield House, and
Stanton-on-the-Wolds.

H. nitidula. Rare at Bulwell and Oxton.

H. pura. Rare at Oxton.

H. pygmeea. Rare at Highfield House and Stanton-on-the-
Wolds.

Vitrina pellucida. Common at Oxton both on the warren and
on the bogs, less abundant at Highfield House, Beeston, Bulwell, and
Stanton-on-the- Wolds.

Carychium minimum. Tolerably abundant under leaves at High-
field House, Bulwell, Beeston, and Stanton- on- the-Wolds.

Bulimus obscurus. Abundant at Nottingham Castle and Highfield
House.

B. luhricns. Common at Highfield House, Sawley, and Thrump-
ton, and found at Bulwell, Oxton, and Stanton-on-the- Wolds.

Azeca tridens. Rare at Highfield House,

Pupa umbilicata. Very abundant at Nottingham Castle and at
Highfield House.

Clausilia nigricans. Exceedingly common at Thrumpton, Bulwell,
and Highfield House.

The following Mollusca are to be found associated together in
the same localities.

A dike running at the foot of Beeston and passing behind the lake
at Highfield House contains, where it passes through Mr. Barker's
field, the following shells : Planorbis corneus, P. marginatus, P. cari-
natus, P. vortex, P. spirorhis, Limneus pereger, and Aplexus hypnorum.
The dike is choked with weeds and filth from the village, and warm
water from a neighbouring mill here runs into it ; P. corneus is found
much larger in this warm dike than elsewhere in this neighbourhood.
200 yards lower down the dike contains (where it runs through the
Rev. J. Wolley's fields), besides the above Planorbis tribe, Cyclas
lacustris, Limneus auriciilarius , L. pereger, Pisidium pulchellum, and
Valval a cristata. A few hundred yards beyond this the water becomes
free of weeds and clear, and the whole tribe of Planorbis are left be-
hind. From Broadgate, all through the Highfield House estate, the
dike onljf contains Limneus pereger, and in one or two places Ancylus
fluviatilis, and on the moist mud on its banks Succinea Pfeifferi and
Limneus truncatulus. The Musco-Sic brook branches out from it at
Broadgate and joins it again at the east extremity of the Highfield
House estate ; this brook at first contains Planorbis marginatus, P.
vortex, P. carinatus, P. corneus, Bithinia tentaculata (very large), Val-

122 Linnean Society. [Feb. 18,

vata piscinalis, Limneus pereger, Cyclas cornea, Pisidium pulchellum,
and Limneus auricularius.

A very clear brook at Attenborough with Algae growing in it,
contains Planorbis corneus, P. carinatus, P. marginatus, P. vortex, P.
spirorbis, Ancylus fiuviatilis , Bithinia tentaculata, Limneus pereger, L.
auricularius, L. stagnalis, and Physa acuta.

A similar brook at Lenton near the railway contains Planorbis
corneus, P. vortex, P. spirorbis, P. carinatus, Limneus stagnalis, L.
auricularius, L. pereger, Physa acuta, P. fontinalis, Valvata piscinalis,
Cyclas cornea, and Bithinia tentaculata,

A small ditch some fifty yards from the last-named locality con^
tains : — Bithinia ventricosa, B. tentaculata, Limneus truncatulus, L.
pereger, Valletia lacustris, Planorbis vortex, P. spirorbis, P. carinatus,
and P. contortus.

The lake at Highfield House contains : — Anodon cygneus, A. cel-
lensis, A. anatinus, A. var. of anatinus, Unio pictorum, U. tumidus,
Dreissena polymorpha (very large), Planorbis nitidus, P. imbricatus,
and Limneus pereger.

The river Soar at Thrumpton contains : — Cyclas rivicola, C. cornea,
Unio pictorum, Dreissena polymorpha, Anodon cygneus, A. anatinus,
Limneus pereger, L. stagnalis, and Paludina achatina.

The river Trent near Beeston contains : — Pisidium pulchellum,
Anodon anatinus, A. avonensis, A. cygneus, Cyclas cornea, C. rivicola,
Bithinia tentaculata, Limneus pereger, L. stagnalis, Physa acuta,
Neritina fiuviatilis, Planorbis carinatus, P. vortex, P. spirorbis, P.
albus, Unio pictorum, U. tumidus, U. ovalis, Limneus palustris, Valvata
piscinalis, and Dreissena polymorpha.

Under the Seven Arches in Nottingham Meadows are, Planorbis
carinatus, P. spirorbis, P. vortex, Bithinia ventricosa, B. tentaculata,
Valletia lacustris, Cyclas cornea, and Limneus pereger.

In the river Lean at Bui well there are Valvata piscinalis, V. cris-
tata, Planorbis carinatus, P. contortus, P. vortex, Bithinia tentaculata,
Limneus pereger, Anodon cellensis, and Ancylus fiuviatilis.

A moist mud-bank left by the Trent floods at Sawley contains
Limneus truncatulus, L. palustris, L. pereger, and Helix alliaria.

A dry bank near has Helix nemoralis, H. arbustorum, H. hispida,
and Bulimus lubricus.

A cool bank at Thrumpton contains Helix nemoralis, H. arbustorum,
H. hispida, H. fulva, Clausilia nigricans, Bulimus lubricus, Succinea
Pfeifferi, S. putris. Helix cellaria, and H. alliaria.

A sand-bank in the lane at Highfield House has Helix nemoralis,
H. hispida, H. concinna, H. virgata, H. arbustorum, H. rotundata,

1851.] Linnean Society. 123

H. cellaria, H. pulchella, Bulimus lubricus, B. obscurus, Azeca tridens.
Pupa umbilicata, and Clausilia nigricans.

The Nottingham Castle-yard contains Helix aspersa, H. hispida,
H. nemoralis, H. cellaria, H. rotunduta, Bulimus lubricus, B. obscurus,
and Pupa umbilicata.

Oxton Bog and Warren has Helix fulva, H. lucida, H. pura. Hi
pulchella, H. hispida, Bulimus lubricus, Vitrina pellucida, Physa acuta,
and Segmentina lineata.

The Hill Farm at Stanton-on-the- Wolds has Helix hispida, H.
sericea, H. depilata, H. concinna, H. fulva, H. aculeata, H. pygmeea,
H. caperata, H. ericetorum, H. nemoralis, H. virgata, Bulimus lubri-
cus, Carychium minimum, and Vitrina pellucida.

Read further, a memoir " On the Aquilaria Agallocha, Roxb., the
Agallochum or Aloe- wood Tree of Commerce." By the late William
Roxburgh, M.D., F.L.S. &c. Communicated by the President.

The memoir, which appears to have been written in 1810 or 1811,
contains a detailed description of this important tree, as well as much
other information in addition to that published in the posthumous
' Flora Indica' of the author. The plants described were sent to the
Calcutta Botanic Garden by Mr. Robert Keith Dick, Judge and
Magistrate at Silhet ; and an extract is given from a letter addressed
by that gentleman to Dr. Roxburgh, in which he states that the
wood is brought for sale from the country of Kuchar and from the
southern parts of the zillah of Silhet, particularly the divisions of
Puthureea and Lunglah, where the tree is known by the Bengal
name of Tuggur. Its extreme height is from sixty to seventy cubits,
and the trunk from two to two and a half cubits in diameter. No
part of the wood, except that which is used for the extraction of the
Uttur, is applied to any useful purpose. Few trees contain any of
this precious perfume, and such as do, have it very partially distri-
buted in the trunk and branches. The people employed in its col-
lection, however, cut down all the trees indiscriminately, and then
search for the Aggur by chopping through the whole tree, and re-
moving such portions as are found to contain the oil or have the
smell of it. In this state Mr. Dick describes four different kinds, of
which the first, called Ghurkee, sinks, and sells at from 12 to 16
rupees per seer of 2 lbs. ; the second, called Doim, produces from
6 to 8 rupees per seer ; the third, Simula, floats, and is sold at from
3 to 4 rupees ; and the fourth, Choorum, in small pieces, which also
float, at 1 to 1^ rupees per seer. The oil is obtained by bruising the

124 Linnean Society. [Feb. 18,

wood in a mortar, and then infusing it in boiling water, when the
Uttur collects on the surface. Neither root, leaves nor bark yield any
Uttur. Some trees wiU produce a maund (80 lbs.) of the four sorts.
So far Mr. Dick. Dr. Roxburgh thinks that there is a wonderful
agreement between the various but imperfect accounts of the trees
said to produce the Calambac or Agallochum of the ancients and that
which he describes. He notices the descriptions given by Lamarck
and Cavandles", which he thinks, as far as they go, agree well with
the plant of the Botanic Garden ; as do those of Rumphius, making
some allowance for the imperfection of his figures. Ksempfer's
figure and description also exactly correspond with young specimens
in the Botanic Garden sent from Goalpara by Dr. Buchanan and
from Silhet by Mr. Smith ; and a description of the fruit by Mr.
James Cunningham is quoted as very exact. Dr. Roxburgh gives
his reasons for believing that not only the Ophispermum Sinense of
Loureiro, but also the Aloexylum Agallochum of that author, are both
of the same genus, if not the very same species, with the plant from
Silhet. There runs indeed so uncommon a coincidence through tlie
whole of these notices as to induce him to believe that they all
relate to the same identical object. He concludes by retracting what
he had previously said, in his account of Amyris Agallocha, as far as
relates to its yielding Calamhac, which he acknowledges to have been
founded on erroneous information.

Dr. Roxburgh's memoir was accompanied by some remarks by
the late H. T. Colebrooke, Esq., F.L.S., consisting chiefly of refer-
ences to and extracts from various Oriental authors, in relation to
this fragrant wood, the countries in which it is found, the tree from
which it is derived, its various kinds, and the processes used in ex-
tracting the oil. On the subject of the etymology of the word Agal-
lochum, he observes that it is not right to derive it from the Arabic,
which on the contrary is confessedly borrowed from the Greek, that
is to say, from the Agallochon of Dioscorides. Neither is its origin
to be sought in the Hebrew Ahalim and Ahaloth, as proposed by
Salmasius, since it is more obvious to deduce it from the language
of the country whence the drug was brought ; and the Indian name
Aguru, or with the Sanscrit pleonastic termination ca, Aguruca, is
much nearer to the sound of the Greek term. The Portuguese Pao
de Aquila, he adds, is an undoubted corruption either of the Arabic
Aghdluji or of the Latin Agallochum ; and it is by a ludicrous mistake
that from this corruption has grown the name of Lignum Aquila,
whence the genus of the plant now receives its botanic appellation.

1851.] Linnean Society. 125

The paper was accompanied with a coloured drawing of the young
plant, and of a flowering branch, together with a detailed analysis
of the parts of fructification.

March 4.
N. Wallich, Esq., M.D., Vice-President, in the Chair.

Read " Notes on Bdellium." By B. A. R. Nicholson, Esq., M.D.,
of the Bombay Army. Communicated by the Secretary.

Dr. Nicholson states that the tree which he identifies as producing
the Bdellium of Greek and Roman authors, occurs in the hilly
districts of North-western India, where it is known to the natives
by the name of Googul. He extracts the account of Bdellium from
Ainslie's ' Materia Indica,' and comments on some of the statements
therein contained. Thus, for example, Ainslie says that " all of this
gum-resin found in India is brought from Arabia, where the tree is
called Dowm ; " but Dr. Nicholson states that wherever the tree is
found in the North-western provinces, the bazaars are supplied with
the gum from it ; and that he never heard the tree called Dowm in
Arabia, although he has been in many parts of that country, where
he has seen the Googul. Dr. Ainslie again quotes Sprengel, who
erroneously states that Dowm is the Arabic name for Borassus fla-
helliformis, and cites Ksempfer and Rumphius in proof that Bdellium
is procured from that tree ; but Dr. Nicholson believes the Arabic
name Doom to be exclusively applied to the dividing-stemmed Palm
(Hyphane Thebaica, Gsertn.), which is common on the banks of the
Nile, in the Thebaid and Upper Egypt, two or three trees of which
he has seen growing at Mocha, and a single tree at the west end of
the native village opposite to the Portuguese settlement in the Island
of Diu in Kattiawar. He has frequently examined this Palm without
detecting any gum ; and it is well known in India that the Tari,
Borassus flabelliformis, does not produce gum. Another Palm, Cha-
meerops humilis, L., has been also affirmed to produce Bdellium, and
Matthiolus is quoted as having witnessed the fact at Naples ; but
Dr. Nicholson states that he particularly examined this Chamczrops
at Girgenti in Sicily in all stages of its growth, in flower, in fruit,
and without either, and never observed anything like gum.

After refuting these erroneous notions as to the origin of the gum.

126 Linnean Society. [March 4,

Dr. Nicholson proceeds to state that he met with the Googul plant
for the first time in 1832 on the Hills of Balmeer, in the Chotee
Thur or Little Desert, on taking and sacking which town large
quantities of the gum were found in several of the Banyan houses.
The bush is also plentiful about Joolmaghur, thirteen miles south-
west from Balmeer ; and the author has observed it on the Kulinjur
Hills in Parkur, as well as on those of several parts of Kutch and
Wangeer. Having been shipwrecked in 1836 on the southern coast
of Arabia, about 200 miles east of Cape Furtash, and being carried
by the Arabs to the town of Geda, about three miles distant from
the coast, he observed that large quantities of the gum Googul,
there called Aflatoon, were brought to Geda by the Bedouins from the
interior, where he was informed that the tree producing it was very
plentiful, and that the gum is annually carried thence to Mocha on
camels, and exported from Mocha to Bombay and other places. He
subsequently found the Googul bush on the hills of Yemen, and in
1841 on the hills above Wankaneer in Kattiawar. The gum is
chiefly used as a frankincense ; but the natives of Guzerat, and pro-
bably of other provinces where the tree is found, collect and bruise
the recent berries and twigs, boiling the juice out in cauldrons, and
having mixed it with their chunam (lime), to which it imparts in-
creased tenacity, commence all their dwellings with lime thus mixed,
it is said from a religious motive. The gum is found most abun-
dantly after the rains, when it is collected in pieces as it exudes
from the tree, and is often very dirty from the careless way in which
it is gathered, being mixed with the bark and twigs, and sometimes
even with the subjacent soil. The harder and nearly transparent
drops are picked out by the Banyan merchant, and fetch a higher
price than the rest.

The author states that he is indebted to the late Dr. Charles Lush,
F.L.S., Superintendent of the Honourable East India Company's
Botanical Gardens at Darpoorie, who in 1842, from the sketches and
specimens then in the author's possession, identified the plant as the
Amyris Kataf of Forskahl, and assisted in identifying the gum with
the Bdellium of the ancients. He believes that if at all known to
Roxburgh, it must be under the names of Amyris nana or of Bos-
wellia.

The paper concluded with a description of the plant, and with
some remarks on the geological character of the localities in which
it is found ; and was accompanied by a sketch of a branch, and by
specimens of the gum in its pure and mixed states.

1851.] Linnean Society. 127

March 18.
R. Brown, Esq., President, in the Chair.

Dr. Wallich, V.P.L.S., read some extracts from his " Notes on the
Germination of 1643 species of Plants," the details of which, with
the deductions to be drawn from them, he proposed giving at a
future Meetinsr.

April 1.

N. Wallich, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

Read a continuation of Dr. Buchanan Hamilton's " Commentary
on the Ninth Part of Van Rheede's ' Hortus Malabaricus.' "

April 15.

R. Brown, Esq., President, in the Chair.

Mr. Matchwick exhibited a flowering specimen of the Tussack
Grass of the Falkland Islands {^Dactylis caspitosa, Forst.), raised
from seed in the Orkney Islands by Messrs. Lawson of Edinburgh.

Mr. Benjamin Kennedy, F.L.S., exhibited a large block of sand-
stone, sent to him by his son from the neighbourhood of Swellen-
dam. South Africa, and gave the following extract from the letter
accompanying it : —

" The fossil (if fossil it is) which I have sent you is about one-sixth
part of one I saw in Kerqua's Kloof, eighteen miles west of this
place [Swellendam] . It covered the face of a rock which projected
from the side of a mountain at its base. Four branches radiated
from a centre. I was in hopes that I should have been able to have
got off the whole piece, but unfortunately it split into three pieces
when I applied the wedges, having previously drilled holes, which
took four men a whole day to do. This stone has been known to
the people here for the last twenty-six years. The plane of the
fossil was perpendicular, and another piece had split off from the

128 lAnnean Society. \.^V^' ^^3

rock, and which piece I found lying at the foot of the other, and
also having an indented impression, but not so distinct, at least only
in parts. I have been unable to meet vpith any geologist here who
can explain it, or give cay history of the formation in which it is
found. Some have pretended to know something about it, but their
opinions differ considerably. Some say the plant has grown there
since the rock was found ; others that it is a Zoophyte, and not a
plant at all ; while one man, a German, says that it was imprinted
in the rock whilst soft, and has been subsequently hardened by
great heat, as the crystals show. I think he is nearer the mark.
The place in which it was found is most wild-looking. It is a
mountain pass ; so you would call it in England ; we call it a Kloof.
This pass runs through a low range of mountains, the end as it were
of the great range which begins near Cape Town, but separated
from that by the river Zondereuch. Curiously enough, although it
appears to be a continuation of the great range, its structure is
totally different in appearance. The whole mountain seems to have
been broken up into huge blocks of rock, but yet preserving a strati-
fied appearance, more regular in some parts than in others. In some
places, too, the strata are horizontal, in others inclined at an angle
of 20 degrees. All the rocks are more or less crystallized, and nearly
all have the traces of vegetable remains (sea-weeds, as I think) upon
them. I walked over the mountain, or rather climbed amongst the
rocks, crowbar in hand, and found many similarly marked ; not, I
mean, with the same plant, but in the same sort of way as the one
sent. Mr. Vigne showed me a stone that be had found on the
mountain behind his house ; there was an appearance of a fossil
plant, very much resembling the one I sent you ; but the plant itself
was there changed into stone or coal quite black ; but instead of
being an impression, it might be called a basso relievo. The stone
was quite different, being a dark-coloured sandstone, and not at all
crystallized."

It appeared to be the prevalent opinion of the members present
that this remarkable impression was the result of dendritic crystal-
lization.

The President exhibited specimens of the three known species of
Rafflesia (R. Arnoldi, R. Patma, and R. Cumingii), particularly with
the view of showing that they are all three dioicous.

1851.] Linnean Society. 129

May 6.

R. Brown, Esq., President, in the Chair.

Richard Chandler Alexander, Esq., M.D., was elected a Fellow ;
and Dr. Hermann Burmeister, the Chevalier Giovanni Gussone,
Prof. J. E. Purkinje, and Prof, Johann Roeper, were elected Foreign
Members.

Read some " Notes on the Leaf of Guarea grandifolia, Dec." By
R. C. Alexander, Esq., M.D., F.L.S., as follows:—

In the enclosed specimens of a Guarea from Jamaica, the G. gran-
difolia, Dec, it will be seen that the lower leaflets have fallen off,
while younger ones are being developed at the extremity of the
same petiole. At the time of flowering, the number of leaflets varies
from a single pair to eight or ten pairs ; but as these fall off in the
course of a few months, the petiole elongates, and at each successive
rainy season, of which there are two in the year, throws out from
the end a fresh foliage of several pairs. The lower and older part
of the petiole in the meantime remaining attached to the stem, be-
comes completely ligneous and round, and acquires a rind distinct
from the wood, and covered with lenticelles and a resemblance to
pith in the centre; — takes on, in short, the character of a branch,
from which it is only to be distinguished by the axillary inflorescence,
the absence of buds in the axillae of the leaflets, and the analogy with
the closely-allied genus Trichilia, in which the same phaenomenon is
seen in leaves deciduous after the second development. In Guarea,
at least in this species of it, the leaf seems to be continuous with
the branch, without articulation, and to have no definite term of life,
hanging on till overtopped and killed by other leaves. Its usual
length at that period is from a yard to four and a half feet.

In Adrien de Jussieu's Memoir on the Meliacea are the following
remarks : —

" The resemblance of the leaflets borne on the same petiole to
leaves borne on the same branch becomes more striking still in cer-
tain genera, as Guarea, where the extremity of the petiole, after a
series of leaflets perfectly developed, presents some which are not
yet so, and which appear to belong to another shoot. It would be
interesting to ascertain what becomes of them, a thing that I have
not been able to do, having had none but dried specimens to
examine."

No. XLVI. — Proceedings of the Linnean Society.

130 Linnean Society. [May 24,

This shrub usually grows at the base of large timber trees, such as
the Eriodendron anfractuosum, in the pasture districts of St. Ann's
parish, establishing itself between their elevated buttress-like roots,
and with its leaves hanging down to the grass, forms natural arbours,
or rather stables, in which the cattle repose during the heat of the
day. The negroes use them to wattle the walls of their huts, and
call the bush " Alligator Tree," probably from the two Spanish words
"a ligar," to tie with. Where it stands free, it attains the size of
a full-grown apple-tree ; but it invariably, I believe, grows within
shelter of some other and larger one.

Except this genus and Trichilia, I found no other in Jamaica that
had the character of leaf above described.

The President exhibited numerous specimens of recent and fossil
Cycade<B. Among these was a fine specimen of a new species {Cy-
cadites Saxbyanus, R. Br.) found in the Isle of Wight by Mr. Saxby
of Bonchurch. The President remarked that all the specimens of
Cycadites hitherto found in the Isle of Wight agreed in having an
elliptical outline, unaccompanied with any inequality in the woody
ellipsis, and also in having a bud in the axilla of each leaf ; in these
respects differing from the Cycadites of the Isle of Portland and from
all the recent species of Cycadece with which we are acquainted, which
have a circular outline and only scattered buds.

Anniversary Meeting.

May 24.

Robert Brown, Esq., President, in the Chair.

This day, the Anniversary of the birth of Linnaeus, and that ap-
pointed by the Charter for the election of Council and Officers, the
President opened the business of the meeting, and the Secretary read
the fallowing Notices of those Members with whose decease the
Society had become acquainted since the last Anniversary : —

John James Audubon, deservedly celebrated as one of the first of
ornithological painters, was of French extraction, but born in the
neighbourhood of New Orleans. At an early age he was taken to
France, where he received the rudiments of education, and studied

1851.] Linnean Society. 131

the elements of design under David ; but at the age of seventeen he
quitted France to return to America, and devoted himself to the
study of nature, which had from childhood been his favourite and
engrossing pursuit. He was presented by his father with a " planta-
tion" on the Schuylkil River, in the State of Pennsylvania, and for
nearly twenty years attempted various branches of commerce, but
with little success, his mind being wholly intent on rambling through
the woods, the lakes and the prairies of the Western World, and
delineating the natural objects with which they abound. At length,
in 1810, he established a new home for his family in the State of
Kentucky, and betook himself entirely to travelling in pursuit of the
objects of his ever- increasing predilection. In April 1824, when he
had formed a -very large collection of drawings, he visited Philadel-
phia, and there became acquainted with Charles Lucien Bonaparte,
and with other naturalists, whose commendations of his labours first
led to his idea of publishing the materials which he had spent his
life in collecting. Over this idea he long brooded ; and finding that
it was in vain to think of publication in his native land, he deter-
mined to visit England, for which he set sail in 1825 or 1826. He
landed at Liverpool, and proceeded through Manchester and Carlisle
to Edinburgh, where he was received with the utmost cordiality,
and where he commenced the publication of his ornithological
illustrations, under the title of ' The Birds of America.' This mag-
nificent and costly work was completed in 1838, and contains 435
plates of the largest size yet employed for objects of natural history,
every bird being figured of the size of life, and the number of figures
amounting to 1065. From Edinburgh he proceeded to London, to
which city the publication of his work was soon afterwards transferred;
and in 1 828, in company with Mr. Swainson, he visited Paris. After
spending the winter of that year in England, he set sail for America
in the spring of 1829 ; and early in the following year returned to
England with his wife. From this time until the completion of his
great work he continued to share his time between America and
England, making, during his sojourn in the former, numerous jour-
neys and voyages into the less known portions of the North American
continent, and adding greatly to his stores of ornithological drawings.
These journeys supplied many vivid sketches to the illustrative text
of his work, which he published separately under the title of ' Orni-
thological Biography, or an Account of the Habits of the Birds of
the United States of America.' 5 vols. 8vo. London, 1831-1839.
In the last-named year he returned to America, which he did not
again quit, but busied himself, in conjunction with Dr. Bachman of

132 Linnean Society. [May 24,

Charleston, in preparing for the press ' The Quadrupeds of America,'
in the same magnificent form. In this work he also received the
assistance of his two sons, Victor Gifford and John Woodhouse, who
inherit in a high degree their father's talents as an artist. His death
took place, at the age of 76, on the 27th of January in the present
year, at his residence on the banks of the Hudson River, in 155th-
street. New York. He became a Fellow of this Society in 1828,
and was also a Fellow of the Royal Societies of London and Edin-
burgh, and of many other scientific bodies.

John Brown, Esq., M.D., who had for many years practised as a
physician at Boston in Lincolnshire, was one of the magistrates of
that borough, and highly respected by his fellow-townsmen. He
was fond of botany, and his garden evinced a considerable taste for
horticulture. He became a Fellow of the Linnean Society in 1826,
and died at Boston on the 30th of January 1851 .

Charles Ducane, Esq., Capt. R.N., of Braxted Lodge in the county
of Essex, entered the Navy in 1803, commanded a gun -boat in the
Walcheren Expedition, was made acting Lieutenant of the Parthian
brig in 1809, Commander in 1815, and in 1824-25 ofiiciated as In-
specting Commander of the Coast Guard. Capt. Ducane was much
attached to zoological studies ; and published several interesting
memoirs " On the Metamorphoses of the Crustacea." He became a
Fellow of the Linnean Society in 1846, and died at Bath on the 17th
of last November.

The Rev. Robert Branshy Francis, M.A., one of our oldest Mem-
bers, having been elected into the Society in 1798, was educated at
Corpus Christi College, Cambridge, at which University he took the
degree of B.A. in 1790, and of M.A. in 1794. He became Rector
of East Carleton in the count}^ of Norfolk, on the presentation of
the Corporation of Norwich, in 1812 ; and continued to reside there
till his death, which took place on the 27th of April 1850, at the
age of 82. He was much attached to botany, and well acquainted
with our native plants.

Edward Home, Esq., B.C.L., was in early life much attached to
botany, and during the time that he continued an inmate with his
father at Clapham and at Bookham Grove, was a frequent companion
to Mr. Woods in his botanical excursions. After his father's death, he
resided for a short time with his mother in Russell- square, and then
took up his residence at Florence, where for the last twenty or thirty
years of his life he was a martyr to rheumatism. He became a Fel-
low of the Linnean Society in 1812, and died at Florence on the
18th of March in the present year.

1851.] Linnean Society. 133

The Rev. Stepheti Long Jacob, by seniority the fourth on our List
of Fellows, was educated at Worcester College, Oxford, and took
his degree of M.A. in 1737. in 1799 he was collated by Archbishop
Moore to the livings of Waldershare and Whitfield in the county of
Kent, and in 1806 presented by the Dean and Chapter of Windsor
to that of Woolavington cum Puriton in Somersetshire, which toge-
ther with the former he held until his death. He died at Woola-
vington, on the 4th of February in the present year, at the age of
86. His election into the Linnean Society bears date in 1795, and
he had consequently been a Felluw for more than fifty-five years.

The Rev. William Kirby, M.A. — Of this truly excellent naturalist
and amiable man a biographical account is now in preparation by a
relative well-qualified for the task. In the meantime, as the essen-
tial features of his long and useful life had already been sketched
in a notice communicated to the Entomological Society by his friend
and fellow-labourer Mr. Spence, the Secretary availed himself of
the kind permission of that gentleman to repeat the substance of it
here : —

Mr. Kirby M^as descended from a family deserving honourable
mention, from its connexion with literature. His grandfather, John
Kirby, born in the year 1690, was author of 'The SuflFolk Tra-
veller,' a work of no mean reputation in its day. His uncle, Joshua
Kirby, was the author of Dr. Brook Taylor's ' Perspective made
Easy ;' he was an intimate acquaintance of Gainsborough, and fre-
quently his adviser ; and such was Gainsborough's regard for his
friend, that he made a special request in his will that he might be
buried by his side ; a desire which was carried into effect. This
Joshua Kirby afterwards became a great favourite with His Majesty
George III., and i-eceived, through his patronage, the office of
comptroller of the works at Kew. The celebrated Mrs. Trimmer
was his daughter, and consequently first-cousin to our deceased
Fellow. Mr. Kirby was born in the year 1759, at Witnesham Hall,
in the county of Suffolk, the residence of his father, who was by
profession a solicitor ; he was educated at the Grammar School in
Ipswich, whence he removed, in his seventeenth year, to Caius Col-
lege, Cambridge. Here he pursued his studies with diligence, and
laid so good a foundation, that he subsequently earned the reputa-
tion of being a sound and accurate scholar. In the j'ear 1781 he
took the degree of B.A. ; in the year 1782 he was admitted into
Holy Orders, having been nominated by the Rev. Nicholas Bacon
to the joint curacies of Barham and Coddenham, near Ipswich. By
his exemplary conduct in the discharge of his parochial duties, he

134 Linnean Society. [May 24,

so gained the esteem of Mr. Bacon, that he left him by his will the
next presentation to the rectory of Barham ; to this he was inducted
in the year 1796, so that for sixty-eight years he exercised his
ministry in the same charge, residing also in the same parsonage-
house. His first taste for natural history was excited by his mother
having been accustomed to lend him, when a child, occasionally as
a treat, some of the foreign shells in her cabinet to look at and ad-
mire. This early admiration of the works of creation led him, soon
after he entered on his curacy at Barham, to direct his attention to
botany, and he closely studied and made a collection of all the phse-
nogamous plants in his neighbourhood. When these were ex-
hausted, his attention was turned to entomology, by the circum-
stance of observing on his window a yellow cow-lady (Coccinella
22-punctata), his admiration of which led him to collect other in-
sects ; and as great events often arise from trifling causes, the whole
of his entomological career probably depended on his having been
struck by this insect. The energies of his powerful mind were also
with equal diligence directed to the study of theology. In the year
1829 he published a volume of Sermons, partly (to use his own lan-
guage) to show that while he devoted so much of his time to the
study of God's works, he had not been negligent of his Word. Sub-
sequently he was appointed to write one of the ' Bridgewater Trea-
tises,' which he published in the year 1835 ; and the manner in
which he executed this task, although then in his seventy-sixth year,
is too well known to need any comment.

Mr. Kirby was twice married, but left no issue. Besides being
Honorary President of the Entomological Society from the time of
its foundation, he was President of the Ipswich Museum, Fellow of
the Royal, Zoological and Geological Societies, and Honorary Mem-
ber of numerous foreign societies. He was elected into the Linnean
Society in 1796; and had consequently been fifty-four years a
Member at the period of his death, which took place at Barham on
the 4th of last July, in the ninety-first year of his age. He was
interred on Thursday (the 11th), in the chancel of Barham Church.
The funeral, in compliance with his expressed wish, was as private
as possible, but a great number of friends, nearly the whole of his
own, and many from the adjoining parishes, attended to pay the last
tribute of respect to his great worth.

Many years since he presented to the Entomological Society his
entire collection of insects ; invaluable, as being the depositary of
his entomological discoveries during a long life, and of the precise
individual species referred to in his papers in the ' Linnean Trans-

1851.] Linnean Society. 135

actions/ and in his general works on the science. Had he pub-
lished no other work than his ' Monographia Apum Angliae,' his
first separate one, which appeared in 1802, he would have ranked
as one of the first entomologists of the age ; a title which was
at once assigned to him by every student of the science, foreign
as well as British, capable of estimating the unwearied perseverance
with which he had collected his materials, the value of his oew
observ^ations on the anatomy of Bees, and the large and philoso-
phical grasp with which he had arranged them, under the fami-
lies (or, as they are now considered, genera) into which he distri-
buted them. Nothing can show more strikingly the ardour of his
zeal for the science, than the fact that he took lessons in the art of
etching, to enable him to give from his own hand sketches of the
parts of the mouth, on which his family characters mainly depended.
But when to this great work we. add his ' Monograph of Apion,'
' Century of Insects,' memoir ' On the order Strepsiptera,' and other
valuable papers in the ' Transactions of the Linnean Society ;' the
' Introduction to Entomology,' written in conjunction with Mr.
Spence ; his Bridgewater Treatise, ' On the History, Habits and
Instincts of Animals ;' and the ' Description of the Insects of the
Northern parts of British America,' occupying a quarto volume of
Sir John Richardson's ' Fauna Boreali-Americana ;' it will be evident
how extensively and successfully he cultivated natural science, and
how deeply it is indebted to him.

In the ' Proceedings of the Entomological Society,' from which
the preceding particulars are derived, Mr. Westwood has furnished
a critical notice of Mr. Kirby's numerous contributions to science,
which completely supersedes the necessity of any other list.

James Macfadyen, M.D., was a native of Glasgow, in which city
his father was an eminent music-seller. He himself, while a stu-
dent of the University there, destined for the medical profession,
distinguished himself by his great love of natural history, more
especially in the botanical class, and took his degree of M.D. about
the year 1821 or 1822. He was on the point of practising as a phy-
sician in his native city, when the late Mr. George Hibbert wrote to
request Sir William Hooker to recommend a well-educated bota-
nist, competent to take charge of a garden which the local govern-
ment in Jamaica contemplated forming at Bath (in that island).
Dr. Macfadyen-was immediately appointed on Sir William Hooker's
recommendation, and established the garden, which unfortunately,
owing to the very depressed condition of the colony, was too ill-
supported to justify his continuing long to superintend it. He con-

136 Linnean Society. [May 24,

sequently gave up the garden and established himself in medical
practice, which proved very lucrative. After some years he em-
barked his savings in the purchase of land and retired from prac-
tice. This kind of property, however, becoming greatly reduced in
value, and having a family to provide for, he was again obliged,
scarcely two years ago, to have recourse to his profession for a live-
lihood. He was most active among all classes of people during the
prevalence of the cholera, which has lately so devastated that island,
and in the course of his professional labours he took the disorder
himself and fell a victim to it. His kind and benevolent disposition
endeared him to a large circle of friends, and his hospitality to
strangers, especially naturalists, visiting Jamaica, was almost pro-
verbial.

In 1837 he printed, at Glasgow, and at his own expense, the
first volume of his ' Flora of Jamaica,' which extended as far as the
end of Leguminosas, following DeCandolle's arrangement. It de-
scribed in popular language the then known species of the island,
and treated largely on the uses and properties of the native plants.
Its limited sale and the arduous duties of his profession retarded the
continuation till last year. A great portion of the second volume
was actually printed in Jamaica, including a very considerable num-
ber of new species, when the further progress of the work was ar-
rested by his sudden decease. He was elected a Fellow of the Lin-
nean Society in the year 1838, and the intelligence of his being-
chosen a Fellow of the Geological was sent out only a few days be-
fore his decease. Besides the ' Flora of Jamaica,' Dr. Macfadyen
wrote and published in the island an account of the Nelumhium
Jamaicense of Patrick Browne, and of the particulars of its re-
discovery nearly a century after Browne had noticed it ; and he also
published several memoirs relating to the commercial and agricul-
tural welfare of Jamaica.

Joshua Milne, Esq., well-known to many among us as an intel-
lectual companion and amiable man, was in early life a clerk in the
banking-house of the Messrs. Currie, but subsequently became con-
nected with the Sun Life Insurance Office, of which he was the
Actuary for more than thirty years. He was best known as a ma-
thematician, and his two volumes, ' On Annuities and Reversionary
Payments,' published in 1815, still keep their place as one of the
most complete and satisfactory treatises on that intricate subject.
He also contributed to the ' Encyclopaedia Britannica' two articles
on Annuities and on Mortality, which are regarded by actuaries as
of great practical value ; and constructed from Dr. Heysham's data

1851.] Linnean Society. 137

of mortality the so-called Carlisle Tables, which were for many-
years adopted as the basis of calculation in Life Assurance Offices.
He had formed a very extensive and well-selected library, said to
contain the most complete collection extant on the subject of Vital
Statistics, and rich also in works of Natural History ; the latter
science constituted the delight and recreation, as the former did the
business of his life. He was particularly attached to botany, and
latterly to geology also ; but his especial favourites were the Mosses
and Jungermanniee, the British species of which he had carefully stu-
died, although he never published anything on the subject. Some
years before his death he retired from his official connection with
the Sun Insurance Office, and died at Upper Clapton, where he had
long resided, on the 4th of January in the present year, and in the
seventy- sixth year of his age.

Spencer Joshua Alwyne Compton, Marquis of Northampton, late
President of the Royal Society, was born on the 2nd of January,
1790, educated at Trinity College, Cambridge, and took his degree
of M.A. in 1810. Lord Compton entered Parliament in 1812, as
the successor of Mr. Percival, whose near relation he was, in the
borough of Northampton. In 1815 he married Miss Maclean Cle-
phane, daughter and heiress of General Clephane, and for many
years Rome became the favourite residence of Lord and Lady
Compton, and their house the centre of attraction to the genius and
talent of every country congregated there. In 1828 Lord Compton
succeeded, by the death of his father, to the Marquisate of North-
ampton, and in 1830 he had the misfortune to lose his amiable and
accomplished wife, who died suddenly soon after her confinement.
In science. Lord Northampton attached himself more especially to
geology, and he was one of the earliest Presidents of the Geological
Society. He presided at the Sixth Meeting of the British Associa-
tion for the Advancement of Science, held at Bristol in 1836, and
at the Eighteenth, held at Swansea in 1848. From 1838 to 1849
he filled the Chair of the Royal Society, in which important posi-
tion he distinguished himself by his general information in matters
of science, literature and art, by his mild and courteous demeanour,
by the simplicity of his mind, and the impartiality of his conduct.
The death of his son-in-law. Lord Alford, at the commencement of
the present year, affected him greatly ; his constitution, always
weakly, seems to have given way under the shock, and he died on
the 17 th of January, at his seat at Castle Ashby, of a quiet and
almost insensible decay, at the age of sixty-one.

Alexander Raphael, Esq., M.P., was by descent an Armenian,

13 8 Linnean Society. [May 24,

but of the Roman Catholic religion, to purposes connected with
which he is said to have contributed during the last few years of his
life sums amounting to £100,000. He served the office of Sheriff
of London and Middlesex in the year 1834, was in the following
year returned to Parliament for the County of Carlow, but was un-
seated on petition, and sat for St. Albans from 1847 till the time of
his death. He became a Fellow of the Linnean Society in 1835,
and died at his house in Great Stanhope Street, May Fair, on the
17th of November last, at the age of seventy-four.

George Thackeray, D.D., and Provost of King's College, Cam-
bridge, was the son of Dr. Thackeray of Windsor, a favourite phy-
sician of King George III., and grandson of the Rev. Thomas
Thackeray, D.D., head-master of Harrow School. He was born at
Harrow, passed his school days at Eton, and proceeded thence to
King's College, where he took his degree of B.A. in 1802, and of
M.A. in 1805, and became a Fellow of his College in the same year.
He was soon after appointed to be one of the Assistant-Masters at
Eton, and became one of the chaplains in ordinary to King George
IJL, an office which he continued to hold under that sovereign's
successors. In 1814 he was appointed Provost of King's College,
and in the same year Vice- Chancellor of the University. Dr.
Thackeray was a most erudite classical scholar, and especially di-
stinguished by his critical knowledge of Latin. He was a great
lover of old books, and had also paid much attention to natural
history, in which department his library, in all respects a very
valuable one, was peculiarly rich. He died in Wimpole Street on
the 21st of October in the last year, leaving an only daughter the
heiress of his very considerable wealth. His election into the Lin-
nean Society bears date in 1821.

James Thomson, Esq., F.R.S., was born at Blackburn on the 6th
of February, 1779. His family were nearly connected with that of
the late Sir Robert Peel. At the early age of fifteen he went to
pursue his studies at Glasgow ; there he entered into relations of
confidential friendship with Gregory Watt (son of the inventor of
the steam-engine), after whose early death he remained on terms
of intimacy with James Watt himself, and with Thomas Campbell
the poet. He remained at college but for one year, and then entered
the mercantile house of Joseph Peel and Co. in London, where he
resided for six years, associating with many of the most remarkable
literary and scientific men of the age ; Sir Humphry Davy, Wol-
laston and Person being among his intimate friends. His know-
, ledge of chemistry attracted the notice of his employers, who think-

1851.] Linnean Society. 139

ing it might be rendered more available in the manufactories of
Lancashire than in a London counting-house, removed him to their
establishment at Church Kirk, near Accrington, where he remained
nine years, having married, meantime, the eldest daughter of the
Rev. Thomas Starkie, vicar of Blackburn. In the year 1811 he
established himself at Primrose, near Clitheroe, where he pursued
the occupation of a calico-printer for nearly forty years. Notwith-
standing the claims and difficulties of an arduous business, he de-
voted much time to the cultivation of general science and literature,
and was besides a generous patron of the arts, and a liberal contri-
butor to public institutions. In addition to his knowledge of che-
mistry, which enabled him to introduce several important improve-
ments in the processes connected with his trade, he was attached
to antiquarian pursuits, and published in the ' London and Edin-
burgh Philosophical Magazine' for 1834 a paper " On the Mummy-
cloth of Egypt, with Observations on some Manufactures of the
Ancients," in which, with the assistance of Mr. Francis Bauer's
microscopical acumen and accurate pencil, he satisfactorily demon-
strated that the fibres of the cloth in question were of flax, and not
of cotton. He died at Clitheroe, of an attack of paralysis, on the
17th of September last, at the age of seventy-two. His election
into the Linnean Society dates from 1798.

James Hewetson Wilson, Esq., B.A., was the only surviving son
of John Hewetson Wilson, Esq., of the Grange, Worth, in the
county of Sussex. He was educated at Wadham College, Oxford,
and became a Fellow of the Linnean Society in 1847. He attached
himself to the study of botany, and published in 1849 a very care-
fully executed translation of the 'Elements of Botany' of Adrien
de Jussieu. His death took place on the 12th of November last at
the house of his father, while still in the prime of youth.

Robert W7-ay, Esq., one of the Benchers of the Inner Temple,
became a Fellow of the Linnean Society in 1799, and died at
Hampstead on the 10th of January in the present year, at the age
of seventy- three. He was fond of natural history, and attached
himself especially to entomology.

The following losses have also been sustained among the Foreign
Members of the Society.

Heinrich Friedrich Link was born on the 2nd of February, 1767,
in the Parsonage House of the Church of St. Anne at Hildesheim,
of which his father was minister, and was educated at the Gymnasium
Andreanum of his native town. He became early initiated in botanical
pursuits, having at ten years old made a journey into the Hartz, in

140 Linnean Society. [May 24,

company with his father, who was an ardent collector of plants, and
with Dr. Schnecker, who afterwards married his eldest sister. He
paid two other visits to the Hartz, while yet a student, under the
charge of Schnecker, who also introduced him to the well-known
chemist and mineralogist Von Beroldingen, his intimacy with whom
gave a fresh impulse to his studies in the direction of chemistry. In
1782 he lost his father, and in 1786 he entered the University of
Gottingen, where he devoted himself seriously to the study of medi-
cine, but not without frequent deviations towards the natural sciences,
his early attachment to which was greatly strengthened by his at-
tendance on the lectures of the celebrated Blumenbach. His first
published work was a Prize Essay, entitled "Commentatio de Analysi
Urinse et Origine Calculi," 1 788, 4to ; which was followed two years
afterwards by his Inaugural Dissertation on taking the degree of
M.D., " Florae Goettingensis Specimen, sistens Vegetabilia saxo cal-
careo propria," 1790, Svo. In the last-named year appeared also his
first work of any extent, ' Versuch einer Anleitung zur geologischen
Kentniss der Mineralien,' Goettingen, 1790, Svo. As the time for
his quitting the University approached, he received an invitation from
one of the towns of Southern Germany to settle there as a physician ;
but his nomination in 1792 to the Chair of Natural History and
Chemistry in the University of Rostock determined the bent of his
future life, and attached him thenceforward entirely to natural
science. In the following year he married the sister of Professor
Josephi of the same University, and here, in the comparative retire-
ment of a small town and among a limited circle of scientific and
literary friends, he passed nearly twenty years of his active and use-
ful life. His next publications were, ' Beitrage zur Naturgeschichte,'
Rost. and Leipz. Svo, 1794-1804 ; ' Beitrage zur Physik und Chemie,*
Rost. andLeipz. Svo. 1795-1797; ' Grundriss der Physik,' Hamburg,
1798; and 'Philosophise Botanicae Novae, seu Institutionum Phy-
tographicarum, Prodromus,' Gottingse, Svo, 1798. In 1797 the
Grand-Duke of Mecklenburg gave him leave of absence for two years
to accompany Count J. C. Von Hoffmansegg in a journey through
Portugal, the botanical results of which were published in the ' Flore
Portugaise,' Berlin, fol. vol. i. 1809, vol. ii. 1820, one of the most
splendidly illustrated botanical works that had then appeared. He
also gave a narrative of his journey under the title of ' Bemerkungen
auf einer Reise durch Frankreich, Spanien und vorziiglich Portugal,'
Kiel, 1801, Svo, two parts, to which a third was added in 1804 from
the communications of his friend and fellow-traveller ; and his
geognostic and mineralogical observations formed the subject of a

1851.} Linnean Society. 141

separate volume, published at Rostock in 1801. In the year 1804,
the Society of Sciences at Gottingen offered a prize for the best
Essay on the Structure of the Vessels of Plants, among the competi-
tors for which were Link, Rudolphi, and Treviranus. Rarely has it
happened that three such men have entered the lists on such an
occasion ; Link and Rudolphi had the prize divided between them,
and Treviranus received the accessit. The Essay of the former was
published under the title of ' Grundlehren der Anatomic und Phy-
siologie der Pflanzen,' Gottingen, 1807, 8vo, M'ith a supplement
added in 1809. In the meanwhile its author had commenced the
publication of a ' Beschreibung des Naturalien- Kabinets der Univer-
sitat Rostock,' 8vo, six parts, 1806-1808, which contains, among
other valuable zoological observations, some important but little-
known contributions to the natural history of the Mollusca. In the
midst of these and other avocations connected with his Professor-
ship, he twice fiUed the office of Rector of the University, and found
time to devote himself with much energy to various patriotic duties
connected with the war then raging between his country and
France. The year 1811 brought him invitations to fill the Chair
of Natural History both from Halle and Breslau. He chose the latter,
and remained attached to that Universit)^ for four years, during which
time he had the honour of giving lessons on natural history to the
present King of Prussia, then Crown-Prince, whose personal favour
he ever afterwards continued to enjoy, and which was evinced among
other marks of distinction by the affixing the name of Link to one
of the new streets of Berlin. To the Professorship of Botany in the
University of that capital. Link was finally removed in 1815, and at
the same time appointed to the superintendence of the Botanic Gar-
den. In this great centre of the intellect and science of Germany, his
varied talents and extensive acquirements received their full develop-
ment and became universally known and acknowledged. He be-
came an active Member of the Academy of Sciences and of the Na-
tural History Society, Medical Privy- Councillor and a Member of
the Scientific Deputation in the Ministry, Director of the Botanic
Garden and of the Garden of the University, of the Royal Herbarium,
and of the Pharmacological Collection, and was for many years
President of the Horticultural Society. For some time after his
appointment to the Professorship he gave Lectures at the University
on Physical Geography, Philosophy and Anthropology ; but at a
later period he restricted himself to General and Medical Botany,
Toxicology and Pharmacology. The well-known riches of the Bo-
tanical Garden furnished him with ample materials for the prosecu-

142 Linnean Society. [May 24,

tion of his researches ; and his ' Prodromus Philosophise Botanicae,'
published six-and-twenty years before, now expanded itself into
'Elementa Philosophise Botaniese,' Berolini, 1824, 8vo, of which a
second edition was published in two vols. 8vo, Latin and German,
in 1837. These were followed by a series of illustrative plates under
the titles of ' Icones Anatomico-Botanicse ad illustranda Elementa
Philosophiae Botanicae Editionis 2nd8e,' fasc. 1-3, Berolini, 1837-8,
fol. ; ' Icones Selectse Anatomico-Botanicae,' fasc. 1-4, Berolini,
1839-42, fol.; and ' Anatomia Plantarum Iconibus illustrata,' fasc.
1-2, Berolini, 1843-5, 4to. Of the Garden itself he commenced
an extensive catalogue, ' Hortus Regius Berolinensis descriptus,' of
which only two volumes, published in 1827 and 1833, containing the
Ferns, Grasses and Carices, were published ; and he also gave bis
assistance to Otto in the publication of his ' Abbildungen auserlesener
Gewachse des Kdniglichen Botanischen Gartens zu Berlin.' Besides
these works, he contributed largely to the memoirs of the Berlin
Academy, to the ' Magazin der Gesellschaft Naturforschender
Freunde,' (in which he gave some remarkable papers on the struc-
ture and arrangement of the lower Fungi,) to the ' Jahrbucher der
Gewachskunde ' of Sprengel and Schrader ; and to the ' Linnaea/ to
which for some years he supplied an Annual Report on the progress
of Physiological Botany. Among his other contributions to Science
and Philosophy, and as demonstrative of the great range of his
acquirements, the following cannot be omitted even in this brief
sketch of his long and active career : viz. ' Die Urwelt und das Alter-
thum erlautert durch die Naturkunde,' Berlin, vol. i. 1821, vol. ii.
1822, of which a second edition appeared in 1834 ; ' Handbuch der
Phj'sikalischen Erdbeschreibung,' Berlin, 8vo, vol. i. 1826, vol. ii.
1830; ' Propylaeen der Naturkunde,' Berlin, part 1, 1836, part 2,
1839 ; and lastly, as a remarkable instance of the vigour of his
intellect at the advanced age of eighty- four, ' Die Philosophic der
gesunden Vernunft,' Berlin, 1850, 8vo. During his annual vaca-
tions at the University, he made for many years a series of journeys
in various parts of Europe, the scientific results of some of which
are to be found among his numerous scattered publications. Thus in
1823 he visited Sweden ; in 1830 and again in 1840 England ; in 1831
the Tyrol; in 1833 and 1838 Greece; in 1836 Istria ; Italy on
several occasions, being present at the meeting of Italian Naturalists
at Pisa in 1842, at Naples in 1843, at Milan in 1844, and at
Venice in 1847 ; in 1847 he also visited Corsica, and in 1848 Bel-
gium. After the close of the meeting of German Naturalists at
Regensburg, in 1849, he travelled through a great part of Southern

1851.] Linnean Society. 143

Germany ; and in the last year of his life he traversed the South of
France and crossed the Pyrenees into Catalonia. So strong indeed
was he yet in spirit, that he was seriously meditating a voyage to
Ceylon, when an attack of grippe, combined with stone, from which
he had latterly suffered much, carried him off on the first day of the
present year. Respectable as a sj^stematist, Link took a high rank
as a physiological botanist ; and the philosophical bent of his mind
is strongly developed in those works, such as his ' Philosophiae
Botanicae Prodromus,' and ' Elementa Philosophiae Botanicse,' in
which he has attempted to give a logical character to the elements
of Natural Science. The mere enumeration of the titles of his works
is sufficient to show that his ideas of natural history were not limited
to genera and species, nor even to the anatomy and physiology of
natural objects, but embraced all their relations in reference to
Physical Geography, to Geology, to History and Antiquities, to
Man, to Medicine and the Arts, and to Philosophy. He was a
member of nearly every Scientific Society in Europe, and has left
behind him in all quarters where he was known, the character of a
most amiable as well as of a most learned and intellectual man. Two
daughters, both married, survive him, but he had no son. His
election into the Linnean Society dates from 1827, and he was also
a Foreign Member of the Royal Society.

Gottfried Christian Reich, M.D., Professor of Medicine in the
University of Berlin, was born at the Chateau of Kaiserhammer, in
the district of Wunsiedel, in the year 1769, took his degree of M.D.
at Erlangen, and became in the year 1794 Extraordinary Professor
of Medicine in that University. In 1797 he published a ' Mantissa
Insectorum,' supplementary to Hoppe's ' Enumeratio Insectorum
Elytratorum circa Erlangam Indigenarum,' and afterwards at Niirn-
berg, in three volumes, a Gardener's Calendar founded on the En-
glish work of Mawe and Abercrombie. On the establishment of
the University of Berlin he became first Extraordinary and after-
wards Ordinary Professor of Medicine there. He contributed to the
* Magazin der Gesellschaft Naturforschender Freunde,' numerous
articles on zoological and physiological subjects ; but he has of late
years been chiefly known by his medical works and translations,
which are both numerous and valuable. He was elected a Foreign
Member of the Linnean Society in 1794, and was consequently one
of our oldest members. His death took place at Berlin in 1849, at
the age of eighty.

George Wahlenberg, M.D., Professor of Medicine and Botany in
the University of Upsal, was born in the year 1784 in the province

144 Linnean Society. [May 24,

of Wermland in Sweden, where his father was connected with an
iron-work. While a student at Upsal he became conspicuous for his
love of science, and especially of natural history. His name appears
as the Respondent to an Academical Dissertation by Thunberg as
early as 1797; but his own Dissertation for the degree of M.D.
bears date in 1806, and was followed, in that and the following year,
by three others, which were collected together under the common
title of ' De Sedibus Materiarum Immediatarum inPlantis Tractatio,'
Upsal. 1806 and 1807, 4to. He was already at this early period an
Amanuensis in the Museum of Natural History, and attached to
the Royal Academy of Sciences at Stockholm in the capacity of
" Stipendiarius Regius." Soon afterwards, at the joint expense of
the Baron Von Herraelin and of the Societies of Science at Stock-
holm and Upsal, he undertook several journeys through the more
distant provinces of Scandinavia, visiting Swedish and Norwegian
Lapland, and also Gothland, and making extensive researches into
their geology and botany. After thus investigating nearly the whole
of Scandinavia, he made, at the expense of the University of Upsal,
a still more extended journey, in the course of which he travelled
through Hungary and Bohemia, visited the Carpathian Mountains
and afterwards Switzerland, and returned through Germany to
Upsal in the year 1814. His most important botanical works are : —
1. ' Flora Lapponica,' Berolini, 1812, 8vo ; 2. ' De Vegetatione et
Climate Helvetise Septentrionalis,' Turici, 1813, 8vo ; 3. ' Flora Car-
pathorum Principalium,' Gott. 1814, 8vo ; 4. ' Flora Upsaliensis,'
Upsalise, 1820, 8vo ; 5. 'Flora Suecica,' Stockholm, 2 vols. 8vo,
1824-26, of which a second edition was published in 1831-33;
6. the ninth volume of ' Svensk Botanik,' of which he was named
editor in 1825, but the continuation of which he afterwards re-
signed to Prof. Wahlberg. He contributed also many valuable
papers to the ' Magazin der Gesellschaft Naturforschender Freunde,'
at Berlin, and to the 'Transactions of the Swedish Academy.'
In all these works he proved himself a most careful and original
observer, admitting nothing which he had not examined himself,
unless it were capable of standing the test of the severe criticism to
which he subjected his own observations as well as those of others,
and constantly exhibiting an earnest desire to contract rather than
to increase the number of species. In a critical knowledge of the
plants of Northern and Central Europe he scarcely had a rival ; and
the value of his systematic works is greatly enhanced by his profound
researches into the climate, the physical geography, and the geolo-
gical character of the countries whose flora he has illustrated, which

1851.J Linnean Society. 145

place him in the very first rank of geographical botanists. As a
geologist he is also much distinguished by his description of Kemi-
Lapland and by other important works. He died at Upsal on the
7th of April in the present year. His election into the Linnean
Society bears date in 1829.

June 3rd.

R. Brown, Esq., President, in the Chair.

A letter was read from Prof. L. C. Treviranus, F.M.L.S., to Dr.
Walhch, V.P.L.S., accompanying a present to the Society of a col-
lection of original letters addressed by John Christian Daniel Schre-
ber to Dr. Albert William Roth, and bequeathed by the latter to
his friend Dr. Treviranus, who expresses himself anxious for the
preservation of this valuable legacy, and presents it to the Linnean
Society in testimony of his respect and attachment. To the packet
were also added eleven letters from Xavier Wulfen to Roth ; and the
special thanks of the Society were directed to be offered to Prof.
Treviranus for his interesting present.

Mr. Westwood, F.L.S., stated that the large wingless bird which
he had mentioned at the meeting of the 17th of Dec, had been found
on Cato's Reef, and that a number of living specimens had been
procured and sent to Mr. W. S. M'^Leay, F.L.S., at Elizabeth Bay,
by whom they had been kept in confinement.

Mr. Newport, F.L.S., gave verbally a summary of his observations
on the Impregnation of the Owim in Amphibia, as contained in a
paper ordered for publication in the • Philosophical Transactions.'

June 17th.

Robert Brown, Esq., President, in the Chair.

Dr. Adamson, at the request of the President, exhibited several
vegetable fossils from Southern Africa, in the neighbourhood of the
No. XLVII. — Proceedings of the Linnean Society.

146 Linnean Society. [June 17,

Cape of Good Hope. These were of two kinds, one occurring as
upright cylindrical bodies, and the other in the form of spreading
aloe-like groups of fleshy leaves ; both being found in the sandstone
of the district near Wynberg.

Read a Letter from Thomas Forster, Esq., M.B„ F.L.S., dated
from Bruges, May 21st, 1851, and addressed to the Secretary, con-
taining some observations " On the present season in relation to
the Migration of Birds and other Natural Phaenomena."

Dr. Forster commences his letter by referring to a passage in
White's ' Natural History of Selborne,' where it is remarked that
the Swallow-tribe, and particularly the Martins, must suffer great
devastation in the course of their winter migrations, inasmuch as, in
certain seasons " the numbers of single birds which return in the
spring bear no manner of proportion to those who retire in autumn."
Dr. Forster's Journal, now of forty years' standing, shows that this
disproportion is greatest in late springs, particularly when accom-
panied with much wet and windy weather. The present season has
been especially remarkable. After a winter the mildest ever re-
membered in Belgium, the spring was cold and showery, and nearly
all the periodical phsenomena were later than usual ; while many
tribes of plants suffered severely from some obscure atmospherical
influence, apparently referable to the same class of causes which
produce epidemics in the human subject and epizootics among
animals. The Hyacinthus plumosus died off in most gardens, and
also the Muscari racemosus. As soon as the flowers showed them-
selves the stock began to wither and in a few days died away, whole
beds going off in the same way. Great numbers of Tulips perished
in the ground ; the leafing of trees was very late ; and the Mulberry
had not at the date of the letter shown any signs of budding. ITie
Swallow {Hirundo rustica) arrived on the 1 8th of April, and had
become pretty numerous. The Swift {Hirundo Apus) came on the
7th of May, in less numbers than usual. Dr. Forster had not yet (on
the 21st of May) seen the Sand-Martin (^Hirundo riparia), which is
usually found in April ; and even of the Martin (^Hirundo urbica^,
usually plentiful at Bruges in the first week of May, the most care-
ful search had not enabled him to detect a single bird. The Night-
ingale and Black-cap came to their time, but the Grey Wag-tail
was not seen until the day of the date of the letter. The remarkable
scarcity of flying insects, the usual food of the swallows, caused them
to seek for other species, and a natui'alist of the neighbourhood had
assured Dr. Forster that he saw them hunting for their prey on

1851.] Linnean Society. 147

walls and trunks of trees, like the Creeper, a fact which Dr. Forster
considers as tending to support his opinion of the reasoning powers
of animals. Up to this time the Cockchafer (Melolontha vulgaris),
although usually abundant, had not made its appearance ; nor had
another constant inhabitant of the gardens, Buprestis nitens, yet been
seen. The large black Cockroach had increased to an alarming
extent in many of the old houses and on the premises of the bakers.
Some foreign newspapers had erroneously spoken of the weather as
fine in Belgium, but there had been only three tolerably fine days
since the 21st of March, and the average temperature since the 25th
of that month had been 8° Fahr. below the mean.

Read also, a Memoir " On the position of the Raphe in Anatropal
Ovules." By Benjamin Clarke, Esq., F.L.S. &c.

Mr. Clarke believes that this character, which has hitherto at-
tracted but partial attention, is a character of much constancy in the
several families, and therefore deserving a more complete examina-
tion. He states the most usual position of the raphe, when each of
the carpellary margins bears a single row of anatropal ovules, as in
Pceonia, to be lateral and turned towards the raphe of the ovules of
the opposite row ; and the curvature of the ovule has the same di-
rection even in cases where the ovule is not anatropal, as in Colutea
arborescens. The position of raphe with reference to placenta is less
regular where the ovules are more numerous, but in some cases, as
in Gomphocarpus, it is observed to be always next the placenta,
the ovules being pendulous with long funiculi ; and in Cuphea and
Reaumur ia also next the placenta with the ovules erect.

It is, however, when the anatropal ovule is single that Mr. Clarke
believes the position of the raphe affords the most important cha-
racters, and he proceeds to consider the various relations which it
bears to the placenta under six diff^erent heads, as follows : —

1 . Ovule pendulous ; raphe turned away from the placenta.

2. Ovule pendulous ; raphe lateral.

3. Ovule pendulous ; raphe next the placenta.

4. Ovule erect ; raphe turned away from the placenta.

5. Ovule erect; raphe lateral.

6. Ovule erect ; raphe next the placenta.

1 . The pendulous ovule, ivith the raphe turned away from the pla-
centa, was first observed by Mr. Brown, and afterwards figured and
described by Dr. Schleiden as " ovulum spurie pendulum anatropum,
raphe aversa." Mr. Clarke finds it to be of more frequent occur-
rence than is generally supposed ; it is found among Endogenous

148 Linnean Society. [June 17 j

plants, not only in Typha and Sparganium, but also in Chamcedorea
elegans (the ovule of which is, however, not completely pendulous) ;
and Zannichellia and Potamogeton show a decided tendency towards
it by the direction to which the ovule curves. He considers it a
principal argument in favour of its being frequent at least, if not
constant, in Endogenous plants, that it occurs in those groups by
means of which the Endogenous and Exogenous divisions approach
each other, as in Aroidece and Piperacece, and in Ranunculacece and
Alismacece. As Exogenous plants, in which the raphe is averse, he
instances, — 1. Ranunculacece (when the ovule is pendulous); 2. A'e-
lumbium ; 3. Malpighiacece (in those genera in which the funiculus
is next the dorsal rib of the carpel) ; 4. Coriaria ; 5. Rhus Toxico-
dendron, and not improbably Anacardiacece generally ; 6. Euonymus ;
7 . Visnea ; 8. Pennantia, which he thinks should perhaps be referred
to Olacineae', 9. Chenopodiacece ; 10. Amaranthacece ; 11. Parony-
chia capitata (in the three last cases the ovule is not completely in-
verted, being campylotropal, but the direction of the curvature is
such, that were the inversion complete, the raphe would be averse) ;
12. Plumbaginete ; IS. Laurinea ; 14. Aucuba ; 15. Caly cant hus (in
which the ovule at the base is erect with the raphe next the placenta,
and the upper one or two ovules are bent away from the placenta so
as to become nearly horizontal, showing a tendency to raphe aversa) ;
16. Belvisie(B } ; 17. Dipsacus sylvestris ; 18. Galenia and Tetra-
gonia; 19. Fumaria officinalis (which shows at least a decided ten-
dency to the same structure in having the radicle beneath the hori-
zontal seed and turned to the hilum). Mr. Clarke adds, that he has
examined numerous cases where the carpel when single is anterior,
and has not yet met with any examples of this character, except in
the instances of Dipsacece, Tetragoniee and Fumaria. He notices
some remarkable variations in the position of the raphe in the ovules
of Visnea Mocanera, both when solitary and when there are two ;
and concludes this section by some observations on the question
whether the campylotropal ovule of Amaranthacece, &c. (in which
the embryo subsequently formed is turned towards the placenta) is
a character equivalent to the pendulous anatropal ovule with raphe
aversa. That it is so, he thinks proved by the examples of Statice
and Plumbago, the structure of which he describes and compares with
that of Gomphrena and Philoxerus ; and he adduces the instances of
Trianthema on the one hand, and Galenia and Tetragonia on the other,
as well as certain genera of Sapindaceee, in which the embryo is more
or less curved, to show that there is no absolute distinction between
anatropal and campylotropal ovules.

1851.] Linnean Society. 149

2. The pendulous ovule, with the raphe lateral, is a character of
frequent occurrence ; it was particularly noticed and accurately
figured in Cornus and Marlea, in Sir W. Hooker's ' Journal ' for
May 1850. Mr. Clarke has hitherto observed it in only two in-
stances in which the carpel may be considered as anterior, viz, in
Goniocarpus and Valeriana ; but it is nearly so in Trichocladus, and
probably also in Marina. He has not yet observed it among Endo-
genous plants. Of its occurrence among Exogenous plants, he enu-
merates the following instances: — 1. Malpighia, and other genera
of Malpighiacece, in which the funiculus (representing the raphe) is
constantly lateral ; 2. Suriana, as figured by Prof. Lindley ; 3. Ilex ;
4. Halesia; 5. Viburnum; 6. Jcrotriche ; 7. Myoporum; 8. Loni-
cera (sp. loculis uniovulatis) ; 9. probably in the 1 -seeded fruits of
Oleinee; 10. Thesium. This section concludes with some observa-
tions on the variation from raphe aversa to raphe lateralis, which
sometimes occurs in the same family, as in Cornea and Malpighiacece,
which Mr. Clarke believes to offer an explanation of the variable re-
lation of the ovule to the funiculus, which is common to both Ille-
cebrecB and Chenopodiacea.

3. The raphe next the placenta is well known as the most ordinary
position in pendulous anatropal ovules, and Mr. Clarke only suggests
the inquiry whether solitary ovules having this character ever occur
among Endogenous plants.

4. 0/ the erect ovule, with the raphe turned away from the placenta,
Mr. Clarke has met with only three instances, two of them occur-
ring in cases where there are two ovules. These are Penaa fruti-
culosa and Calytrix virgata, in the latter case less completely averse
than in the former. The principal instance, however, is that of
Compositce, where the raphe in four or five genera examined was
always found to correspond with the anterior angle of the ovary.
That the anterior is the fertile carpel in Compositce Mr. Clarke thinks
is shown (in addition to the arguments previously adduced by him)
by the fact that in Aster Sibiricum, he has always found the ovule
to arise more or less distinctly from the posterior side of the ovary,
and that the same circumstance occurs, although less distinctly, in
Centaurea nigra. In such Cichoracece as he has examined, he has
found the raphe for the most part or always lateral ; but as he re-
gards the carpella of this division of Composites as being right and
left of the axis, he concludes that the position of the ovule might be
expected to be different. The position of the raphe in Berheris vul-
garis is occasionally next the placenta, but more frequently tends to
be averse from it.

150 Linnean Society. [June 17,

5. The character of ovule erect, with the raphe lateral (first ob-
served by Mr. Bennett in Rhamnece, and by him attributed to a torsion
of the funiculus), obtains to a considerable extent among Exogenous
families. It occurs regularly in Stilbe pinastra, and generally in
one-seeded fruits of Berberis vulgaris ; but in two-seeded fruits of
the latter the raphe is removed from the placenta and placed nearer
to the dorsal rib of the ovary. In Vitis, on the contrary, whether
with one- or two-seeded cells, the raphe is always next the placenta.
In a species of Justicia, with two ovules, placed one above the other
and quite erect, the raphe is lateral ; but in Mendozia, with a similar
placentation, it is apparently next the axis. As other instances of
lateral raphe with erect ovules Mr. Clarke cites Elceagnus orientalis.
Calamus viminalis, and Trianthema decandra, the direction of the cur-
vature in the embryo of the latter being regarded as analogous to
the position of the raphe in the two former.

6. The position of the raphe next the placenta is well known to
be the ordinary condition in erect anatropal ovules, and on this head
the author enters into no details.

Mr. Clarke then proceeds to consider the causes by which these
differences in the position of the raphe may be produced.

1 . He adopts the opinion (first demonstrated by Mr. Brown) that
a single ovule pendulous with raphe aversa is the result of an erect
ovule pressed or growing downwards from the elongation of the
cavity of the ovarium in that direction, while its upper part remains
stationary ; but suggests that it is only when an erect ovule has the
raphe properly next the placenta that it has raphe aversa, when it
thus becomes pendulous. And looking to their afiinities, he thinks
it not improbable that all pendulous orthctropal ovules shovJd be
referred to the same cause.

2. He believes that a single pendulous ovule with the raphe lateral
is an ovule originally extending horizontally from the placenta with
the raphe lateral, as in Ranuncnlaceee and Cucurbitacece, and sub-
sequently pressed downwards as in the former case.

3. He maintains that a single pendulous ovule with the raphe next
the placenta is the only true pendulous ovule, with the exception of
pendulous campylotropal and amphitropal ovules with the foramen
(and subsequently the radicle of the embryo) turned away from the
placenta.

4. He conceives that one or two erect ovules vrith the raphe turned
away or obliquely away from the placenta result from pendulous
ovules pressed upwards by the elongation upwards of the cavity of
the ovarium ; and adduces in support of this opinion the pendulous

1851.] Linnean Society. 151

ovules of Geissoloma contrasted with the erect ovules of Peneea, the
erect ovules of Calytrix compared with the pendulous ovules of the
neighbouring families, and the pendulous ovules of Calycerece com-
pared with the erect ovules of Composites, provided further observa-
tion should substantiate his belief that in the last-named family the
raphe is really turned away from the placenta. Such ovules he
would term spurie erecta, in contradistinction to the opposite case
to which Sprengel has applied the term spurie pendula.

5. He considers that a single ovule erect with the raphe lateral is
a horizontal ovule spontaneously growing or pressed upwards by the
corresponding development of the ovary ; in proof of which he cites
the fact that Trianthema micrantha has two seeds in a horizontal
position, with the radicle lateral, while T. decandra has two erect
seeds one above the other, with the radicle also in both cases
lateral.

6. He considers one or two erect ovules with the raphe next the
placenta (which seems general in Endogenous plants, and is frequent
in all the divisions of Exogenous) as for the most part truly erect ;
although this position may sometimes be derived from horizontal
ovules pressed upwards or spontaneously growing erect, the funi-
culus becoming at the same time twisted so as to bring the raphe
into relation with the placenta.

Mr. Clarke then proceeds to illustrate the importance of these
characters in a systematic point of view, as regards different families
usually regarded as nearly related. He states that Thymelece differ
from Laurinece in having the raphe next the placenta, and that the
same difference of relation occurs in SanguisorbecE and Amygdaleee.
In all the Urtical Orders with pendulous ovules the raphe is next the
placenta, or if campylotropal the direction of the curvature is equiva-
lent, and the radicle of the embryo is turned away from the placenta ;
while in the Chenopodal Orders with pendulous ovules the radicle is
either turned towards the placenta or placed on one side of it. The
characters thus indicated may also, he thinks, tend to a more natural
distribution of the Orders related to Rhamnea, Rutacece and Sapin-
dacecE. He refers also to the differences in this respect existing be-
tween Berberis and Ranunculacece, Hedera and Cornus, Cinchonacea
and Composite. He states that Erythroxylon differs from Malpighi-
acecE in having the raphe next the placenta ; and Selago in a similar
manner from Myoporum and Stenochilus, in which the raphe is lateral.
Scleranthus also differs both from Illecebreee and Tetragonice in having
the radicle turned directly away from the placenta.

In conclusion, Mr. Clarke observes that while raphe aversa and

152 Linnean Society. [Nov. 4,

raphe lateral occur in several instances in the same family and pos-
sibly in the same genus (as the vertical and horizontal positions of
the seed in Chenopodium appear to be equivalent characters), yet
raphe aversa, or even raphe lateral, and raphe next the placenta are
not known to occur in the same family — pendulous ovules only being
understood. And also, that as far as his inquiries go, raphe next
the placenta in pendulous ovules is unknown in Endogenous plants.

November 4.

R. Brown, Esq., President, in the Chair,

Richard Parr Bamber, Esq. and HughF. C. Cleghom, Esq., M.D.,
were elected Fellows.

Read a communication from J. Couch, Esq., F.L.S., recording
the discovery on the Coast of Cornwall of a species of Onchidium
allied to 0. Celticum, Cuv.

These mollusca were found by Mr. Couch in great abundance on
a confined space of rocks at West Coombe, in Lantivet Bay, between
Polperro and Fowey, congregated in small groups about a foot or
two from the surface of the sea, where the waves break over them,
ascending and descending with the tide so as constantly to maintain
nearly the same relative position. When wholly immersed (in an
attempt to preserve them alive) in a bottle of sea- water, they did
not survive the day.

Read an Extract from a Letter addressed to the President
by W. K. Loftus, Esq., the Naturalist attached to the Turco-Persian
Boundary Commission, dated at Kerrind, Persia, August 6th, 1851,

In this locality, the neighourhood of which abounds in plants pro-
ducing foetid gums, Mr. Loftus, acting on Mr, Brown's recommen-
dation, had procured several different kinds, of which, and of the
plants producing them, he gives some particulars in his letter.
Two of these belong to the genus Dorenia, Don ; and a third, de-
rived from a plant, which Mr, Loftus regards as belonging to the
tribe Silerid(e, is called in Kurdish " beeje." The three gums have
the same general properties, and grow on a limestone soil, at the

i

1851.] lAnnean Society. 15S

elevation of from 5000 to 7000 feet. Large quantities of gum are
also produced by the wild Almond, a species of Astragalus, and the
Pistacia vera, which grow abundantly in the same neighbourhood ;
and there is, moreover, a kind of thistle, which exudes honey, espe-
cially from the bud, on being pierced by a species of Rhynchophora.
Mr. Loftus proposes to resume his observations, as his party pro-
ceeds northward, in the course of the ensuing summer.

November 18.

R. Brown, Esq., President, in the Chair.

Among the presents announced were an extensive Contribution
of Natural Productions of Van Diemen's Land, from the Exhibition
of the Industry of all Nations, presented by various Contributors
through the intervention of Joseph MHligan, Esq., F.L.S., Secretary
of the Royal Society of Van Diemen's Land.

Mr. Hogg, F.R.S., F.L.S. &c., presented a branch bearing several
bunches of grapes ripened out of doors at Norton, near Stockton, in
the county of Durham, in lat. about 54°35'N., being a higher
northern latitude than any in which Mr. Hogg had previously known
them to ripen in that county. The vine was of the common black-
cluster kind, and had been transplanted from a hot-house, where it
had previously ripened fruit abundantly. At the end of July in the
present year it flowered freely ; in August the berries set well ; they
began to change colour about the middle of September ; and on the
1st of November they were perfectly ripe and very sweet in flavour,
although small from want of water and from not having been suffi-
ciently thinned.

Mr. Adam White, F.L.S., exhibited, on the part of J. H. Gilbert,
Esq., Ph.D., of Harpenden, near St. Albans, a portion of a wooden
cistern lined with lead and perforated with numerous holes by the
Anohium striatum, in relation to which he entered into a detailed ac-
count of the circumstances in which it had occurred. In this case
the cistern, which belonged to Mr. Curtis, a brewer of Harpenden,
was made from an old fermenting tub, which had become much

154 Linnean Society. [Dec. 2,

worm-eaten on the outside. In 1838 it was lined with thin lead
(of 5 lbs. to the square foot) ; but in little more than three years it
began to leak, when some small holes were discovered in the lead
and were soldered over. In 1842, however, the leakage had increased
to such an extent that the leaden lining was removed, and a thicker
one (of 18 lbs. to the square foot) was substituted. Five or six
years afterwards, however, the leakage again commenced ; and in
1850 it had proceeded to such an extent that the cistern was entirely
removed to make room for one of iron. On taking out the lining
it was clearly ascertained that the perforations from which the
leakage arose were the work of an insect, which, after boring through
the wood, had made its way also through the leaden lining. A spe-
cimen sent by Dr. Gilbert to the British Museum was determined
by Mr. White to be the Anobium striatum ; and similar instances of
injury to wooden cisterns lined with lead were referred to as detailed
in Mr. Westwood's ' Introduction to the Modern Classification of
Insects,' in the * Zoologist,' and in the ' Proceedings of the Ento-
mological Society.'

Read the commencement of a memoir " On two Genera of Plants
from the Cordillera of ChUi." By John Miers, Esq., F.R.S.,
F.L.S. &c.

December 2.
William Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

Mr. Adam White, F.L.S. , exhibited numerous insects belonging
to Mr. S. Stevens, F.L.S., collected by Mr. Bates in South America,
and others belonging to Mr. Frederick Smith ; made some observa-
tions on the various species exhibited ; and read extracts from Mr.
Bates's letters to Mr. Stevens, on the subject of his travels and col-
lections.

Read the conclusion of Mr. Miers's memoir " On two Genera of
Plants from the Cordillera of Chile."

Both these plants were collected by Mr. Miers in his rapid journey
over the Cordillera in 1825. The first belongs to the tribe of Erio-

1851.] Linnean Society. 155

goneee, from all the known genera of which it is distinguished by its
very slender ramifications, which are in every axil dichotomously
divided, the solitary involucre on a lengthened capillary pedicel
springing from the middle of each bifurcation, and by the proportion
of its floral parts. The author gives his reasons for regarding the
floral envelopes in Polygoneee as constituting a calyx and corolla,
which, in all described Eriogonece, have a ternary arrangement with
9 stamina and 3 styles ; but the present genus diflfers in the quater-
nary disposition of the envelopes, accompanied by 8 stamina and
4 styles. He had at first regarded it as entirely undescribed, the
characters of Oxytheca, as given by Mr, Nuttall in the ' Journal of
the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia,' 2nd series, vol, i.
p. 169, deviating widely from those observed by himself on the Chi-
lean plant ; but the examination of a specimen of Oxytheca from Mr.
Nuttall himself, in Sir W. J, Hooker's Herbarium, has convinced
him that, notwithstanding these apparent discrepancies, his plant is
referable to the same genus, the characters of which he is compelled
to modify as follows : —

Oxytheca, Nutt,

Char, Gen. Involucrum 3-5-florum, tubulosum, subtetragonum, ad me-
dium 4-5-partitum ; laciniis subaequalibus, acutis, longissime aristatis.
Flores hermaphroditi cum masculis interdum intermixti, pedicellati,
bracteati, subexserti, demum cernui. Sepala 3-4, petaloidea, aequalia,
oblonga, unguiculata, valde imbricata. Peiala 3-4, sepalis alterna et
subsiinilia, tenuiora, glabra, imbricata, et cum illis persistentia, Ula-
mina 6-8, e summo gynophoro orta, inclusa, 3-4 alterna breviora
sepalis opposita ; filamenta filiformia, apice inflexa ; antlierm rotun-
datee, cordatse, dorsifixse. Ovarium ovatum, 3-4-gonum, stipitatum,
petalis tertio brevius, ]-loculare,: ovulo basilari, erecto, Styli 3-4,
breves, erecti, demum divaricati ; stigmata capitata. Achcenium 1-sper-
mum, ovale, 3-4-costatum, sepalis petalisque emarcidis arete tectum.
Semen loculum implens ; testa membranacea. Embryo spiralis, anti-
ti'opus, intra albumen farinaceum inclusus ; cotyledonibus cochleato-
rotundis, foliaceis, accumbentibus ; radiculd illis triplo longiore, tereti-
subulata, hemicyclica, apice recto verticem spectante. — Herbse suffru-
ticuloscB Cali/ornicce et Chilenses, Andicolce, sesquipalmares, valde ra-
mosce ; ramis gracilihus, in qudque axilla 2-3-chotome divisis ; foliis
radicalibus congestis, lineari-subulatis, caulinis bracteiformibus, axilla-
ribus, ternis, basi connatis, hinc breviter vaginantibus ; involucre lo7ige
pedunculato e qudque dichotomid orto ; floribus minutis, slgiUatim pr<B-
cocioribus ; pedicellis basi bractea lineari, aristatd, breviore donatis.
Oxytheca spiculata, dicbotome ramosa, ramulis gracilibus divaricatis
glanduloso-pilosis, foliis radicalibus congestis spathulato-linearibus
utrinque pilis eglandulosis asperis, pedunculo axillari capillaceo, invo-

156 Linnean Society. [Dec. 2,

lucri dentibus 4 arista acuformi longissima armatis, floribus 4-meris,
staminibus 8, petalis rubentibus apice patentibus.
Hab. in Andium Chilensium descensu Orientali, inter Mendoza et Acon-
cagua, circa rivulum S** Marise, altitudine 8000 ped.

The other genus described by Mr. Miers is a nearly aphyllous
shrub, with straight, erect, virgate branches, terminating in spines,
and belongs to the family of Bignoniacece, from some of the usual
characters of which family it offers, however, a striking deviation,
the ovarium being simply bilocular, with a few ovules suspended on
the two faces of the dissepiment, and the fruit forming a small oval
drupe, containing a single osseous indehiscent nut, which is 1- celled
by abortion, and contains only a single pendulous seed entirely filling
its cavity, and consequently quite apterous, oval, with a small thick
superior radicle and two plano-convex fleshy cotyledons. This was
discovered by Mr. Miers on the skirts of the eastern declivity of the
Andes, near Mendoza, on the margin of the desert tract called
" La Travesia," where it was also found by Dr. Gillies. Its cha-
racters are as follows : —

OxYCLADUs, Miers.
Char. Gen. Ca/?/a; gamophyllus, 5-dentatus, persistens. Corolla gamo-
petala ; tubo cylindrico, calyce 2-3-plove longiore, vix gibbo ; limbo
brevi, 5-lobo, subbilabiato, lobis rotundatis ; labio inferiore 3-lobo, lobis
paululo majoribus, superiore bilobo, in aestivatione imbricativa semper
exteriori. Stamina 5, corollse lobis alterna, quorum 4 didynama,
quinta superior brevissima ananthera; 2 iuferioribus longioribus faucem
attingentibus, 2 lateralibus illis tertio brevioi-ibus ; Jilamenta paullo
supra basin tubi inserta, filiformia, glabra; antlierce. rotundatae, reni-
formes, cordatse, 2-lobae, connectivo dorsali cordiformi adnatse et huic
in medio loborum anticifixae, lobis ovalibus divaricatis antice lon-
gitudinaliter dehiscentibus. Ovarium oblongum, pilosum, glandula
annulari brevi 5-loba glabra cinctum, 2-loculai'e ; ovulis in quoque
loculo circiter 6, superne per paria collateralia, e dissepimenti nervo
longitudinali seriatim appensa. Fructus subbaccatus, calyce immutato
clausus. Nux ovata, acuta, 4-sulcata, apice 4-denticulata, 1-locu-
laris, 1-sperma. Semen loculo conforme, latere superiori funiculo
bre^^ appensum ; testa chartacea, favoso-reticulata ; endopleura mem-
branacea. Embryo exalbuminosus ; radiculd superiori, crassa, apice
mamillEeformi : cotyledonibus ilia triplo longioribus, ovatis, plano-con-
vexis, valde crassis. — Arbuscula Mendozensis, vix nan apJiylla, spinosa,
ramosissima, glaberrima ; rarais nitidis, erectis ; floribus paucis, aggre-
gatis, parviusculis ; corolla ccerulescente.

OxYCLADUS APHYLLUS (v. V.).

Hab. prope Mendoza, ad pedem Orientalem Andium Chilensium.
Vernac. Ala.

1851.] Linnean Society. 157

For the reception of this curious genus, Mr. Miers has found it
necessary to constitute a new tribe of the Order to which it belongs,
which he subdivides as follows : —

BlGNONIACE^.

Trib.l. BiGNONiEiE. Capsula dehiscens, 2-locularis, 2-valvis ; seminibus
numerosis alatis compressis, dissepimento utrinque afRxis. Embryo
cotyledonibus complanatis foliaceis.

Trib. 2. CaEscENxiEiE. Fructus drupaceus, lignosus, 2- vel plurilocu-
laris; seminibus numerosis alatis v. compressis. Embryo cotyledoni-
bus compressis carnosis.

Trib. 3. Oxyclade;e. Fructus drupaceus, nucem unicam 1-locularem
indehiscentem includens ; semine solitario suspense rotundato. Em-
bryo radicula superiore ; cotyledonibus magnis fere hemispb£ericis car-
nosis.

Figures of both genera with detailed dissections accompanied the
paper.

December 16.

R. Brown, Esq., President, in the Chair.

Read a Letter from Mr. Hogg, F.R.S., F.L.S. &c., to the Secre-
tary, recording the capture of two species of Pipe-fish (Syngnathus)
during the last summer, the one near the mouth of the river Tees,
the other in that river near Middlesborough, by the same person, a
fisherman of Stockton. The first of these, Syngnathus Typhle, L.,
measured 15f inches in length, and the formula of its fins, which
differs in the descriptions of Donovan and Jenyns, was as follows : —
D. 39 ; C. 10 ; A. (rubbed off") ; P. 13 ? The second, S. cequoreus, L.,
was 17|^ inches long; its dorsal fin had thirty-nine rays; and the
caudal fin was obsolete, or rather rudimentary, the rays to the
number of three (or perhaps four) being inclosed within the skin of
the body ; the tail was flattened at the extremity.

Read also, a " Note on the Natural History of Shetland." By
Adam White, Esq., F.L.S. &c.

In this note, after referring to Dr. Hibbert's researches into the
mineral riches of Shetland, to Dr. Fleming's contributions to its
zoology, to Mr. Dunn's interesting work on its birds, and Mr. Hewit-
son's investigation of their eggs, and to the fruitful results of the

158 Linnean Society. [Dec. 16,

dredgings of Mr. Barlee, Mr. ^P Andrew and Professor Forbes, by
which so much has been done to increase our knowledge of the
living inhabitants of its surrounding seas, Mr. White expresses an
opinion that the zoological riches of the coasts of Shetland will be
found to equal, if not to surpass, those of the Firths of Forth or of
Clyde, and even of the coasts of Dorset, Devon and Cornwall them-
selves. He refers to the two principal rarities in the flora of these
islands (the Arenaria Norvegica, Gunner, and Ajuga pyramidalis, L.),
and concludes by announcing the discovery by himself of a Lapland
species of Humble-bee, new to the British fauna, which occurs not
uncommonly in his brother's garden at Lerwick, is still more fre-
quent in that of Mr. Bruce of Sandlodge opposite Mousa, and seems
even more abundant in Unst. This was immediately recognized by
Mr. Frederick Smith as Bombus arcticus of Dahlbom ; but as a species
of Bombus had been described by Kirby under the same specific name
in the Appendix to Capt. Parry's First Arctic Voyage in 1822, and
consequently ten years before the publication of Dahlbom's species,
Mr. "White proposes to name the latter Bombus Smithianvs. He
adds that, in accordance with Kir by 's rule in his 'Monographia Apum
Angliae,' he would have preferred the specific name of Smithiellus,
as indicating that it was named after a describer and not merely a
collector, but he has felt himself compelled to adopt the name of
Smithianvs to prevent the possibility of confusion with another
species of the family of Apidcs to which the name Smithella has been
applied.

Read further a memoir " On the Forest- Trees of British Guiana
and their Uses in Naval and Civil Architecture." By Sir Robert
H. Schomburgk, Ph.D. &c.

This memoir had been read at the meeting of the British Associa-
tion at York, in October 1844 ; but as only a simple notice of this
reading had appeared in the Reports of the Association, the Secre-
tary (in whose hands Sir Robert Schomburgk had placed it) thought
it desirable to read it again before the Linnean Society in order that
an abstract might be published in the Society's ' Proceedings.'

The trees are mostly indicated by their colonial names, but to
many of them Sir R. Schomburgk has been enabled to add their
scientific designation.

Souari, Sewarri or Sewarra (Pekea tuberculosa, Aubl.). Of large
size and very abundant ; excellent for ship-building, mill- timber and
planks, and may be obtained from 20 to 40 feet long, and from 16
to 20 inches square.

1851.] Linnean Society. 159

Siruaballi, Sirwahalli, Siverhalli. There are four varieties or per-
haps species of this tree, which belongs to the family of Laurineee.
They are distinguished as black, brown, yellow and white Siruaballi.
Its spicy smell and bitter taste preserve it from the attacks of worms,
either in or out of water, on which account it is in great request for
planking colonial crafts.

DakumbaUi. Grows on the side of rivers, and is not much used.

Marsiballi or Accuribroed. A tall straight tree, but not of large
size. Wood hard and strong, but not very durable when exposed
to alternations of wet and dry weather, for which reason it is only
used in house-framing and inside work. When dried it is frequently
used for torches.

Turanira or Bastard Bully-tree. Tall, straight, of large size, and
abundant on the banks of the Demerara River. Makes good planks
and framing-timbers for inside work, but is not durable when ex-
posed to the weather.

Suradani or Suridani. Plentiful and of large size ; principally in
request for planks and timbers of colony crafts. It is of a Ught red
colour.

KautabalU or KutabaJU. Grows chiefly on the sand-hills which
form the first elevations on receding from the sea-coast. Very hard,
and much used for beams and inside work, but not durable when
exposed to the weather.

Cakaralli or Kukaralli. Mostly found on rising ground along the
banks of rivers, and belongs to the tribe of Lecytliidece. Its straight-
ness and large size (from 30 to 40 feet long and from 6 to 14 inches
square) would qualify it for masts or spars for colony crafts ; but its
heaviness militates against this use. It is very durable and chiefly
used in house-framing ; but as it is said that barnacles do not attack
it, it is cdso employed in wharfs, &c. The bark is easily stripped oft",
and consists of numerous layers, which the Indians separate by beat-
ing with a stick, and the author has counted as many as seventy of
these layers in a strip of bark. When separated they have the ap-
pearance of thin satin paper ; they are dried in the sun, and used as
wrappers for cigars.

Siinaruba, or Siimaruppa (Simarouba amara, Aubl.). Grows on
hill-sides to the height of 50 feet, branching and somewhat crooked.
The wood resembles white pine, both in colour and qualitj^, and
makes good boards for inside work. A decoction of the bark, which
is intensely bitter, is considered an excellent remedy in dysenterj-
and other complaints of the bowels, and is much used among the
Indians.

160 Linnean Society. [Dec. 16,

Yahou. Grows in valleys in rich soil, and is much used for the
staves of casks, &c.

Wallaba (Eperua falcata, AubL). In great abundance along the
banks of rivers, reaching 40 feet in height, and being often 2 feet in
diameter. Bark reddish brown, with a thin white sap, enclosing a
wood of a deep red colour frequently variegated with whitish streaks.
It is hard, heavy and shining, and impregnated with an oily resin,
which makes it very durable both in and out of water. It splits very
easily, and is consequently generally used for palings, shingles and
vat-staves, and also for posts and uprights in framing. The bark,
which is somewhat bitter, is a good emetic, which is much used by
the Arawak Indians in a decoction.

Curahuri or Kuruhuru. Tall and straight. Wood used for framing,
boards and planks.

Cnrana, Samaria, Acuyari, Mara, or Cedar- Wood (Icica altissima,
Auhl.) ; two varieties, as they are considered by Aublet, one having
red wood and the other white. The Red Cedar is found only in the
interior, growing to 60 or 70 feet and even higher, and from 4 to
5 feet in diameter. It has a strong aromatic smell, and is much in
request for inside furnishing, bookcases and shelves, as it is found
to preserve books and papers from injury by insects, and is also
light, easily worked and not liable to split. Its great height would
qualify it for masts, and the Indians prefer its trunk to that of any
other tree for preparing their canoes. One of those employed by
the author during an expedition into the interior, which was 42 feet
long and 5^ feet wide, was hollowed out of a single trunk of this
tree, and was found at the end of four years' service, having pre-
viously been much used, to be as sound as when bought for the ex-
pedition, although it had been in both fresh and salt water, and
hauled over land and cataracts in the interval.

Itaballi or Copai-ye of the Macusi Indians (Vochy Guianensis,
Auhl.) . From 50 to 60 feet high, and from 2 to 2^ feet in diameter.
"Wood hard, but not very durable when exposed to the weather ;
chiefly used for inside work, staves for sugar hogsheads, boat-oars,
&c. Flowers of a beautiful yellow, highly odoriferous and very
ornamental.

White Siruaballi. A tall tree ; wood much lighter than the brown
Siruaballi previously mentioned, but not so much esteemed.

Curata-y4 of the Macusis (Curatella Americana, i.). A crooked
tree, seldom more than 12 feet high, with crooked and tortuous
branches, and a thick rough bark which frequently peels oiF in large
flakes. The crooked branches are much used by the Indians for

b

1851.] Linnean Society. 161

their canoes, and might serve for military saddles. It grows only
in the Savannahs of the interior. The leaves, which are scahrous,
are used by the Indians like sand-paper to polish their blow-pipes,
bows, war-clubs, &c. ; and the blow-pipe being called Cura, the tree
has thence received the name of Curatakie.

Burracurra, Paira, Letter-wood, or Snakeicood (Piritanera Guia-
nensis, Aubl.). This tree, which is very scarce within several
hundred miles of the sea-coast, is often from 60 to 70 feet high, and
from 2 to 3 in diameter. The bark is of a dark grey, and when
wounded exudes a white milk. The outer part of the wood is white
and very hard ; the heart (which in the largest tree scarcely exceeds
6 or 7 inches in diameter) is of great weight, hardness and solidity,
of a beautiful deep red, variegated with black spots of different size
and figure, which give rise to its name. It is susceptible of a bril-
liant polish ; but the small size of the mottled part, and its great
value even in the colony, limits its use almost entirely to veneering,
to picture-frames, to some smaller pieces of furniture, and to walk-
ing-sticks. The Indians form it into bows more for ornament than
use. At the foot of the Canuku Mountains near the river Rupu-
nuni, at the Upper Essequibo, and Corentyn, it is still plentiful ; but
all these places being several hundred miles from the sea-coast, it is
both difficult and expensive to convey it to the colony. There ap-
pears to be a variety, the heart of which is not mottled, and this the
Indians are said to prefer to the other for their bows.

Wamara. A scarce tree, attaining a great height, but the only
part used is the heart, which is dark brown and often streaked. Its
hardness and weight cause it to be preferred by the Indians for their
war-clubs : it may be had from 6 to 12 inches square, and from 20
to 40 feet long.

Cuppa, Ritye (Clusia sp. ?). A tree of large size, with a hard wood
used for inside work.

Curahara or Kurara. Plentiful and of large size ; and its dura-
bility, and not being liable to split, recommend it chiefly for timbers,
knees, &c. for schooners. It is also much in request for mill-rollers,
mill-timbers and planks of every description.

Yarura, Porreka-ye, or Paddle-icood (Aspidosperma excelsum,
Benth.). The lower part of the trunk juts out in tabular projections,
forming cavities or compartments like the Mora, which serv-e the In-
dians as ready-made planks, principally for the construction of their
paddles. The trunk itself has the appearance of being fluted, or as if
it consisted of numerous slender trees grown together along their
whole length. The author states that he knows only of one other

No. XLVIII. — Proceedings of the Linnean Society.

162 Linnean Society. [Dec. 16,

similar instance among the forest-trees of British Guiana ; in this
latter case the tree produces berries, while the fruit of the Yarura is
a follicle containing several suborbiculate winged seeds, attached by
a long funiculus. The wood of the Yarura is light, elastic, and not
apt to splinter ; it might prove useful for gun-carriages, bulwarks of
vessels of war, &c. ; and might also, on account of its lightness, be
employed in floats or paddle-wheels of steam-vessels. It is much
in request for rollers in the cotton ginning machines, for which pur-
pose it is superior to any other wood in the colony.

Purple-heart, or Mariwayana (Copaifera pubiflora, Benth., and
Cop. bracteata, Benth.). Rather scarce in the Coast Region, being
found in the mountainous tracts above the Cataracts. There are
several varieties or species, but all much alike, possessing great
strength and elasticity, and used for furniture, on account both of
their colour and durability. Used also for mortar-beds, being supe-
rior to any other wood in sustaining the shocks produced by the
discharge of artillery. The author was assured by Col. Moody, R.E.,
that the Black Green-heart and the Purple-heart were the only
woods that stood the test as mortar-beds at the Siege of Fort
Bourbon, in the Island of Martinique. One variety (Cop. bracteata)
is very common in the Savannahs near the rivers Rupununi, Takutu
and Branco ; but this is of small size compared with the others. The
natives use the bark taken oif entire with the ends sewn together,
and strengthened by a slight frame-work for river canoes.

Mapurakuni or Maipay^. The bark is used by the Indians for
colouring their arrow-points and pottery, as it produces a fine red
colour when steeped in water and mixed with Curraweru. It is a
large forest-tree.

Burueh, Bully, or Bullet-tree (Mimusops sp.). A tree of the
largest size, often 6 feet in diameter, and having the trunk destitute
of branches nearly to the top. Leaves, branches and trunk pro-
ducing a whitish milk ; fruits the size of a coffee -berry, and when
ripe very delicious. Wood extremely solid, heavy, close-grained
and durable ; dark brown, variegated with small white specks ;
chiefly used in house -framing, for posts, floors, &c., as the weather
has but little influence on it, but also esteemed the most valuable
timber for the arms, shafts, &c. of windmills. It squares from 20 to
30 inches, and may be obtained from 30 to 60 feet long. In salt or
brackish water it is sure to be attacked by the worms. A tree cut
down by the author at Cuyuni, measured 67 feet to the first branches,
and thence to the top 49 feet — in all 116 feet.

Payou-yeh (Etaballia Guianensis, Benth.). A tree growing only

ISSl.] Linnean Svciety, 163

i»ear the Upper Essequibo and very abundantly along the Rupununi
and Takutu, the heart of which is highly ornamental, but not more
than 6 inches in diameter, and very subject to holes.

Maipuremu (Vantanea Guianensis, AubL). Wood very subject to
worms, and not likely to become of much use ; but the tree presents
a beautiful appearance with its large clusters of pink flowers, and is
even more remarkable for its drupaceous fruit, which is furrowed like
our peaches and almonds, and is cut in half by the Indians to form
ornaments, chiefly for the children.

Camara, Camacusack, Makoripong , or Ackatvai- Nutmeg {Acrodicli-
dium Camara, Scho7nb.}. Timber most like the Siruaballis, aromatic
and bitter, and consequently resisting worms and insects. Trunk
40 or 50 feet high, with a circumference of 8 to 10 feet, and apt
(like the Yarura and Mora) to form tabular projections at the lower
part. Chiefly prized for its aromatic fruit, which is considered one
of the most eflficacious remedies in colic, diarrhoea and dysentery.

Greenheart, Sipiri (Nectandra Rodiaei, ScJiomb.^. The brown
Greenheart is one of the most useful timber-trees of the colony, and
is found in great abundance within 100 miles of the Coast Region. It
grows to the height of about 60 feet, and is generally used for house-
frames, wharfs, bridges, piles and planks. Within the last twenty
years a large quantity has been imported into Liverpool and Green-
ock ; and it has been even asserted that in strength and durability
it is superior to English oak, than which it commands a higher
price. In times of scarcity the Indians obtain from its fruit, grated
and macerated in water, a fecula which is mixed with the rotten
wood of the Wallaba-tree, pounded, sifted and baked into bread, in
like manner with the Cassava. In the bark and also in the fruit.
Dr. Rodie of Demerara has discovered a substance which forms an,
excellent substitute for quinine, and to which he has given the name
of biberine. The black greenheart appears to be a mere variety,

Cartan-yeh of the Macusi Indians, Pao da Rainhaof the Brazilians.
Apparently restricted to the Savannahs in the neighbourhood of the
rivers Rupununi, Takutu, Branco, &c. The Brazilian name is de-
rived from the red colour of the wood, which resembles that of the
Brazil-wood of Pernambuco, to which the same name (Queen's-
wood) is applied. It reaches a height of 80 to 100 feet ; and being
easily worked and of a handsome colour, promises to become of great
interest to cabinet-makers. It was used by the author during his
sojourn in Pirara for temporary tables, and the large size of its
planks induced the military commandant to construct of it a tem-
porary bridge across the river. The leaves are impari-pinnate, the

164 Linnean Society. [Dec. 16,

flowers papilionaceous, and the fruit a samara with a prickly capsule,
the wing being from 4 to 5 inches in length*.

Sarabadani. Much used for furniture. It grows to a large
size, and is chiefly found in swampy soil and along the banks of
rivers.

Ducahalli, or Guiana-Mahogany , is very scarce, and is almost re-
garded as superior to mahogany, whence it is chiefly employed for
furniture and commands a high price.

Waranana, or Wild Orange. A large timber-tree, which grows
chiefly along the banks of the riviers Pomeroon, Supinama, &c.
Much used for boat- oars and staves for sugar hogsheads. Its fruit
resembles an orange, but is not eatable.

Ducaliballi. Grows to a pretty large size, but is not plentiful ;
the trunk is about 40 feet high, but seldom exceeds 20 inches in
diameter. Wood deep red, finer, more equal and more compact than
mahogany, and like the Ducaballi much used for furniture. Takes
a fine high polish, and resembles or perhaps is identical with the
Brazilian Beef-wood.

Haiawaballi, or Zebra-wood (Omphalobium Lamberti, Dec).
Grows to a large size, but is very scarce. Wood of a light brown
with darker stripes, and considered the handsomest furniture- wood
of the colony : it is easily worked and makes beautiful bed-posts.

Hubaballi. A light brownish wood, beautifully variegated with
black and brown streaks ; easily worked, takes a fine high polish,
and makes beautiful furniture, and cabinet-work of every description.
May be had from 6 to 15 inches square and from 20 to 35 feet long.
It is by no means scarce, but is much subject to holes, which fre-
quently render it useless.

fi'jmm, or Z,oeM5/-#r6'e(Hymen3eaCourbaril, Zi.). A tree of large
size and plentiful throughout Guiana, often attaining from 60 to
80 feet in height and 8 to 9 feet in diameter. Trunk destitute of
branches nearly to the top. Wood close-grained, of a fine brown,
streaked with veins, and well adapted for mill-timbers, as it does not
split or warp, A good deal of it is sent to England to be used as
trenails in planking vessels, and in beams and planks for fitting up
steam-engines : it has also been found to answer well for the frames,
wheels, &c. of spinning machines. The Indians and Negroes are
fond of the farinaceous saccharine pulp enveloping the seeds. The
gum, which resembles Copal, and produces an excellent spirit-
varnish, is found about the roots of the old trees a few inches under

* From this description of the leaves, flowers and fruit, the tree is probably
Centrolobium robustum, Mart. — Secr.

J

1851.] Linnean Society. 165

the surface of the ground, and occasionally also exuding from the
trunk.

Yari-Yari or Lance-wood (Duguetia Quitarensis). Is abundant
in the interior ; but the trees are seldom above 20 feet high clear
of the branches, or more than 5 inches in diameter. It is considered
by the coach-makers, in consequence of its elasticity and tough-
ness, the best material for chaise or gig shafts.

Black Greenheart is only distinguished from the common Green-
heart by the colour of the wood, but is so scarce in proportion to
the brown, that not more than one in twenty of the trees cut down
are found to belong to this variety. The wood is in great request in
the island, being preferred to all others, on account of its well-known
durability, for windmill-shafts, spindles and mill-work in general.

Itaka cr Itekitibouraballi (IVIachserium Schomburgkii, Benth.).
Wood much used for furniture : it has streaks of black and brown
throughout, the outer part being pale yellow. It is not scarce, but
rarely squares to more than 14 inches, and is very subject to heart-
shakes. Its purple flowers have the odour of violets.

Ebony, or Banya. A large tree of fluted surface and uneven
growth, the heart of which (seldom more than 8 to 1 inches square)
is alone used : it is black, heavy, hard and strong, and generally
used by the Indians for their war-clubs.

Mora (Mora excelsa, Benth.). The most majestic tree of the
forests of Guiana, towering over all the rest and often reaching the
height of 120 feet. It is abundant along the rivers of the Coast
Region, and extends as far south as lat. 3° N. The wood is close,
cross-grained, and difficult to split : it is considered by the most
competent judges to be superior to oak (as it is not subject to dry-
rot) and the very best wood that can be procured for ships' timbers.
It may be obtained from 10 to 20 inches square, and from 30 to 40
feet long ; and its branches having a tendency to grow crooked it
aff'ords natural knees, while the trunk may be used for keels, beams
and planking. A full account of this useful tree was published by
Mr. Bentham in the Society's ' Transactions,' vol. xviii. p. 207.

l€6 Linnean Society. [Jan. 20,

January 20, 1852.

Robert Brown, Esq., President, in the Chair.

Mr. Yarrell, V.P.L.S., communicated the following particulars of
the growth of a Cedar in the garden of E. B. Johns, Esq., at Bishop's
Stortford, Herts, and planted by him in the year 1832, when it was
turned out of a 32-sized garden-pot. It is growing in a mUd brick
earth, and its present measurements (December 1851) are as fol-
lows : —

ft. in.

Height 51

Girth at the base 8 6

five feet from the ground 6 6

ten feet from the ground 6

fifteen feet from the ground 5

Length of branches from the trunk to the points ...... 22

Read a " Note on the occurrence of an Eatable Nostoc in the
Arctic Regions and in the Mountains of Central Asia." By J. D.
Hooker, M.D., F.R.S., F.L.S. &c. Accompanied by a communica-
tion from the Rev. M. J. Berkeley, F.L.S., on the same subject.

Dr. Hooker states that on the return of Captain Penny's Expe-
dition from the Arctic Regions, Sir W. Hooker received from Mr.
Sutherland a small collection of Cryptogamic plants, among which
was one, apparently referable to Nostoc commune, which he de-
scribed as being found in great abundance upon the floating and fixed
ice in Wellington Channel, occurring in detached masses drifted
about by the wind, forming the only vegetable production of any im-
portance over many square leagues, and affording shelter to PodurcB,
with other Crustacea and some insects. In the neighbourhood of
their winter quarters on Cornwallis Island, lat. 75° N., long. 95° W.,
it was so plentiful that it might be taken advantage of as food, and
prove a material addition to the resources of the country in cases of
extreme want. Mr. Sutherland added that he had eaten handfuls
of it on several occasions, without any inconvenience ; and although
it was generally infested with swarms of the larvae of flies and gnats,
as well as with myriads of very active Poduree, he considered it much
more nutritious and agreeable than the " tripe cle roche," and per-
haps not inferior to " Iceland Moss." On showing the plant to
Dr. Thomson, he drew the attention of Dr. Hooker to a very similar
plant which occurs in great abundance in Western Thibet, floating

1852.] Linnean Society. 167

in large masses on the surface of pools and lakes in soils impregnated
with carbonate of soda, and of which heaps are drifted by the winds
upon their banks. It occurs as high up as 17,000 feet, and is of a
green or pale purple colour ; and this too appeared to Dr. Hooker
to belong to Nostoc commune. Samples of both were forwarded to
Mr. Berkeley, whose notes to the following effect were also laid
before the Society.

Mr. Berkeley states that he has been unable to find any account
of the chemical constituents of Nostoc. The chemical condition of
such species as he has been enabled to examine, under the influence
of iodine and sulphuric acid, seems to vary not only in the different
species, but in individual specimens, and even in parts of the same
specimen. In some the gelatinous matter and the chains of
spores assume a more or less deep tint of violet, indicating that the
greater portion consists of cellulose, perhaps in some cases partially
changed to dextrine by the action of the sulphuric acid ; while in
other cases the prevailing tint is yellow-brown, indicating rather
bassorin. No purple tint occurs where merely iodine is used, and
the change therefore is not due to the presence of amylum. In fresh
specimens of Nostoc commune, the spores assume a beautiful green
tint, which is probably due to the combined tint of the yellow pro-
tein contents of the cells and the blue cellulose of which their wall
is formed. In the Arctic specimens and in English Nostoc commune
the bassorin tint prevails, while in specimens from Thibet (probably
Nostoc salsum, Kiitz.), gathered by Dr. Thomson, in pools of water
where the soil is covered with an efflorescence of carbonate of soda,
cellulose is indicated, but with every intermediate shade. Mr. Ber-
keley has, however, found that in woody fibres which in bleaching
have been exposed to salt water, a deeper purple tint is assumed than
when they have been bleached by rain water, so that something may
possibly be due to the peculiar place of growth of the Thibetan
species. In Nostoc edule the yellow-brown tint is stronger than in
any other specimen examined ; but it is scarcely probable that any
very constant chemical characters will be found to prevail in the
different species. In either case there would be a very nutritious
food, and one from its gelatinous condition probably easily assimi-
lated. The habit of the Arctic species is exactly that of Nostoc
commune, and Mr. Berkeley would not hesitate to regard it as iden-
tical, if there were no other difference than a little increase in the
relative size of the threads of spores ; but in parts of the fronds the
chains are surrounded by a distinct gelatinous envelope, presenting
an appearance somewhat similar to that of toad-spawn, which is very

168 lAnnean Society. [Jan. 20,

visible in a transverse section. At a later period, when the chains
are ready to break up at the connecting joints, no trace of this en-
velope is to be detected, and the plant then exhibits the true cha-
racters of Nostoc. It appears indeed, fi-om the remarks of Thuret,
that when the threads of Nostoc are first generated from the large
connecting bodies, there is really such an envelope ; but this exists
in Nostoc, as far as is at present known, merely in the infant state ;
and consequently if the genus Hormosiphon is to be retained, the
Arctic species must be regarded as belonging to it, for no such ap-
pearance has been detected by Mr. Berkeley either in dried or freshly-
gathered specimens of Nostoc commune. It is possible that more
extended observation may show that this character is not of the
consequence attributed to it by Kiitzing ; but in the mean time Mr.
Berkeley characterizes these specimens as —

Hormosiphon arcticus, foliaceo-plicatus viridis vel fuscescens, fills de-
mum (gelatina diiFusa) liberis.

Fronds foliaceous, variously plicate, sometimes contracted into a
little ball. Gelatinous envelope at length effused ; connecting cells
at first solitary, then three together ; threads (which are nearly twice
as thick as in Nostoc commune^ breaking up at the connecting cells,
so as to form two new threads, each terminated with a single large
cell, the central cell becoming free. Of these threads and of their
gelatinous envelope Mr. Berkeley gives figures.

With regard to the Thibetan Nostoc, Mr. Berkeley adds that a
species of this genus, as is well known, is a native of Tartary and is
eaten abundantly in China. There is a box of it, sent by Mr. Tra-
descant Lay, in the Museum of the Linnean Society ; and mention
is made of it by M. Montagne in the ' Revue Botanique,' ii. p. 247,
as having, in the form of a soup, made part of a dinner given by the
Mandarin Huang at Macao, to several members of the French Em-
bassy. The Mandarin described it as a freshwater plant, growing
in Tartary in streams and running water, and sold at Canton in
small boxes : it is highly esteemed by the Chinese, and not very ex-
pensive. At this time M. Montagne regarded the species as Nostoc
cceruleum, but specimens sent him by Mr. Berkeley proved it to be
distinct, and it was afterwards published in the ' Revue Botanique '
under the name of Nostoc edule. Berk, and Mont., and figured by
Kiitzing in his 'Tabulae Phytologicce.' In the last-named author's
• Species Algarum,' it is said to have been gathered by Gaudichaud,
who, although a great traveller, was certainly never in Tartary.
The Thibetan Nostoc, like the Arctic, is probably quite as good as

1852.] Linnean Society. 169

the Tartarian. After some further notes on the chemical changes
produced in this plant and in Nostoc commune when treated with
iodine and sulphuric acid, and a reference to a passage in Kiitzing's
' Grundziige der Philosophische Botanik,' where he speaks of these
plants as consisting in great measure of gelacin (a substance belong-
ing to the same category as bassoriu, and perhaps a modification of
it), Mr. Berkeley concludes by stating that a thin slice of gum tra-
gacanth, treated with iodine and sulphuric acid, assumes after a time
the same tint as the Nostoc. He believes, however, that starch is
often present in gum tragacanth, which is not likely to be the case
with the Nostoc ; and thinks we may safely assume the jelly of
Nostoc to be a state of bassorin, passing into cellulose or dextrine.

Read the commencement of a Paper entitled " Botanical Notes
made during a Tour in France." By Joseph Woods, Esq., F.L.S. &c.

February 3.

Robert Brown, Esq., President, in the Chair.

Baron Mxiller of Stuttgard, John Drew Salmon, Esq., and William
Wing, Esq., were elected Fellows.

Read a Paper entitled " Further Observations on the genus An-
thophorabia, Newp." By George Newport, Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S. &c.

The author stated that having had the good fortune, in September
last, to rediscover, at Gravesend, the parasite Anthophorabia, which,
twenty years ago, he found in the nests of Anthophora, at Rich-
borough in Kent, and an accoimt of which is given in a former paper
('Proceedings,' March 20, 1849, vol. ii. p. 24), he felt it necessary
to ofi'er a few additional obsen-ations on this genus ; since one of the
most remarkable peculiarities of the male sex, the possession of three
stemmata on the vertex, and of a single stemmatous eye on each
side of the head, instead of the usual compound one of perfect insects,
had been repeatedly denied to be a fact ; the denial being printed
in the 'Proceedings ' of the Society for May 1, 1849, vol. ii. p. 37.
At the time the author described this genus it was well known that
he possessed only delineations of the insect, which he had made in

170 Linnean Society. [Feb. 3,

the year 1831 ; at which time the insect occurred in great abundance,
and as he then expected to have been able to obtain it at pleasure, he
neglected to preserve specimens of it. He now showed in the in-
sect itself the stemmatous eyes which he originally stated it to pos-
sess, and consequently that the denial which had been given to this
fact had been uncalled for. He felt it but right, however, to mention
that there were points of minor importance in the description origi-
nally given of the genus which admitted of some revision. These
referred to the number of joints in the antennae, the club of w^hich
is formed of a plurality of closely united rings, instead of being but
a single joint. The tarsi, too, of both sexes, may be regarded either
in the way usual with entomologists, as being formed only of four
joints, or, if anatomically considered, as he had originally described
them, as of five joints, the terminal joint being short, soft and pad-
like, and usually discarded by entomologists as a distinct joint,
which, nevertheless, it is.

With respect to the asserted identity of Anthophorabia with another
parasite, MelittoUa, described in the ' Proceedings ' for May 1, 1849,
vol. ii. p. 37, the author showed that this could not be the case, if
the latter insect has been described correctly, as the account there
given of Melittobia diflfers greatly from the facts exhibited by Antho-
phorabia. The characters of this genus he now proposed to revise
as follows : —

Fam. Chalcidid^,

Gen. Anthophorabia, Newp.

Fern, Caput latitudine thoracis. AntenncB 9-articulatae, pilosse ; articulo
3tio ad 6tum subasqualibus ; reliquis clavam solidam ovalem efforman-
tibus. Thorax abdomenque sequales. Tarsi (4- ?) 5-articulati in utro-
que sexu; avticulo 5to minimo, molli, pulvillo simili, fere obsolete.

Mas. Caput magnum. Ocult stemmatosi. Antennce 10-articulatae;
articulo Imo globoso, minutissimo ; 2do arcuato, magnopeie dilatato,
dimldio anteriore subtus excavato ; 3tio magno ; 4to adhuc majore,
globoso V. subangulato ; 5to 6to 7moque minimis, cyathiformibus ;
8vo 9no lOmoque auctis, clavam solidam ovalem efformantibus. Ala
abbreviatae.

As the specimens found at Gravesend present some specific cha-
racters which were not observed in the insects formerly obtained at
Richborough, the author proposed to name those which he now
possesses, provisionally, in the event of their proving to be a new
species : —

A, FAsciATA. Mas. Fulva, fasciis 5 transversis abdominalibus satura-
tioribus, antennarum articulis anterioiibus oculis prothoracis margiiie

1852.] Linnean Society. \^\

posteriore maculaque subalari utrinque in mesothorace nigrescentibus,
pedibus subarcuatis robustis ambulatoriis, trocbantere femorumque paris
secundi parte terminali siibtus spinulis minutis dense barbatis, tibiis
tarsisque omnibus fortiter spinosis. — Long. lin. 1.

Fern. Nigro-senea nitida, lineis 2 longitiidinalibus in mesothorace scutello-
que albidis, abdomine ovali elongate acuto fasciis transversis satura-
tioribus pilis albidis marginatis, oculis rufescentibus, pedibus flavescen-
tibus, femoribus saturatioribus, tibiis rectis elongatis pilosis, tarsis pi-
losis fortiter spinosis.

Hah. in nidis AnthophorcB refuses apud Gravesend in Comitatu Cantiano.

The author then gave some account of the habits of the males and
females, which he had seen emerge from the nymph state, and re-
marked that out of about one hundred and fifty specimens of perfect
insects and nymphs obtained from one bee's nest, he had only found
eleven males. Having placed about one hundred females in a small
glass tube closed, as he thought, securely with a cork, he was sur-
prised at the end of a fortnight to find that nearly the whole had
escaped, by insinuating themselves into slight fissures in the sides of
the cork, between this and the glass. From this circumstance he
is now disposed to think that the habit of the female is to penetrate
into the bee's nest, after this has been closed, and deposit her eggs
on the nearly full-grown larva within; as a few weeks after the
escape of these females he discovered three individuals in an open
cell of Anthophora which contained a nearly full-grown larva, and
which had remained nearly close to the glass tube from which the
Anthophorabia had escaped. Two of these individuals now appeared
to be in the act of oviposition. He noticed also on the same bee-
larva some larvae of the parasites in different stages of growth ; so
that he regards the species as an external feeder, like the larva of
Monodontomerus.

Specimens of the male and female insects were exhibited at the
meeting.

February 17.

Robert Brown, Esq., President, in the Chair.

Read a continuation of Mr. Joseph Woods's " Botanical Notes
made diuring a Tour in France."

172 Linnean Society. [March 2 & 16,

March 2.

Robert Brown, Esq., President, in the Chair.
Thomas Thomson, Esq., jun., M.D., was elected a Fellow.

The Hon. Mr. Hope, on the part of Mr. Scott and at the request
of the President, exhibited numerous drawings prepared for an in-
tended work on " Australian Lepidoptera and their Transformations,
drawn from the Life by Harriet and Helena Scott, with Descriptions,
General and Systematic, by A. W. Scott, M.A." Of this work an
account had been given by W. Swainson, Esq., F.L.S., in the
" Sydney Morning Herald " for the 30th of August last ; from which
the Secretary read extracts, showing the great novelty and interest
attaching to many of the subjects, more especially with reference to
the transformations of the several species figured.

Mr. Adam White, F.L.S., exhibited specimens preserved in spirit
of Eurostus validus, Dallas, collected by Mr. Fortune in China, and
made some observations on the importance of colour as a character
in various departments of zoology, especially as dependent upon,
and consequently indicative of, structure.

Read, a continuation of Mr. Joseph Woods's " Botanical Notes
made during a Tour in France."

March 16.
Robert Brown, Esq., President, in the Chair.

Read, the conclusion of Mr. Joseph Woods's " Botanical Notes
made during a Tour in France."

Read also a " Notice of the habits of Myrmica domestica, Shuck.,
together with some account of a means of turning the industry of
this minute Ant to account in the preparation of Skeletons of small
animals." By George Daniell, Esq, Communicated by the Secre-
tary.

1852.1 Linnean Society. 173

Mr. Daniell states that his attention was first attracted to this
species of Ant some years ago by observing several individuals
engaged, in the window of a house in Edwards Street, Portman
Square, in dragging to the edge of the casement a large fly, which
they finally succeeded in conveying through an opening in the wall.
He found by repeated observations that, like the other species of
Ants, they uniformly followed the same track, passing and repassing,
but never deviating from the beaten route. There appeared to be a
regular chain of correspondence kept up throughout the track ; and
one of the ants while travelling at its usual rapid rate was frequently
observed to be stopped by another, a communication passing between
them by means of their antennae, after which each would return in
the opposite direction from that in which they were previously
travelling. The track was found to terminate on the ground floor,
where it disappeared in the party wall, the adjoining house being
occupied by a btiker, who stated that in the summer months these
ants were a perfect nuisance to him, spreading themselves over all
his goods, and especially the sweet cakes and sugar, of which they
carried off incredible quantities. He indicated on his premises
numerous tracks, traversed by myriads of these minute insects, each
engaged in carrying off a grain of sugar or some other description
of food to their dwelling-place, which appeared to be in the wall of
the cellar, by the side of the oven, and whence he found it impos-
sible to dislodge them. To diminish their numbers he was in the
habit of hanging against the wall a boiled sheep's liver, which they
speedily covered, and then plunging it into boiling water ; but even
this wholesale destruction had little apparent effect in thinning their
ranks. In the same vault there were also multitudes of crickets
{Gryllus domesticus) and black-beetles (Blatta orientalis, L.), in every
stage of growth and variety of colour, from the deep black to the
pale albino ; all of which appeared to entertain the gi-eatest dread of
these apparently insignificant creatures, retreating precipitately
when they found themselves in the vicinity of a track, while several
of the ants would immediately rush out of the line to chastise their
intrusion.

It now occurred to Mr. Daniell that he might make the laborious
habits and fondness for animal food evinced by these ants serviceable
to himself in the preparation of skeletons. With this view he
placed some mice and small birds in boxes against the wall, but
although the ants immediately attacked them, so great was the heat
of the oven that the subjects were dried hard, and generally
abandoned after the brains had been eaten out. Several other

174 Linnean Society. [March 16,

attempts in different parts of the cellar also failed, the skeletons
being frequently destroyed by the crickets and beetles after the ants
had abandoned them, until which time no other insect could approach
without undergoing the punishment of death. Mr. Daniell then
determined to endeavour to establish a colony in a cellar adjoining
the oven and parallel with it, in consequence of which proximity
the wall gave out a certain degree of warmth when the oven
was heated. He first placed the most inviting food in the warmest
corner, to which he had fitted a box with holes in it on the side next
the wall, large enough to admit the ants, but not the larger insects ;
and this failing to attract them, he caught a large number from a
piece of liver placed as a trap, and shook them into a box from which
they had no means of escape, in which he closed them with abun-
dance of food, but after seeking in vain for an outlet they congre-
gated in one corner of the box and eventually died. His next ex-
pedient was to catch them in great numbers and tufti them loose in
the cellar ; and repeating this process for several evenings, he had
at length the satisfaction to see a track established extending from
a small hole in the wall to the box in which their food was deposited.
After some time another track was formed to another corner of the
box at right angles with the first ; and these tracks were never
abandoned whUe he continued to avail himself of their services,
which he did not cease to employ until he had completed by their
means upwards of a hundred beautiful skeletons of small quadrupeds
and birds, reptiles and fishes, the greater part of which are now in
the collection of the British Museum. In the course of these ex-
periments he made the following further observations on th'eir habits.
They will not touch anything tainted, and prefer animals in the
blood to such as have been previously cleaned. The plan which Mr. '
Daniell found to answer best was to take the object quite fresh, to
skin it, extract the viscera and cut off as much as possible of the
flesh, and then to place it in the box. It is seldom that a skeleton is
so entirely cleaned as to require no further preparation ; but the
smaller skeletons when taken quite fresh require only a very little
subsequent maceration to complete the process, the more delicate
and difiicult portions, such as the cranium and vertebrae, being almost
always cleaned in preference to the ribs and limbs ; and even those
portions of muscle which are not removed by the ants are generally
so much detached by them that a slight brushing or two after weU-
soaking the object suffices to remove them. One of the great ad-
vantages of this mode of preparing small skeletons was found to
consist in their perfectly preserving their natural size, the ants seldom

1852.] Linnean Society, 175

destroying the ligaments and the bones consequently not requiring
wires for their attachment, which in some of the more minute skeletons
it would be difficult if not impossible to apply. The labourers require,
however, careful watching, as after having eaten the muscles, they
occasionally destroy the ligaments, and even commence carrying off
the smaller bones ; a smart tap on the box is sufficient to drive them
away from the object, on which they all immediately move off in a
regular line to whichsoever opening they have entered at, leaving
the skeleton free. When the objects are too large, they quit them
suddenly after devouring what they think proper, so that sometimes
where overnight thousands might have been seen at work, in the
morning not one is to be found in the box ; and nothing is gained
by re-moistening the object, for they appear never again to touch
anything which they have once abandoned. In the summer their
vitality is great ; from the cavities of a skeleton that had been three
days immersed in water and afterwards placed in the sun, several
ants were seen to emerge and to become as lively as ever. But in
winter exposure to cold air, or immersion in water, when the ther-
mometer is below the freezing-point, produces instant death, sub-
sequent exposure to warmth failing in these circumstances to revive
them. Their sense of smell appears to be very acute ; if the finger
be drawn across one of their tracks, multitudes rapidly congregate
about the spot, examining it and sending out runners to explore the
vicinity. But if one of them be crushed by the finger and quickly
removed, the next comer is instantly arrested in his progress, encir-
cles the spot, ascertains the death, and communicates the intelligence
with such inconceivable rapidity that the whole line falls into con-
fusion, numbers rush to the place, parties set off in pursuit of the
ofi'ender, and woe to the unfortunate cricket that happens to be
found in the vicinity of the track. By degrees the tumult subsides ;
for some time afterwards, however, every ant that passes makes a
halt, but without quitting the line. Light does not appear to have
any eff'ect on their operations ; they are not disturbed by the ap-
proach of a c^dle, although the slightest touch of the box instan-
taneously effects their complete dispersion ; and the alternations of
night and day appear to make no difference in their numbers, per-
ceptions, or labour.

Mr. Daniell was never able positively to ascertain the place of
their retreat ; he believes it, however, to have been in the earth
below the oven, and is inclined to think that they form a nest, inas-
much as they frequently carry off portions of vegetable fibre and
even the smaller bones, probably for the purpose of building, as they

176 Linnean Society. [March 16,

were always carried off entire, and he could never observe that any
portion of a bone was eaten. In consequence of this latter propen-
sity he was never able to procure the skeleton of the small species
of Gasterosteus, for example, entire, notwithstanding the closest
watching. A single ant will carry away a rib of these small fishes ;
but in removing a larger bone they act simultaneously, some
dragging it forwards and others pushing it on with their heads from
behind. If, in ascending the side of the box, the bone fell to the
bottom, they returned and recommenced their labour, never abandon-
ing an attempt in which they had once engaged. The largest portion
of bone which Mr. Daniell has seen them remove, consisted of the
ulna and radius of Mus Messot'ius, with the carpus attached. They
appeared more eager in carrying off portions of bone in the months
of January and February than at any other period of the year ; but
they worked most rapidly in the summer months, and it is astonishing
with what celerity and perseverance they continued their labours,
the most rapidly cleaned skeletons being always the best and whitest,
the periosteum being entirely removed. With such pertinacity do
they penetrate every cavity, that, minute as they are, they are
frequently victims to the ardour of their attack, becoming fixed, for
example, between the plates of the cranium, in the cellular texture
of which they may be seen entangled and dead. Although, as before
observed, very susceptible of cold, they appear also to be affected
by heat ; for in the summer months they were seen to bring forth
their pupae, when the oven was heated, from the various apertures
in the wall, and place them in a box by the side, in which a supjDly
of provision was always provided for them, and to return with them
when the oven was cooled. Myriads of them might in this way be
seen heaped together, but a tap on the side of the box caused a
general rush towards the objects of their solicitude, which were
carried off with inconceivable rapidity. The pupae are white, and
the whole duty of transporting them devolves upon the males or
workers, of whom each female always has several attendant upon her.
Young females are first observed towards the end of January, when
the abdomen begins to be enlarged and of a whitish colour ; they
continue to increase in size until June, at which time the females
appear to be most numerous. They progress more slowly than the
workers, and deposit their eggs as they move along, which are in-
stantly carried off by the attendants. The greatest number of pupae
are seen between June and September ; but the eggs (which are
white and have the appearance of grains of sand) are carried to and
fro during the whole of the summer. Mr. Daniell noticed that

1852.] Liiinean Society. 177

skeletons cleaned by the ants were rapidly dissolved in a solution of
chloride of lime ; while others prepared by maceration remained for
some time in a similar solution without injury and were much im-
proved in whiteness.

The species was determined by Mr. F. Smith to be the Myrmica
domestica. Shuck. A notice of " the domestic habits " of this Ant,
by the late Dr. Bostock, in relation especially to the almost incredi-
ble numbers in which it makes its appearance, the annoyance thereby
created, and the means to be employed for its destruction, is printed
in the 2nd volume of the ' Transactions of the Entomological Society,'
and observations on the same subject by several members of that
Society are also to be found in its ' Journal of Proceedino-s.'

April 6.

Robert Brown, Esq., President, in the Chair.

Mr. Adam White, F.L.S., made some observations on the subject
of Alpine and Arctic plants flowering immediately on the disappear-
ance of the snow, in reference chiefly to an observation by Dr. Lortet,
recorded in the ' Annales de la Societe Royale d' Agriculture, &c.
de Lyon,' vol. vii. p. 385, to which Mr. Curtis, F.L.S., had called the
attention of the Society at the previous Meeting. From Dr. Lortet's
note it appears that he had observed Soldanella alpina, L., on the
Alps of Switzerland and Dauphiny flowering beneath the last re-
maining crust of snow within a dome-like cavity, or piercing
through that crust, above which its flowers rose while its vegetating
organs remained concealed beneath. Mr. White quoted various re-
corded and unrecorded instances of the flowering of plants following
immediatel)' on the deliquescence of the snow, and in particular
some passages from the manuscript journal of Capt. Beechey, with
which he had been favoured by that gentleman ; but in none of
these cases was there any well-authenticated instance of a phseno-
gamic plant being seen in full flower beneath a covering of snow,
and M. Lortet's observation was, as far as Mr. White was aware, the
only one proceeding to that extent.

Read also two Letters addressed by James Motley, Esq., to Sir
W. J. Hooker, V.P.L.S., " On the Camphor Tree of Sumatra and
Borneo, Dryohalanops Camphora, Gaertn." Communicated by Sir
W. J. Hooker.

No. XLIX. — Proceeding? of the Linxeax Society.

l78 Linnean Society. [May 4,

April 20.

Robert Brown, Esq., President, in the Chair.

Read a further portion of Dr. Buchanan Hamilton's " Commentary
on the Ninth Part of the Hortus Malabaricus of Van Rheede."

May 4th.
R. Brown, Esq., President, in the Chair.

Alfred Evans, Esq., Henry Kingsley, Esq., and Herbert Shelley,
Esq., M.B., were elected Fellows ; and Prof. Alexander Braun, Prof.
Anders Retzius, and Prof. Francis Unger, were elected Foreign
Members.

Among the presents announced was an extensive collection of
dried plants formed in the Upper Himalaya, by Capt. Rd. Strachey
and J. E. Winterbottom, Esq., F.L.S,, presented by the Hon. East
India Company.

Mr. Hogg, F.L.S., communicated a letter " On the Artificial in-
troduction of a breed of Salmon into the river Swale, and a tributary
stream in Yorkshire," which appeared in the ' Durham Advertiser '
for April 16th in the present year, under the signature of Isaac
Fisher, together with an unpublished letter from the same gentleman
in answer to a request from Mr. Hogg for further information ; and
added some observations of his own upon the same subject. From
the letter published in the ' Durham Advertiser,' it appeared that
Mr. Richard Harrison of Richmond had procured from the river
Tees a brood of spawn, taken and milted from the living fish, which
he deposited on the 29th of December last in a small tributary of the
river Swale. On the 21st of March two of the ova were brought to
the house of Mr. Fisher and placed in a vessel of water, the foetal
signs were clearly distinguished, and in two days more they became
living fish ; he is consequently satisfied that the salmon is now
restored to the river Swale, from which it has of late years been
banished. In answer to Mr. Hogg's inquiries, Mr. Fisher states
further that the ova and milt were obtained in the Tees, according
to the directions given by Boccius, Shaw, and " Ephemera," in his

1852.] Linnean Society. 179

'Book of the Salmon.' They were taken from three female and
two male fishes on the night of the 27th of December, and not depo-
sited in the gravel of a small rivulet until the 29th of the same
month. Part of the ova were also placed in a gravel bed in the
river Swale ; but of the result of this part of the experiment Mr.
Fisher has no present information. In one part the ova were
placed too deep in the gravel, and on examination were found to be
addled ; while there is every reason to believe that those which were
placed about 3 inches in the gravel have all been hatched. A live
fish brought from the spawning-bed leaped out of the vessel in which
it was kept and speedily died, and the two mentioned in the pub-
lished letter also died in the course of about ten days, probably in
consequence of the disturbance to which they were exposed from the
curiosity of those who came to see them, and who were desirous of
observing the extreme velocity with which they moved round the
vessel, even while the vitelline bag was still attached to the abdo-
men. The spawning-bed was formed in a small run of spring- water
which is never affected by the frost ; it was cleared of minnows,
j^oung trout, &c., and at each end of a space of about twenty yards,
whins were placed of a good height, kept down with stones, to pre-
vent the entrance into it of other fish. After some observations re-
specting minnows, Mr. Fisher adds : " We have proved the fact that
the river Swale may be again stocked with salmon, provided we caa
make arrangements with the proprietor of a mill-wear, twenty-five
miles from this place, to let the fish, on coming up from the sea,
have ' free- gap ' from time to time."

On these letters Mr. Hogg observes, that it seems to him there
can be little (if any) doubt that, with the precautions indicated, a
vast increase of salmon might be obtained, and a sure and valuable
source of wealth be secured in many suitable streams in which no
salmon are at present found ; and the same artificial process of
breeding might likewise be applied to trout with an equally advan-
tageous result. He suggests that the breeding might also be carried
on in large wooden boxes or cases, having a layer of gravel at the
bottom 4 or 5 inches deep, in which the ova and milt, or impreg-
nated ova, might be buried, and the cases filled with ])ure water,
which might be kept constantly fresh by allowing a small stream to
run into them. When the fry had grown sufficiently strong, they
might be conveyed to any distance in tubs filled with water, which
might be occasionally renewed, and having tops perforated with
holes. On the subject of the distribution of the species of fresh-
water fishes, Mr. Hogg refers to the presence of trout and other

180 Linnean Society. [May 24,

fislies in mountain streams and alpine lakes, for which it seems dif-
ficult to account ; but he suggests, that as the presence of unusual
plants in similar circumstances is only to be accounted for by the
seeds having been dropped by birds, the problem with regard to
fishes might be naturally solved in an analogous manner, their fry
having been conveyed to these distant localities by means of water-
birds.

May 24.

R. Brown, Esq., President, in the Chair.

This day, the anniversary of the birth of Linnaeus, and that ap-
pointed by the Charter for the election of Council and Officers, the
President opened the business of the Meeting, and the Secretary
read the following notices of those Members with whose decease the
Society had become acquainted since the last Anniversary.

James Allan, M.D., a Naval Surgeon of eminence, and one of the
Surgeons of Haslar Hospital, was a native of the county of Ayr.
After passing through the lower grades of professional rank, he was
promoted in 1845 to that of Deputy Inspector of Hospitals, and died
at Haslar in the spring ©I 1851. His election into the Linnean
Society dates from 1834.
'A./^/f- Henry Beaufoy, Esq., was the eldest son of Colonel Mark
Beaufoy, and at the head of an extensive commercial firm at South
Lambeth, near London. He was a most liberal and benevolent
man. His father dying^ in 1827, bequeathed to him his manuscripts,
the most important part of which, consisting of " Nautical and Hy-
draulic Experiments," he printed in 1834, at his own private press,
to the extent of 1500 copies, for gratuitous distribution, and at an
expense of upwards of 3000/. Shortly before his death, he founded
in his own neighbourhood, and endowed with a large sum of money,
an educational institution, which promises to become of much im-
portance, and he was also a liberal contributor to the City of London
School. He became a Fellow of this Society in 1811, and died
at his residence in South Lambeth on the 1 2th of July 1851, in the
66th year of his age.

James Ebenezer Bicheno, Esq., who for several years filled the
office of Secretary of the Linnean Society, was a native of Newbury

1852.] Linnean Society. .181

in Berkshire, where his father was for a very long period an eminent
Minister of the Baptist persuasion, and author of numerous puhlica-
tions of a mixed poUtical and religious character. Of Mr. Bicheno's
own early destination we have little precise information, but the
nature of his studies is clearly ascertained by his publications, the
more important of which treat of the Philosophy of Legislation on
the two great questions of Poor Laws and the Punishment of Crime.
The titles of these works are as follows : * An Enquiry into the
Nature of Benevolence, chiefly with a view to elucidate the Prin-
ciples of the Poor Laws,' 8vo, Lond. 1817, of which a nevv^ and en-
larged edition, with the title slightly varied, was published in 1824 ;
and ' Observations on the Philosophy of Criminal Jurisprudence,'
8vo, Lond. 1 819. In 1821 he married a lady of Newbury of the
name of Lloyd, but had the misfortune to lose her in childbed, a
year after their marriage. He had previously quitted Newbury and
entered himself at the Middle Temple, where he was called to the Bar
in 1822, and for some years afterwards went the Oxford Circuit. In
1824, on the appointment of Mr. MacLeay to be Colonial Secretary of
New South Wales, Mr. Bicheno was elected to supply his place as Se-
cretary of this Society, of which he had become a Fellow in 1812, and
to which his taste for natural science had long closely attached him.
For some years afterwards he resided at Notting Hill, having ceased
to practise at the Bar, but on the death of his father in 1831 at the age
of SO, he determined to quit London, and having resigned the Secre-
taryship in 1832, he removed toTymaen, near Pyle in Glamorganshire,
in the neighbourhood of some iron-works, in which he had become
a partner. Here he resided for several years, acting as a Magistrate
for the county, and as the Official Chairman of the Board of Guar-
dians at Bridgend. The iron-works, in which the bulk of his for-
tune was invested, proving an unfortunate speculation, it became
necessary for him to seek elsewhere some profitable employment.
In the autumn of 1829 he had made a tour of Ireland in company
with a legal friend, and had published the result of his observations
in a volume entitled ' Ireland and its QEconomy,' 8vo, Lond. 1830.
This work, in which he recurred to his earlier studies, and examined
among other social questions the applicability of Poor Laws to Ireland,
assisted in recommending him to the Marquis of Lansdowne, through
whose means he was, in 1836, appointed one of the Commissioners
for inquiring into the expediency of introducing the Poor Laws into
that Kingdom, in which capacity he was the author of an elaborate
separate Report founded on the evidence that had been collected
on the subject. In 1842 he was appointed by Lord Stanley Colonial

182 Liimean Society. [May 24,

Secretary of Van Diemen's Land, which appointment he continued
to hold under the successive Governments of Sir John Franklin, Sir
Eardley Wilmut and Sir William Denison. He died at Hobart Town,
on the 28th of February 1851, after a short illness, from which
no serious result was at first apprehended, it is supposed from dis-
ease of the heart ; leaving no nearer relations than a nephew and
two nieces, the children of a deceased sister, w^ho have been for
some time resident in Massachusetts. The branch of natural his-
tory to which Mr. Bicheno especially attached himself was botany,
and our ' Transactions ' contain the following papers from his pen : —
" Observations on the Orchis militaris of Linnaeus," vol. xii. p. 28 ;
" Observations on the Linnean genus Juncvs, with the characters of
those species which have been found growing wild in Great Britain,"
vol. xii. p. 291 ; " On Systems and Methods in Natural History,"
vol. XV. p, 479. He also printed " An Address delivered at the An-
niversary Meeting of the Zoological Club of the Liunean Society,"
on the conclusion of his year of office as Chairman of the Club, in
1826. His information on a great variety of subjects was accu-
rate and extensive, and his conversation in a high degree agree-
able and instructive. His society was consequently peculiarly ac-
ceptable in the several circles in which he successively moved, and
the genial amiability of his disposition contributed to render him a
universal favourite. It can scarcely be necessary to recall to the
recollection of the Members of this Society the general regret with
which we sa\v him depart for the distant scene of his later labours,
or the pleasing anticipations of his return in which many of us
vainly indulged.

William Arnold Bromfield, M.D., was the son of a clergyman,
formerly Fellow of New College, Oxford, and was born at Boldre in
the New Forest, Hants, in the year 1800. His school-days were
passed at Tunbridge and Ealing ; and after a short residence with a
clergyman in Warwickshire, he was entered as a student in the
University of Glasgow, and became an inmate in the family of the
distinguished Chemical Professor, Dr. Thomas Thomson. In the
botanical class of that University, and more particularly in the ex-
cursions connected with it, he first acquired that enthusiastic love
of botany, which led to its becoming the engrossing pursuit of his
life. After two years' residence at Glasgow he there took his degree
in Medicine, and quitting Scotland in 1826, he visited Germany,
France and Italy, and returned to England in 1S30. His circum-
stances placing him beyond the necessity of engaging in medical
practice, he look up his residence first at Hastings, then at South-

1852.] Linnean Society. 183

ampton, and finally in 1836 at Ryde in the Isle of Wight, where he
established his head-quarters during the remainder of his life. In
the last-named year he became a Fellow of the Linnean Society, and
from this time forward he determined to make the Hampshire Flora,
and especially that of the Isle of Wight, the principal object of his
study. In the pursuit of this object many of us have had personal
opportunities of witnessing and admiring the zeal, energy and en-
thusiasm with which he devoted himself to his favourite task. Of
the botanical value of his researches iuto the flora of his native
county some idea may be formed from the series of papers contri-
buted by him to the ' Phytologist,' under the title of " Notes and
occasional Observations on some of the rarer British Plants growing
wild in Hampshire ;" and there is good reason to hope that the
' Flora of Hampshire,' to which they were intended as the prelude,
may, with some assistance from his surviving botanical friends, be
speedily sent to the press. In 1842 he paid a visit of some weeks
to the South and West of Ireland; in 1844 he embarked for the
West Indies, and passed six months, chiefly in Trinidad and Jamaica ;
and in 1846 he made a tour of more than a year's duration in Canada
and the United States of America, extending westwards as far as
St. Louis on the Missouri, and southwards to New Orleans. His
last journey was also one of considerable extent, as well as of diffi-
culty and danger, and finally proved too much for his constitutional
strength. In September 1850 he left England for Egypt, and
ascended the Nile as far as Khartoum, at the junction of the White
and Blue Niles, from whence he returned to Cairo, after an absence
of seven months. In the neighbourhood of the latter city he made
various excursions, some of them considerable, and then directed his
course to Syria. After visiting Jerusalem and other parts of the
Holy Land, he proceeded to Baalbec and Damascus, with which
places he proposed to close his Eastern travels, and then to return
immediately to England. But on his arrival at Damascus he was
seized with a malignant typhus which carried him off on the 9th of
October, in the past year, at the age of 51 ; and thus perished, in the
prime of life, and far from his family and friends, a most zealous and
enthusiastic naturalist, and a most amiable and excellent man.

John George Children, Esq., F.R.S.L. <^ E., F.S.A. 8; Hon.
M.C.P.S., was the only son of a gentleman of considerable landed
property, who was also a Bencher of the Middle Temple, but never
practised at the Bar, and was born at Ferox Hall, in the town of
Tunbridge, on the 18th of May 1777. He was educated first at the
Grammar-school of Tunbridge, afterwards at Eton, and under a pri-

184 Linnean Society. [May 24,

vate tutor at Cambridge, and subsequently again sent to Eton, from
■whence he returned to Cambridge, and was entered as a Fellow
Commoner of Queen's College, his intended destination being the
Church. Marrying, at the age of 21, Anna, the grand-daughter of
Governor Holroyd, one of the survivors of the black-hole of Cal-
cutta, his wife's ill-health and subsequent early death induced him
to abandon his intended plan of life, and to visit first Portugal and
afterwards Canada and the United States. On his return to Europe
he became a Captain in the West Kent Militia, but was compelled
by ill-health to quit the service in 1803, and attaching himself to
scientific pursuits he became in 1807 a Fellow of the Royal Society.
In 1808 or 1809 he made a tour in Spain, and visited the celebrated
quicksilver mines of Almaden. Soon after his return he married a
second time, but lost his wife in about eight months after his mar-
riage. At this period he devoted himself earnestly to science, and
constructed his two great voltaic batteries, of which he gave an ac-
count in two papers read to the Royal Society in 1808 and 1815.
In the year 1816 the failure of the Tunbridge Bank, in which his
father v/as a partner, having brought with it the loss of all his ex-
tensive property, Mr. Children was, through the kindness of Lord
Camden, appointed an Assistant-Librarian of the British Museum,
first in the Department of Antiquities, and subsequently in that of
Natural History, in which latter capacity the Zoological Collections
were placed under his especial charge. His father died in 1818, and
in 1819 he married for the third time. In 1837 he was appointed
to the Office of Keeper of Zoology in the British Museum, which he
held until 1839, when the death of his wife, which had taken place
a short time previously, added to his own enfeebled health, induced
him to resign. On the election of the Duke of Sussex to the Pre-
sidency of the Royal Society in 1830, he succeeded Colonel Sabine
as one of the Secretaries, and continued to hold that office until
1837. His election into the Linnean Society dates from 1807, and
in 1834 the Duke of Somerset nominated him to be one of the Vice-
Presidents. In 1833-4 he was one of the principal founders, and
became the first President, of the Entomological Society. His col-
lection of insects had at this period, by the purchase of that of Count
Bilberg and by other important additions, become one of the most
extensive in England, and was much consulted by entomologists,
both native and foreign. From the time of his quitting the Museum
he resided chiefly with his only child, a daughter by his first marriage,
who liad become the wife of the only surviving son of Mr. Alder-
man Atkins, at Ilalstead Place, near Sevenoaks in Kent ; and for the

1852.] Lianean Society. Ib5

last five years of his life he attached himself ardently to the study
of practical astronomy. He died at Halstead, after a very slight
illness, on the 1st of January in the present year. His publications
of a scientific nature were chiefly chemical, but some were also of a
natural-history character. The principal of the latter are as fol-
lows : — " An Address delivered at the Anniversary Meeting of the
Zoological Club of the Linnean Society, November 29, 1827 ;" '* A
short Abstract of Ochsenheimer and Treitschke's Characters of the
genera of the Lepidoptera of Europe," 8vo, 1829 ; " A Sketch of the
* Systema Glossatorum' of Fabricius," 8vo, 1830; "An Address
delivered at the Anniversary of the Entomological Society, January
26th, 1835 ;" Observations in the Zoological Journal " On the Che-
mical Composition of the Corneous Parts of Insects," appended to a
translation of M. Odier's memoir on the same subject (vol. i. p. 101) ;
and " On the Esquimaux Dog" (vol. iii. p. 54) ; " On specimens of
the Phyiotoma Bloxhami, Childr., collected by Mr. Cuming in Chili,"
in the ' Proceedings ' of the Zoological Society, vol. ii. p. 3 ; " Cata-
logue of Arachnida and Insects," 8vo ; " On the Arachnida and In-
sects of Arctic America," in Capt. Back's Arctic Expedition, App.
p. 532 ; and " On Dr. Ehrenberg's Collections of dried Infusoria
and other Microscopic Objects," in the ' Philosophical Magazine,'
Ser. 3. vol. ix. p. 90.

Joseph Cox Cox, Esq., M.D.

David Elisha Davy, Esq., one of our oldest Fellows, having been
elected into the Society on the 17th of December, 1793, was the
son of a farmer at Rumburgh in SuflTolk, who died in 1799, at the
advanced age of 90. The younger brother of this gentleman,
Eleazar Davy, Esq., of Yoxford, was sheriff of Suffolk in 1790, and
from him the subject of this notice inherited, in 1802, the Grove at
Yoxford and other considerable estates. He was educated in the
neighbourhood of his uncle's residence, and became a Member of
Pembroke College, Oxford, where he took the degree of B.A. as
sixth senior Optime in the year 1790. After succeeding to his
uncle's property he resided at the Grove, became Receiver of the
County, and an active and useful magistrate. At a later period he
retired to UfFord, in the neighbourhood of Woodbridge in the
same county, where the latter years of his life were passed, and
where he died on the 15th of August last, unmarried, at the age of
82. For nearly half a century he had been actively engaged in
collecting materials for a History of the County of Suffolk, a project
carried on in the first instance in conjunction with his friend and
neighbour Mr. Henry Jermyn of Sibtun ; but the latter dying in 1820,

IS6 Linnean Society. [May 24,

his MSS. were ten years afterwards, by the liberality of Mr. Hudson
Gurney, placed in the British Museum. Each of the coadjutors had
a duplicate copy of the other's work, and Mr. Davy continued to add
to his collections till his death, although he had for many years re-
linquished all idea of publication. He became a constant correspond-
ent of 'The Gentleman's Magazine' under the signature of D. A. Y.,
and communicated to the ' Topographer and Genealogist,' a work
commenced in 1843, a series of notices of sepulchral monuments iu
the Parish Churches of Suffolk. He was a scholar and a gentle-
man, well acquainted with books and with general literature, and
took great pains and equal pleasure in imparting the knowledge
which he possessed.

The Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, K.G., Lord Lieutenant of the
County of Lancaster, a Trustee of the British Museum, and for
many years President of this Society, and of the Zoological Society,
was born on the 21st of April 1775. He was educated first at Eton
and afterwards at Trinity College, Cambridge, where he received the
degree of M.A. in 1795. From 1796 to 1812, he represented the
borough of Preston in Parliament, and in the latter year he became
member for the county of Lancaster, which he continued to re-
present till 1832, when he was raised to the peerage by the title of
Baron Stanley of Bickerstafte. In 1 834, on the death of his father,
he succeeded to the Earldom of Derby. In both Houses of Parlia-
ment, during a period of more than half a century, he continued to
be a strenuous and consistent Whig. He devoted himself early in life
to the cultivation of zoology, and commenced the formation of a
collection of stuffed birds and quadrupeds, which gradually became
one of the most extensive private collections that has ever been
formed. At a later period his menagerie at Knowsley, on the in-
crease and maintenance of which he is supposed to have expended
not less than £10,000 a 5^ear, was altogether unrivalled, especially
as regarded ruminant animals and birds. He became a Fellow of
the Linnean Society in 1807, and in 1828 he was elected President
on the death of its first President Sir James Edward Smith, which
office he resigned in 1834. He had in the mean time been elected
President of the Zoological Society, and continued to fill that office
till his death, although increasing deafness and an attack of paralysis
had for many years incapacitated him for active exertion. Still his
interest in his collections and his zeal for their increase continued
unabated to the last ; and collectors in various parts of Asia, Africa
and America were constantly employed by him to add to the stores
which he possessed. He died at Knowsley on the 30th of June last.

1852.] Linnean Society. 187

aud his remains were privately interred at the chapel of Ormskirk.
His museum of birds and quadrupeds was bequeathed to the town
of Liverpool, and has been gratefully accepted by the Town Council.
He requested that Her IMajesty and the Zoological Society should
each choose a species from his living collection, and in pursuance
of this desire the Zoological Society has become possessed of a
magnificent stock of four Elands, the only representatives of this
noble antelope that have been seen in Europe. The remainder of
his menagerie was in October last submitted to public auction at
Knowsley, the catalogue occupying fifty 4to pages, and produced
about £7000. Although possessed of extensive scientific knowledge
of the subjects of his favourite pursuit, and ever ready to forward
the publications of others. Lord Derby himself pubhshed little in
connexion with zoology. Some anonymous obsen'ations on the
birds collected in Abyssinia by Mr. Salt, appended to that gentle-
man's travels, a Note in our own ' Transactions ' on the diflference of
species of the English and Irish Hares, and a few occasional contri-
butions to the ' Proceedings ' of the ZoologicEil Society, constitute
nearly the whole of his published contributions to zoological science ;
with the exception of a magnificent foh'o work entitled ' Gleanings
from the Menagerie and Aviary at Knowsley Hall,' of which two
Parts, containing 76 plates, printed only for private distribution,
were issued in 1846 and 1850. The systematic text of this splendid
work is entirely from the pen of Dr. Gray, who selected the subjects
and superintended their publication ; Lord Derby having himself
supplied a series of interesting notes on the habits of the animals
described and figured, as observed by him in his menagerie. The
plates, executed chiefly by Mr. Lear and Mr. Waterhouse Hawkins,
deservedly rank among the most perfect representations of animals
that have ever been produced.

Henry Downes, Esq., Comrn. R.N., Honorary Director of the
United Service Institution, was a Midshipman on board the Fisgard at
the taking of Cura^oain 1807, and during the Walcheren Expedition
in 1 809 ; commanded one of her boats in the destruction of a privateer
in the Baltic in 1810, and in the cutting out of a ship from Rostock
in 1811 ; and in 1813 was wrecked in the Daedalus off Ceylon. He
received his commission of Lieutenant in 1814; and was promoted
to the rank of Commander in Alay 1829. In the same year, while
in command of the Black Joke on the coast of Africa, he captured,
after a gallant action, the Spanish slave-brig Almirante of fourteen
guns. On his return to England he established himself at Notting
Hill, where he passed the remainder of his life, and where he died
on the 3id of April in the present year, at the age of 62. He be-

188 Linnean Society, [May 24,

came a Fellow of the Linnean Society in 1826, and being greatly
attached to Natural History, was one of the most strenuous founders
of the United Service Museum at Whitehall, to the success of which
he contributed most efficaciously by his zealous services in the
capacity of its Director.

Henry B. Fielding, Esq., was distinguished as the possessor of
one of the most extensive collections of dried plants in England, re-
markable also, it is stated, for the perfect order and arrangement in
which it was kept. Its foundation may be said to have been the
Prescottian Herbarium of which he became the purchaser, and which
was particularly rich in plants of the Russian dominions both in
Europe and Asia. He subscribed during the last twenty years to
almost every collection of plants made by travelling botanists ; and
purchased largely also at various sales, and in particular at that of
Mr. Lambert's herbarium, where he obtained a large portion of the
Peruvian collections of Ruiz and Pavon, besides other important
sets of plants. In 1844 he published, with the assistance of the
late Mr. Gardner, who had for some time charge of his herbarium,
a volume entitled ' Sertura Plantarum,' containing figures and de-
scriptions of seventy-five spepies of new or rare plants from his her-
barium, the drawings for which were executed in lithography by his
accomplished lady. The whole of his herbarium, together with such
books from his very fine botanical library as are wanting, have been
bequeathed by him to the University of Oxford, under certain con-
ditions ; and there is every reason to hope that the heads of that
University, seconded by the liberal exertions of Prof. Daubeny, will
enable his intentions to be properly carried out. He became a
Fellow of the Linnean Society in 1838, and died on the 21st of
November, 1851.

Sir Charles Fergusson Forbes, M.D., K.C.H. &,- K.C., Fellow of
the Royal College of Physicians, joined the Medical Staff of the
Army in Portugal in 1798, and became Assistant Surgeon of the
Royals in the following year. With this regiment he served during
the campaign in Holland in 1799, at Ferrol in 1800, in Egypt in
1801, and subsequently at Malta and Gibraltar. In 1803 he pro-
ceeded to the West Indies, and was present at the capture of St.
Lucia and Tobago. In 1808 he returned to Portugal, and continued
to serve in the Peninsula until the termination of the war in 1814.
He was subsequently knighted, and rose to the rank of Deputy In-
spector General of Hospitals. His election into the Linnean Society
dates from 1822, and he died at his house in Argyll-street on the
22nd of March in the present year, at the age of 73.

Sir George Smith Gibbes, M.D., F.R.S., Fellow of the Royal

1852.] Linnean Society. 189

College of Physicians, and a Magistrate for the County of Somerset,
was son of the Rev. George Gibbes, D.D., Rector of Woodborough,
Wilts. He was entered of Exeter College, Oxford, and graduated
as B.A. in 1792, became Fellow of Magdalen College, and proceeded
M.A. in 1795. In 1796 he took his degree of M.B., and in 1799
that of M.D., and for many years afterwards he practised in Bath,
where he became Physician to the City Dispensary. He was ap-
pointed Physician Extraordinary to Queen Charlotte, and knighted
by King George the Fourth in 1820. His election into the Linnean
Society bears date on the 21st of May, 1793, and he consequently
ranked second in seniority upon our list. In 1796 he also became
a Fellow of the Royal Society, to which he had previously com-
municated two papers " On the Conversion of Animal Muscle into a
substance much resembling Spermaceti," published in the ' Philoso-
phical Transactions ' for 1794 and 1795. His attention was at this
time directed to mineralogy and geology : he published in the fifth
volume of onr ' Transactions ' a short "Account of a Cavern dis-
covered in the north-west side of the Mendip Hills in Somerset-
shire," in which was found a large collection of human bones loaded
with a calcareous incrustation ; and in ' Nicholson's Journal,' vol. ii.
a notice of the " Discovery of Sulphate of Strontian, near Sodbury
in Gloucestershire." His other publications consist of: "A Sylla-
bus of a Course of Chemical Lectures," 8vo, Bath, 1799 ; " A Trea-
tise on the Bath Waters," 8vo, Bath, 1800; "A Second Treatise
on the Bath Waters," 8vo, Bath, 1803 ; and of miscellaneous papers
in Tilloch's, and in various Medical Journals. Having relinquished
his practice at Bath, he resided for many years past at Cheltenham.
He was twice married, and died at Sidmouth on the 23rd of last
June, at the age of 80.

Samuel Hailstone, Esq., was a younger brother of tlie late Rev.
John Hailstone, formerly Woodwardian Professor of Geology in the
University of Cambridge, of whom a biographical notice is given at
p. 372 of the first volume of our ' Proceedings.' He became a Fellow
of the Linnean Society in 1801, and died on the 26th of December
last, at the age of 83. He published in the ' Magazine of Natural
History,' vol. viii. p. 549, a paper " On a species of Eurynome
supposed undescribed."

JohnKidd,M.D.,F.R.S.8fG.S.,Hon.M.C.P.S., Fellow of the College
of Physicians, &c., was born in the parish of St. James, Westminster,
and educated at St. Peter's College in that city, from whence at the
age of 17 he was elected student of Christ Church, Oxford, in May
1793. In 1797 he took his degree of B.A. ; in 1800 that of M.A. ;

190 Linriean Socicly. [May 24,

in 1801 that of M.B.; in 1803 he was appointed Professor of
Chemistry; and in 1804 he proceeded M.D. On the resignation of
Sir Christopher Pegge in 1808, he was unanimously elected Physician
to the Radcliffe Infirmary ; and succeeded him also in 1822 as Regius
Professor of Medicine, to which office are annexed Tomline's Prse-
lectorship of Anatomy and Aldrich's Professorship of Anatomy,
together with the Mastership of Ewelme Hospital. In 1826 he
resigned his active duties at the Infirmary, becoming its Honorary
Physician; and in 1834 he succeeded Dr. Williams as Radcliffe
Librarian. From this time he ceased to practise as a Physician, and
devoted himself almost entirely to his duties as Librarian ; and under
his charge, following out the example set by his predecessor, the
Radcliffe became celebrated as one of the most complete Natural-
History libraries in existence. Dr. Kidd became a Fellow of this
Society in 1835, but has no paper in our ' Transactions.' His
jmblications are numerous and varied, the principal of them being
the following: —

' Outlines of Mineralogy,' 2 vols. 8vo, Oxford, 1809.

' A Geological Essay on the imperfect Evidence in support of a
Theory of the Eai'th deduced either from its general structure or
from the changes produced on its surface by the operation of existing
causes,' 8vo, Oxford, 1815.

' An Answer to a Charge against the English Universities con-
tained in the Supplement to the Edinburgh Encyclop?edia,' 8vo, Ox-
ford, 1818.

'An Introductory Lecture to a Course on Comparative Anatomy
illustrative of Paley's Natural Theology,' 8vo, Oxford, 1824.

' On the Adaptation of External Nature to the Physical Condition
of Man,' 8vo, London, 1833 — one of the Bridgewater Treatises.

' Observations on Medical Reform,' Svo, London and Oxford, 1841.

•Further Observations on Medical Reform,' Svo, 1842.

Besides these he published various papers in the ' Philosophical
Transactions,' the 'Transactions of the Geological Society,' 'Nichol-
son's Magazine,' the 'Philosophical Magazine,' &c., among which
the most important in a natural-history point of view is his "Ana-
tomy of the Mole-Cricket," printed in vol. cxv. of the ' Philosophical
Transactions.'

Dr. Kidd was a good scholar and a man of genius ; liis reading
was extensive, and his conversation agreeable and instructive, free
from pedantry or affectation. He was warm-hearted and benevolent,
and a zealous friend. He has left a wife and three daughters : for
some years he had declined general society, and he died at his

1852.] lAnnean Society. 191

residence in St. Giles's, Oxford, on the 17th of September last, at
the age of 76.

John Murray, Esq.

Patrick Neill, Esq., LL.D., F.R.S.E., Secretary of the Cale-
donian Horticultural Society, and of the Wernerian Society of Na-
tural History, was head of the extensive printing firm of Neill and
Company, and had for many years been a distinguished citizen of
the town of Edinburgh. Gifted in early life with a taste for sci-
entific pursuits, he attached himself more especially to the study of
Botany and of Horticulture. He was not unmindful, however, of the
claims of Zoology, but contributed greatly to promote the establish-
ment of the Edinburgh Zoological Garden, and himself possessed
numerous specimens of living animals, of the habits of some of
which he has given interesting accounts. His first publication was a
' Tour through Orkney and Shetland,' 8vo, 1806, which gave rise
at the time to much discussion, on account of its exposure of the
wretched state of things then prevalent in those islands, and is be-
lieved to have contributed much to their subsequent improvement.
His other separately published works ai'e, ' An Account of the
Basalts of Saxony, from the French of Daubuisson, with Notes,'
8vo, Edinb. 1814; and 'An Account of British Horticulture,' 4to,
Edinb. 1817, since republished and carried through several editions
under the title of ' The Flower, Fruit and Kitchen Garden.' This
work had originally formed the Article "Horticulture" in the
' Edinburgh Encyclopaedia ' ; and was followed by a " Journal of a
Horticultural Tour through some parts of Flanders, Holland and
the North of France, in the autumn of 1817, by a Deputation of the
Caledonian Horticultural Society," Edinb. 8vo, 1823. The depu-
tation consisted of Mr. Neill, iVlr. John Hay, planner, of Edinburgh,
and Mr. James MacDonald, chief-gardener at Dalkeith ; and the
journal of their joint observations, drawn up by Mr. Neill, gives a
clear, lucid, practical and very interesting account of the state of
horticulture in the district visited. He had then been for some
years Secretary of the Caledonian Horticultural Society, of which
he was one of the founders, and he continued to fill that office for
the long jDcriod of forty years. His devotion to horticulture is
further evinced by his having bequeathed to that Society a sum of
500/. for the purpose of founding a Medal to be awarded to distin-
guished Scottish cultivators, among whom he himself took a high
rank, his garden at Canonmills, near Edinburgh, furnishing a striking
proof of the zeal and success with which he applied himself to the
practice of the art. His residence was long the well-known resort

192 Lianean Society. [May 24,

of all whom natural-history pursuits led to visit the metropolis of
Scotland, his doors being always hospitably open to strangers as
well as residents, and his liberality leading him to take an active
and generous interest in the struggles of rising merit. No one has
probably contributed so much to improve the education and to pro-
mote the welfare of that race of practical gardeners, of whom Scot-
land may so justly boast. Until within a short time of his death he
continued to take an active interest in his favourite pursuits, but he
had for some years past felt the infirmities of age creeping upon
him, and an attack of paralysis, under which he suffered for some
months, gradually brought on his death, which took place on the
5th of September last, in the 75th year of his age. He became a
Fellow of the Linnean Society in 1813 ; and was some years since
elected by the University of Edinburgh to the Honorary Degree of
LL.D. He died unmarried, and after providing for his relations has
bequeathed considerable legacies to various literary and scientific
institutions in Edinburgh. Among his numerous memoirs on sub-
jects of natural history the following deserve especial mention :
" An Account of a Fin- Whale," and " A List of the Fishes found in
the Frith of Forth and in Rivers and Lakes near Edinburgh," both
in the 6th vol. of the Wernerian Society's Transactions ; "Proofs
that the Beaver was formerly a native of Scotland, including an
Account of some Fossil Remains of that Animal found in Perthshire
and Berwickshire," in the 1st vol. of the ' Edinburgh Philosophical
Journal' ; " An Account of the Ayrshire Rose," in the 2nd volume
of the same periodical ; and Observations " On Planting Fruit-trees
on a North Border," in the 1st volume of the Transactions of the
Caledonian Horticultural Society.

The Rev. Jelinger Symons, M.A., was derived from an ancient
Norman family, originally settled in Cornwall, and born at Low
Lay ton, in the county of Essex, in the year 1778. He graduated
at St. John's College, Cambridge, in 1797, and soon afterwards took
holy orders, first officiating as Curate to his father, then Rector of
Whitburn, in the county of Durham. In 1805 he man-ied, and took
the curacy of West Ilsley, in the county of Bucks ; and was after-
wards presented by the Dean and Canons of Windsor to the endowed
vicarage of Monkland, Hereford, of which county he became an
active magistrate. In 1821, his health requiring change of air, he
visited Boulogne, and officiated as Chaplain to the British residents.
Having been presented by Lord Chancellor Brougham in 1833 to
the rectory of Radnage, Bucks, he made that village his place of

.

1852.] Linnean Society. 193

residence during the remainder of his life. He became a Fellow of
the Linnean Society in 1798, and published in the same year a use-
ful Manual of British Plants, entitled ' Synopsis Plantarum insulis
Britannicis indigenarum,' Lat. & Engl., 8vo, London, 1798. This
was his only natural-history publication : his other w^orks consist
entirely of occasional sermons, preached in the course of half a
century, during which he was actively engaged in the exercise of his
ministerial functions. He died in London on the 20th of May^ 1S54,
and was buried at Radnage on the 25th of the same month, his
funeral being attended by the entire body of his parishi<)ners, by
whom he was greatly beloved.

In our Foreign List we have to lament the loss of three tlistin- ,
guished Members : — XS/ ^

Charles Frederick von Ledebour was descended from an anCieiit
Pomeranian family, and was born on the 8th of July, 1785, at Stral--
sund, where his father, who died a few weeks before his birth, had
been stationed as Swedish Judge-Advocate. In his fifteenth year
he entered the University of Greifswald, where, under the paternal
instruction of the celebrated physiologist Rudolphi, his juridical
studies soon gave place to mathematics and natural history, towards
which the bent of his mind was naturally directed. After completing
his studies at the University, he repaired to Stockholm to undergo
the public examination in mathematics and practical geometry, which
was necessary to qualify him as an Engineer Officer, and succeeded
in obtaining a commission. But while in Sweden, the acquaintance
which he formed with Thunberg and Swartz, and a journey to the
northern mountains on the Norwegian frontier, determined him to
relinquish the military career ; and on his return to Greifswald, on
the recommendation of Rudolphi, he became a candidate for the post
which the latter was about to vacate. On the third day after his
arrival he presented himself for medical examination ; wrote his
inaugural ' Dissertatio Botanica, sistens Plantarum Domingensium
Decadem ; ' and became Demonstrator of Botany and Director of
the Botanic Garden at Greifswald at the early age of twenty years.
In 1811, being appointed Professor of Natural History in the Univer-
sity of Dorpat, he passed some time in Berlin, where the conversation
of WiUdenow and Pallas stimulated him to the formation of exten-
sive plans for the elucidation of the natural history of the vast
domains which constitute the Russian empire. Crossing the scene
of war on the frontiers of Prussia, not without danger, he began in
earnest his career as a teacher, an observer and an author. He

No. L. — Proceedings of the Linnean Society.

194 Linnean So&iety. [May 24,

made the botany of the Russian territories the great object of his
study during the remainder of his life ; and from the Garden at Dor-
pat which he greatly improved, in conjunction with that of St. Peters-
burg, the rarer forms of Caucasian and Siberian vegetation have
been distributed throughout the rest of Europe. In 1826 he under-
took a scientific mission to the Altai, and a winter journey of five
weeks brought him to Barnaul, whence on the approach of spring
he extended his researches into the mountains as far as the frontiers
of China, while his pupil Charles Anthony Meyer examined the
Kirghisian Deserts to the westward, and Von Bunge, who has since
succeeded him in the Chair at Dorpat, visited the eastern parts of
the Altai. The botanical results of this important journey were
given to the world in two separate publications ; first, the ' Flora
Altaica,' 4 vols. 8vo, Berlin, 1829-1833, the joint production of
Ledebour, Meyer and Von Bunge ; and secondly, ' Icones Plantarum
novarum vel imperfecta cognitarum, Floram Rossicam, imprimis
Altaicam, illustrantes,' 5 vols, fol., Riga, 1829-1834. These works
are justly described as forming an epoch in the descriptive, systematic
and geographical botany of the Russian empire ; and were accom-
panied by an account of his ' Reise durch das Altai-Gebirge,' Berlin,
1829, 2 vols. 8vo, which is full of valuable information on geography,
geognosy, botany, ethnography and statistics. In 1836 he became
Professor Emeritus and quitted Dorpat for a milder climate, which
he sought first at Odessa, afterwards at Heidelberg, and finally duiing
the last eight years of his life at Munich. In this retirement he
commenced and carried to a conclusion, only a few days before his
death, the last and greatest of his works, his ' Flora Rossica, sive
Enumeratio Plantarum in totius Imperii Rossici provinciis Europaeis,
Asiaticis et Americanis, hucusque observatarum,' Stuttgard, 1842-
1851. In this, as in his previous works, he adopted the Linnean
system of classification, and showed in working out the details
great accuracy of observation, a high degree of precision in his
characters and descriptions, and much critical research. He died at
Munich on the 4th of July last, in consequence of long- continued
disease of the heart. His election into the Linnean Society dates
from 1845.

Of the personal history of Jules Cesar de Savigny, but few parti-
culars have been obtained. A member of the Scientific Commission
which accompanied the French army into Egypt, he attached him-
self more particularly to the study of the invertebrated animals,
and especially distinguished himself by his memoirs on Annelida
and Ascidia, published along with numerous others on almosl

1852.] Linnean Society. 195

every department of zoology, in the great work entitled ' De-
scrii)tion de I'Egypte.' Nearly the whole of the zoological plates
of that work were drawn under his direction, and the memoirs
and explanations -which were intended to accompany them were
far advanced in preparation, when severe illness, brought on by
intense application, incapacitated him from putting the finishing
touch to his labours, and rendered it necessary, in the year 1825, to
obtain the assistance of his pupil M. Victor Audouin, to put in order
such of his MSS. as were sufficiently complete for publication, and
to give summary explanations and indications of the subjects figured
on the remaining plates. From this time forward M. Savigny ceased
to publish, blindness depriving him of the power of observation, and
hypochondriasis casting a gloomy shadow over the remainder of his
existence. Of his separate publications the most remarkable are a
learned and very elaborate ' Histoire naturelle et mythologique de
ribis,' 8vo, Paris, 1805, and a series of ' Memoires sur les Animaux
sans Vertebres,' 2 vols. 8vo, Paris, 1816, containing his " Th^orie
des Organes de la Bouche des Crustaces et des Insectes," his " Re-
cherches anatomiques sur les Ascidies composees et sur les Ascidies
simples," and his " Systeme de la Classe des Ascidies." In the first
of these memoirs he led the way to that more just appreciation of
the nature and origin of the appendicular organs of Insects and Crus-
tacea, which has since been universally adopted, and which his suc-
cessors in Comparative Anatomy have so widely generalized and ex-
tended. In the two last he gave a complete anatomical and systematic
account of a class of animals till then very imperfectly understood,
and which, notwithstanding his researches and those of many later
anatomists, are still the subject of much doubt and controversial dis-
cussion. He was elected a Foreign Member of the Linnean Society
in 1S22, and a Member of the Academy of Sciences of the Institute
of France in 1821 ; and he died on the 5th of October, 1851.

Joachim Frederic Schomo was the son of a wine-merchant in Co-
penhagen, and born in that capital in the year 1789. His attach-
ment to botany was developed at an early period, and at the age of
thirteen or fourteen he attended the lectures of the celebrated Vahl.
Subsequently he became a student in the Faculty of Laws, and
passed a brilliant examination. In 1816, M'hile holding a subordinate
ofiice in the Danish Chancery, he wrote his inaugural Dissertation
for the degree of Doctor, ' De Sedibus Plantarum Originariis,' Svo,
Havn. 1816. From 1817 to 1820, and in 1829 and 1830, he made
repeated journeys, partly at the public expense, through Germany,
France and Italy, which last he again visited in 1839 and 1840, on

196 Linnean Society, [May 24,

this last occasion with a view to the recovery of his health. In
1821 he was appointed Professor of Botany in the University of
Copenhagen, and it is in his relation to that science that we have
chiefly to consider him. To systematic botany he does not appear
to have paid much attention. Neither did he meddle with the in-
ternal structure of plants, their anatomy and physiology. But to
the study of the geographical, physical, and we may add also, the
economical relations of plants, he devoted himself with an ardour
and success that have scarcely been surpassed. Making the well-
known essay of Humboldt the starting-point of his own investigations,
he published a series of works on this interesting branch of botanical
science, of which the principal, independently of the inaugural dis-
sertation above mentioned, are the following : the titles of the
German translations of those which were originally published in
Danish are given, as better known in this country than the originals.
• Grundziige einer AUgemeinen Pflanzen-Geographie,' 8vo, Berlin,
1823, together with a ' Pflanzengeographischer Atlas,' fol., ibid.,
1824 ; ' Schilderungen der Witterungszustande Danemarks,' a prize
essay published in 1826; ' Ober die Unveranderlichkeit der Climate;'
' tlber den Mittelstand dcs Barometers iiber dem Meere ; ' ' Speci-
men Geographise Physices Comparatse,' 4to, Havn. 1828 ; 'Tableau
du Climat et de la Vegetation de I'ltalie,' 4to, Copenhagen, 1839 ;
together with many classical essays, instructive monographs, and
interesting sketches which appeared in various journals. Like his
great countryman Oersted, he took peculiar pleasure in making
scientific inquiries accessible and intelligible to the world at large,
and possessed a rare talent for popularizing scientific details. As speci-
mens of this talent may be quoted his ' Europa, eine leichtfassliche
Naturschilderung,' 8vo, Kopenh. 1833; his ' Naturschilderungen,'
of which two collections appeared in 1839 and 1845 ; and many
smaller essays. About 1831 he commenced taking an active part in
politics, and gradually became one of the leaders of the moderate
opposition in the Provincial States. In this position he conducted
himself with so much prudence, honour and good sense as to gain
the respect of all parties, and to induce the King himself, Frederic VI.,
in the year 1 834, to name him the Royal Deputy of the University
of Copenhagen. The states both of Zeeland and Jutland chose him
as their almost permanent President, and the evident sincerity of
his convictions, the perspicuity of his language, the quiet mildness
of his deportment and his engaging manners, secured him the esteem
even of his opponents. His last published work is a selection from
his ' Schilderungen,' with numerous additions, published at Leipzig

1852.] Linnean Society. 197

in 1851, under the title of ' Die Erde, die Pflanzen und der Mensch,'
to which is prefixed a pleasing portrait of its amiable author, and a
biographical sketch from which this notice is chiefly taken. He
died on the 28th of April in the present year, in the 64th year of his
age. His election as a Foreign Member of the Linnean Society
dates from 1843.

The Secretary also announced that ten Fellows and three Foreign
Members had been elected since the last Anniversary.

At the election which subsequently took place, Robert Brown,
Esq., was re-elected President; William Yarrell, Esq., Treasurer;
John Joseph Bennett, Esq., Secretary ; and Richard Taylor, Esq.,
Under-Secretary. The following five Fellows were elected into the
Council in the room of others going out, viz. : Charles Daubeny,
M.D., William Henry Fitton, M.D., George Robert Gray, Esq.,
John Reeves, Esq., and James Francis Stephens, Esq.

June 1st.
R. Brown, Esq., President, in the Chair.
John Braxted Hicks, M.D., was elected a Fellow.

Read a paper " On two new genera of Fungi." By the Rev. M.
J. Berkeley, F.L.S.

After some preliminary observations on the gratification attendant
on the satisfactory determination of the synonyms of the earlier
writers, and on the advantages to be derived from an attentive study
of their works, particularly (as regards Fungi) those of Micheli,
Schmidel, Miiller and Battarra, Mr. Berkeley proceeded to call the
attention of the Society to two subjects, the one figured by Battarra
and the other by Bulliard. The figure of Battarra is contained in
his " Fungorum Agri Ariminensis Historia," t. 40, and represents a
Phallus which some later writers have referred to Phallus caninus,
Huds., although at first sight it bears but a remote resemblance to
that species. Several specimens of it were found, according to Bat-
tarra, in the neighbourhood of Rome, and he describes them as
having the volva dirty white, coriaceous, and filled with a mucila-
ginous substance, as in the other species of Phallus. From this
arose a club-shaped cellular receptacle, hollow within, the upper part
being even and solid within (meaning probably that it was imper-
forate), and covered with a crust which was red when the fungus

198 Linneau Society. [June 1,

was young, but when it had arrived at maturity the top was green
with a zone of red beneath it, the lower portion of the stem being
dirty white sprinkled with reddish brown superficial specks : when the
fungus was past maturity, the upper portion passed i